2019 OWNER’S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION · Your INFINITI retailer’s name. Your comments...

2019 OWNER’S MANUALAND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

This manual was prepared to help youunderstand the operation and maintenanceof your vehicle so that you may enjoy manykilometers (miles) of driving pleasure. Pleaseread through this manual before operatingyour vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletis included in your Owner’s literature port-folio. Always carry it with you when youtake your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer.The Warranty Information Booklet con-tents provide complete information aboutall warranties covering this vehicle, therequirements to keep the warranties ineffect as well as the INFINITI RoadsideAssistance program.

Additionally, a separate Customer Care andLemon Law Information Booklet will ex-plain how to resolve any concerns you mayhave with your vehicle, as well as clarifyyour rights under your state’s lemon law.

In addition to factory installed options, yourvehicle may also be equipped with additionalaccessories installed by INFINITI or by yourINFINITI retailer prior to delivery. It isimportant that you familiarize yourself withall disclosures, warnings, cautions and in-structions concerning proper use of suchaccessories prior to operating the vehicleand/or accessory. It is recommended yousee an INFINITI retailer for details concern-ing the particular accessories with which

your vehicle is equipped.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVESAFELYBefore driving your vehicle, read your Own-er’s Manual carefully. This will ensure famil-iarity with controls and maintenancerequirements, assisting you in the safeoperation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-its and never drive too fast forconditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehicle fea-tures or taking other actions thatcould distract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint systems.Pre-teen children should be seated in

the rear seat.

. ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safetyfeatures to all occupants of thevehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-ual for important safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI-CLEThis vehicle should not be modified. Mod-ification could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition, da-mage or performance problems resultingfrom modification will not be coveredunder the INFINITI warranties.

WARNING

Installing an aftermarket On-Board Di-agnostic (OBD) plug-in device that usesthe port during normal driving, forexample remote insurance companymonitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics,telematics or engine reprogramming,may cause interference or damage tovehicle systems. We do not recommend

Foreword

or endorse the use of any aftermarketOBD plug-in devices, unless specificallyapproved by INFINITI. The vehicle war-ranty may not cover damage caused byany aftermarket plug-in device.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for allfeatures and equipment available on thismodel. Features and equipment in yourvehicle may vary depending on model, trimlevel, options selected, order, date of pro-duction, region or availability. Therefore,you may find information about features orequipment that are not included or installedon your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect at thetime of printing. INFINITI reserves the rightto change specifications, performance, de-sign or component suppliers without noticeand without obligation. From time to time,INFINITI may update or revise this manual toprovide owners with the most accurateinformation currently available. Please care-fully read and retain with this manual allrevision updates sent to you by INFINITI toensure you have access to accurate and up-to-date information regarding your vehicle.Current versions of vehicle Owner’sManualsand any updates can also be found in the

Owner section of the INFINITI website athttps://owners.infinitiusa.com/owners/na-vigation/manualsandGuides. If you havequestions concerning any information inyour Owner’s Manual, contact INFINITIConsumer Affairs. See the INFINITI CUS-TOMER CARE PROGRAM page in thisOwner’s Manual for contact information.

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONABOUT THIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedprecisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or mod-erate personal injury or damage to yourvehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, theprocedures must be followed carefully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Donot do this” or “Do not let this happen”.

If you see a symbol similar to those above inan illustration, it means the arrow points tothe front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothose above indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothose above call attention to an item in the

illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine Exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm. In addition, certain fluids con-tained in vehicles and certain productsof component wear contain or emitchemicals known to the State of Cali-fornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm.

Operating, servicing and maintaining apassenger vehicle or off-road vehicle canexpose you to chemicals including engineexhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates,and lead, which are known to the Stateof California to cause cancer and birthdefects or other reproductive harm. Tominimize exposure, avoid breathing ex-haust, do not idle the engine except asnecessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or washyour hands frequently when servicingyour vehicle. For more information go to

www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATEADVISORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material - special handling maya p p l y , S e e www . d t s c . c a . g o v /hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

© 2017 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form,or by any means, electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise, with-out the prior written permission of NissanMotor Co., Ltd.

INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMINFINITI CARES ...

Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourINFINITI retailer are our primary concerns. Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.

However, if there is something that yourINFINITI retailer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide INFINITI directlywith comments or questions, please contactour (INFINITI’s) Consumer Affairs Depart-ment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-662-6200

For Canadian customers1-800-361-4792

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:

. Your name, address, and telephone num-ber

. Vehicle identification number (on dashpanel)

. Date of purchase

. Current odometer reading

. Your INFINITI retailer’s name

. Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to INFINITI with the informa-tion on the left at:

For U.S. customersINFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersINFINITI DivisionNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:

www.infinitiUSA.com (for U.S. customer) or

www.infiniti.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in INFINITI andthank you for buying a quality INFINITIvehicle.

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem 1

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Table ofContents

11Index

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) ...................................................................... 0-2

Exterior front ..................................................................... 0-3

Exterior rear ....................................................................... 0-4

Passenger compartment ................................................. 0-5

Cockpit ................................................................................. 0-6

Instrument panel .............................................................. 0-8

Meters and gauges .......................................................... 0-9

Engine compartment .................................................... 0-10

VK56VD engine ...................................................... 0-10

VQ37VHR engine .................................................... 0-11

Warning and indicator lights ...................................... 0-13

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

SSI0715

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags(P.1-38)

2. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bags (P.1-38)

3. Seat belts (P.1-10)

4. Head restraints (P.1-5)

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags (P.1-38)

6. Child restraint anchor points (for toptether strap child restraint) (P.1-23,P.1-30, P.1-34)

7. Occupant classification sensor (patternsensor) (P.1-44)

8. Front seats (P.1-3)

9. Seat belts with pretensioners (P.1-50)

10. Rear seats

— Child restraints (P.1-19)

11. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) system (P.1-21)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS ANDSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)

JVC0984X

1. Hood (P.3-17)

2. Headlight

— Operation (P.2-34)

— Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped) (P.2-36)

3. Windshield wiper and washer


— Maintenance (P.8-21)

4. Moonroof (P.2-54)

5. Power windows (P.2-51)

6. Front view camera (if so equipped)(P.4-10)

7. Turn signal


8. Fog light (P.2-39)

9. Sonar sensor (if so equipped)

— Camera aiding sonar function(P.4-23)

10. Tires

— Wheel and tires (P.8-30, P.10-12)

— Flat tire (P.6-3)

— Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) (P.2-14, P.5-5)

11. Outside mirrors (P.3-26)

— Side turn signal light (P.2-39)

— Side view camera (if so equipped)(P.4-10)

12. Doors

— Keys (P.3-2)

— Door locks (P.3-4)

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-7)

— Remote keyless entry system(P.3-14)

— Welcome light (P.2-56)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR FRONT


JVC0698X

1. Trunk

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-7)

— Remote keyless entry system(P.3-14)

— Trunk lid (P.3-18)

2. High-mounted stop light (P.8-27)

3. Rear combination light (P.8-27)

4. Satellite antenna (P.4-38)

5. Rear window defroster (P.2-34)

6. Sonar sensor (if so equipped)

— Camera aiding sonar function(P.4-23)

7. Rear view camera (P.4-3, P.4-10)

8. Fuel-filler door


— Fuel information (P.10-6)

9. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-6)

EXTERIOR REAR

JVC1096X

1. Rear sunshade (if so equipped) (P.2-55)

2. Rear spot light (if so equipped) (P.2-58)

3. Coat hooks (P.2-50)

4. Rear personal light (if so equipped)(P.2-57)

5. Sun visors (P.3-25)

6. Microphone

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone sys-tem*

7. Power windows (P.2-51)

8. Moonroof switch (P.2-54)

9. Map light (P.2-57)

— Active noise cancellation system(P.5-128)

— SOS call switch* (if so equipped)

10. Sunglasses holder (P.2-48)

11. Inside rearview mirror


— HomeLink® (P.2-60)

12. Trunk pass-through/Rear armrest(P.1-4)

13. Rear cup holders (P.2-47)/Seat heaterswitch (if so equipped) (P.2-41)

14. Rear pocket (if so equipped) (P.2-50) orpower outlet (if so equipped) (P.2-46)

15. Console box

— Power outlet (P.2-46)

— USB connection port*

— Auxiliary input jack*

16. Front cup holders (P.2-47)

*: Refer to the INFINITI InTouchTM Own-er’s Manual.


PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


JVC1098X

1. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-38)

2. Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)switch (if so equipped) (P.2-36)

3. Headlight, fog light and turn signalswitch (P.2-34)

4. Trip computer switch (P.2-27)

5. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-ometer (P.2-7)

6. Windshield wiper and washer switch(P.2-32)

7. Shift lever (P.5-15)

8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (P.5-123)

9. Rear sunshade switch (if so equipped)(P.2-55)

10. Steering heater switch (if so equipped)(P.2-40)

11. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-18)

12. Warning systems switch ( if soequipped) (P.5-22, P.5-32)

13. Electric tilting/telescopic steeringwheel lever (P.3-24)

14. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

- Audio control steering switch*

- Voice recognition system switch*

- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem switch*

15. Steering wheel

— Horn (P.2-40)

— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-38)

— Heated steering wheel (if soequipped) (P.2-40)

16. Steering-wheel-mounted controls(right side)

— Cruise control switches (P.5-65)

— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P.5-67)

— Dynamic driver assistance switch (ifso equipped) (P.5-22, P.5-41, P.5-88)

COCKPIT




JVO0130X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-32)

2. Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-17)

3. Meters and gauges (P.2-6)

4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)

5. Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch (P.2-34)

6. Center display*

— Navigation system* (if so equipped)

— Around View® Monitor (if soequipped) (P.4-10)

— RearView Monitor (if so equipped)(P.4-3)

7. Clock (P.2-45)

8. Center multi-function control panel*

9. Automatic climate control system(P.4-32)

10. Center ventilator (P.4-32)

11. Audio system*

12. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-38)

13. Hood release handle (P.3-17)

14. Fuse box cover (P.8-23)

15. Parking brake

— Parking (P.5-19)

16. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-10)

17. Front passenger air bag status light(P.1-46)

18. Climate controlled seat switch (if soequipped) (P.2-43) or Seat heaterswitch (if so equipped) (P.2-41)

19. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P.5-20)

20. Storage box (P.2-50)


21. Glove box lid release handle (P.2-48)

22. Trunk release power cancel switch(P.3-20)


INSTRUMENT PANEL

SIC4317

1. Tachometer (P.2-8)

2. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-10)

3. Speedometer (P.2-7)

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge(P.2-8)

5. Vehicle information display (P.2-20)/

Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-7)

6. Fuel gauge (P.2-9)


METERS AND GAUGES


SDI2538

VK56VD ENGINE1. Battery (P.8-16)

2. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-23)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-10)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-14)

5. Windowwasher fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

6. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-14)

7. Air cleaner (P.8-19)

8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-8)

9. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-8)

10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-10)

11. Drive belts (P.8-18)

12. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-23)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

JVC0538X

VQ37VHR ENGINE

Type A1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-23)

2. Battery (P.8-16)












JVC0539X

Type B1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-23)

2. Battery (P.8-16)










Warninglight

Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD)warning light (if so equipped)

2-11

Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

2-11

Automatic Transmissioncheck warning light

2-12

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind Spot Intervention (BSI)system warning light (or-ange) (if so equipped)

2-12

Brake warning light 2-12

Charge warning light 2-13

Distance Control Assist(DCA) system warning light(orange) (if so equipped)

2-13

Engine oil pressure warninglight

2-13

Forward Emergency Braking(FEB) systemwarning light (ifso equipped)

5-101

Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) system warning light(orange) (if so equipped)

2-13

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator light (or-ange) (if so equipped)

2-14

Warninglight

Name Page

Low tire pressure warninglight

2-14

Master warning light 2-15

Seat belt warning light andchime

2-15

Supplemental air bag warn-ing light

2-16

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning light

2-16

Indicatorlight

Name Page

Adaptive Front lighting Sys-tem (AFS) off indicator light(if so equipped)

2-16

Automatic Transmission (AT)position indicator light

2-17

Blind Spot Intervention (BSI)ON indicator light(green) (if so equipped)

2-17

ECO drive indicator light 2-17

Exterior light indicator 2-17

Front fog light indicator light 2-17

Front passenger air bag sta-tus light

2-17

High beam indicator light 2-17

Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) ON indicator light(green) (if so equipped)

2-17

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

2-18

Security indicator light 2-18

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

2-19

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light

2-19


WARNINGAND INDICATOR LIGHTS


MEMO

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system

Seats ...................................................................................... 1-2

Front seats ..................................................................... 1-3

Armrest .......................................................................... 1-4

Head restraints/headrests .............................................. 1-5

Adjustable headrestraint/headrest components ............................... 1-6

Non-adjustable headrestraint/headrest components ............................... 1-7

Remove ........................................................................... 1-7

Install ............................................................................... 1-7

Adjust ............................................................................. 1-8

Front-seat Active Head Restraints ......................... 1-9

Seat belts .......................................................................... 1-10

Precautions on seat belt usage ............................. 1-10

Pregnant women ....................................................... 1-12

Injured persons ........................................................... 1-12

Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function(front seats) (if so equipped) .................................. 1-12

Three-point type seat belt ...................................... 1-13

Seat belt extenders ................................................... 1-16

Seat belt maintenance ............................................. 1-16

Child safety ...................................................................... 1-17

Infants .......................................................................... 1-17

Small children ............................................................. 1-18

Larger children ........................................................... 1-18

Child restraints ................................................................ 1-19

Precautions on child restraints ............................ 1-19

Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildrenSystem (LATCH) ...................................................... 1-21

Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ............................................................ 1-23

Rear-facing child restraint installation usingthe seat belts ............................................................ 1-25

Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ............................................................ 1-28

Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts ................................................ 1-30

Booster seats ........................................................... 1-35

Supplemental restraint system .................................. 1-38

Precautions on supplementalrestraint system ....................................................... 1-38

INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) .............................................................. 1-44

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bag systems ..... 1-49

Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) ..... 1-50

Supplemental air bag warning labels ................ 1-51

Supplemental air bag warning light ................... 1-52

Repair and replacement procedure .................... 1-53

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0133

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it andreceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seat with

both feet on the floor and adjust theseat belt properly. See “Precautionson seat belt usage” (P.1-10).

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious accidents.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do notleave children, people who require theassistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-

hicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

. The seatback should not be reclinedfurther than necessary for comfort.Seat belts are most effective whenthe passenger sits well back andstraight up in the seat. If the seat-back is reclined, the risk of slidingunder the lap belt and being injured isincreased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or damages.

SEATS

FRONT SEATS

Front power seat adjustment

Operating tips:

. The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 seconds,then reactivate the switch.

. Do not operate the power seat switch fora long period of time when the engine isoff. This will discharge the battery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” (P.3-28)for the seat position memory function.

SSS1051

Forward and backward:

Moving the switch forward or backwardwill slide the seat forward or backward tothe desired position.

Reclining:

Move the recline switch backward untilthe desired angle is obtained. To bring theseatback forward again, move the switchforward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of different sizesfor added comfort and to help obtain properseat belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat beltusage” (P.1-10).) Also, the seatback can bereclined to allow occupants to rest when the

vehicle is parked.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3


SSS1052

Seat lifter:

Push the front or rear end of the switch up ordown to adjust the angle of the front portionor height of the seat.

SSS1053

Lumbar support (if so equipped):

The lumbar support feature provides lowerback support to the driver.

Push the front or back end of the switch toadjust the seatback lumbar area.

SSS1061

ARMREST

Rear armrestPull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.

SSS0479

Trunk pass-throughThe rear center seatback can be folded toallow trunk access from inside of the vehicle.

To access the trunk, pull down the rearcenter armrest and pull out the trunk pass-through lid .

To lock the lid, use the mechanical key andturn it to the LOCK position . To unlock,turn the mechanical key to the UNLOCKposition . For the mechanical key usage,see “Keys” (P.3-2).

Make sure that the mechanical key isremoved from the trunk pass-through lidkey cylinder before opening or closing the lid.Otherwise the lid and the rear armrest may

be damaged.

WARNING

Head restraint/headrest supplement theother vehicle safety systems. They mayprovide additional protection againstinjury in certain rear end collisions.Adjustable head restraints/headrestsmust be adjusted properly, as specifiedin this section. Check the adjustmentafter someone else uses the seat. Do notattach anything to the head restraint/headrest stalks or remove the headrestraint/headrest. Do not use the seatif the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved. If the head restraint/headrestwas removed, reinstall and properlyadjust the head restraint/headrest be-fore an occupant uses the seating posi-tion. Failure to follow these instructionscan reduce the effectiveness of the headrestraint/headrest. This may increasethe risk of serious injury or death in acollision.


HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS


JVR0089X

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraint/headrest.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a headrest.

+ Indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or headrest.

. Your vehicle is equipped with a headrestraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

. Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalk tolock them in a desired adjustment posi-tion.

. The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notch tosecure them to the seat frame.

. Proper Adjustment:

— For the adjustable type, align the headrestraint/headrest so the center ofyour ear is approximately level withthe center of the head restraint/headrest.

— If your ear position is still higher thanthe recommended alignment, placethe head restraint/headrest at thehighest position.

. If the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved, ensure that it is reinstalled andlocked in place before riding in thatdesignated seating position.

SSS0992

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

JVR0203X

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE-STRAINT/HEADREST COMPO-NENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

SSS1037

REMOVEUse the following procedure to remove thehead restraint/headrest.

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up tothe highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrestfrom the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest prop-erly in a secure place so it is not loose inthe vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position.

SSS0996

INSTALL1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks

with the holes in the seat. Make sure thatthe head restraint/headrest is facing thecorrect direction. The stalk with theadjustment notch must be installed inthe hole with the lock knob .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/head-rest before an occupant uses the seatingposition.



SSS0997

ADJUSTFor adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears. Ifyour ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

JVR0259X

For non-adjustable head restraint/head-rest

Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged in thenotch before riding in that designated seat-ing position.

SSS1035

RaiseTo raise the head restraint/headrest, pull itup.


SSS1036

LowerTo lower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint/headrest down.


SSS0508

FRONT-SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RE-STRAINTSThe Active Head Restraint moves forwardutilizing the force that the seatback receivesfrom the occupant in a rear-end collision.The movement of the head restraint helpssupport the occupant’s head by reducing itsbackward movement and helping absorbsome of the forces that may lead towhiplash-type injuries.

Active Head Restraints are effective forcollisions at low to medium speeds in whichit is said that whiplash-type injury occursmost.

Active Head Restraints operate only in

certain rear-end collisions. After the colli-sion, the head restraints return to theiroriginal positions.

Adjust the Active Head Restraints properlyas described earlier in this section.



PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright andwellback in your seat with both feet on the floor,your chances of being injured or killed in anaccident and/or the severity of injury may begreatly reduced. INFINITI strongly en-courages you and all of your passengers tobuckle up every time you drive, even if yourseating position includes a supplemental airbag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories specify that seat belts be worn atall times when a vehicle is being driven.

SSS0136A

SSS0134A

SEAT BELTS

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be properlyrestrained in the rear seat and, ifappropriate, in a child restraint.

. The seat belt should be properlyadjusted to a snug fit. Failure to doso may reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity of injuryin an accident. Serious injury or deathcan occur if the seat belt is not wornproperly.

. Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never run the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low and snugas possible AROUND THEHIPS, NOTTHEWAIST. A lap belt worn too highcould increase the risk of internalinjuries in an accident.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt inside outor twisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

. Do not allowmore than one person touse the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in the ve-hicle than there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may indicatea malfunction in the system. Have thesystem checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

. No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, do notmodify the seat belt, add material orinstall devices that may change theseat belt routing or tension. Doing somay affect the operation of the seatbelt system. Modifying or tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

. Once a seat belt pretensioner hasactivated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with theretractor. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

. All seat belt assemblies, includingretractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.INFINITI recommends that all seatbelt assemblies in use during a colli-sion be replaced unless the collisionwas minor and the belts show nodamage and continue to operateproperly. Seat belt assemblies not inuse during a collision should also beinspected and replaced if either da-mage or improper operation is noted.

. All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s inspection in-s t r u c t i on s and r ep l a c emen trecommendations. The child re-straints should be replaced if theyare damaged.



SSS0016

SSS0014

PREGNANT WOMENINFINITI recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should be wornsnug, and always position the lap belt as lowas possible around the hips, not the waist,and place the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Never runthe lap/shoulder belt over your abdominalarea. Contact your doctor for specific re-commendations.

INJURED PERSONSINFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury.Check with your doctor for specific recom-mendations.

PRE-CRASH SEAT BELTS WITHCOMFORT FUNCTION (frontseats) (if so equipped)The pre-crash seat belt tightens the seat beltwith a motor to help restrain front seatoccupants. This helps reduce the risk ofinjury in a collision.

The motor retracts the seat belt under thefollowing emergency conditions:

. During emergency braking

. During sudden steering maneuvers

. Activation of the Forward EmergencyBraking (FEB) system. (See “Forward

Emergency Braking (FEB)” (P.5-101).)

The pre-crash seat belt will not be activewhen:

. the seat belt is not fastened

. the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH (15km/h) during emergency braking

. the vehicle speed is under 16 MPH (30km/h) during sudden steering maneu-vers.

The pre-crash seat belt will not be activewhen the brake pedal is not depressedexcept when sudden steering maneuversoccur or the FEB system activates.

The motor also retracts the seat belt whenthe seat belt is fastened or unfastened.When the seat belt is fastened, the motortightens the seat belt for a snug fit. Whenthe seat belt is unfastened, the motorretracts the seat belt. If the seat belt is notfully retracted, the motor retracts the seatbelt when the door is opened.

Always wear your seat belt correctly and situpright and well back.

If the motor cannot retract the seat beltwhen the seat belt is fastened or unfas-tened, it may indicate the pre-crash seat beltsystem has a malfunction. Have the systemchecked and repaired. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

When the seat belt is retracted repeatedly in

a short period of time, the motor may not beable to retract the seat belt. After 30seconds, the motor reactivates and retractsthe seat belt. If the seat belt still cannot beretracted by the motor, the pre-crash seatbelt system has a malfunction. Have thesystem checked and repaired. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

. Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it andreceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seat withboth feet on the floor and adjust theseat belt properly.

. Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode seat belts. Ifthe seat belt becomes wrappedaround a child’s neck with the ALRmode activated, the child can beseriously injured or killed if the seatbelt retracts and becomes tight. Thiscan occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt torelease the child. If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already un-buckled, release the child by cuttingthe seat belt with a suitable tool(such as a knife or scissors) to releasethe seat belt.

SSS0292

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-2).)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of theretractor and insert the tongue into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage.. The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits thebelt to move, and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Then smoothlypull the belt out of the retractor.



SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Be surethe shoulder belt is routed over yourshoulder and across your chest.

The three-point type seat belts have twomodes of operation:

. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode allows the seat belt to extend andretract to allow the driver and passengerssome freedom of movement in the seat. TheELR locks the seat belt when the vehicleslows down rapidly or during impacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode) locks the seatbelt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated the seatbelt cannot be extended again until the seatbelt tongue is detached from the buckle andfully retracted. The seat belt returns to theELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts.For additional information, see “Child re-straints” (P.1-19).

The ALR mode should be used only for childrestraint installation. During normal seatbelt use by an occupant, the ALR modeshould not be activated. If it is activated, itmay cause uncomfortable seat belt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat seatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position. If they are notcompletely secured, passengers may beinjured in an accident or sudden stop.

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The seat belt automaticallyretracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lock seatbelt movement by two separate methods:

. When the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock and

restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, get the system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice, or to learn more about seat beltoperation.

SSS1084

Center of rear seat

Selecting correct set of seat belts:

The center seat belt buckle is identified bythe CENTER mark . The center seat belttongue can be fastened only into the centerseat belt buckle.

SSS0294A

Shoulder belt height adjustment(front seats)The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. (See“Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-10).)

To adjust, push the button , and then movethe shoulder belt anchor to the desiredposition, so that the belt passes over thecenter of the shoulder. The belt should beaway from your face and neck, but notfalling off of your shoulder. Release theadjustment button to lock the shoulder beltanchor into position.



WARNING

. After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and down tomake sure it is securely fixed inposition.

. The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in anaccident.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender thatis compatible with the installed seat belts isavailable that can be purchased. The ex-tender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) oflength and may be used for either the driveror front passenger seating position. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor assistance with purchasing an extender ifan extender is required.

WARNING

. It is recommended that only INFINITIseat belt extenders, made by thesame company which made the origi-nal equipment seat belts, be usedwith the INFINITI seat belts.

. Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary use couldresult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

. Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a

mild soap solution or any solution re-commended for cleaning upholstery orcarpets. Then, wipe with a cloth andallow the seat belts to dry in the shade.Do not allow the seat belts to retractuntil they are completely dry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guideof the seat belt anchors, the seat beltsmay retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder

belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

. Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors work properly. If looseparts, deterioration, cuts or other da-mage on the webbing is found, the entireseat belt assembly should be replaced.

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR)mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomes tight.This can occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt to releasethe child. If the seat belt can not beunbuckled or is already unbuckled, re-lease the child by cutting the seat beltwith a suitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.

They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is availablefrom many other sources, including doctors,teachers, government traffic safety offices,and community organizations. Every child isdifferent, so be sure to learn the best way totransport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

. Rear-facing child restraint

. Forward-facing child restraint

. Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants up to about 1 yearand less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placedin rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing child restraints are available forchildren who outgrow rear-facing child re-straints and are at least 1 year old. Boosterseats are used to help position a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longeruse a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protec-tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fitthem properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriatechild restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. See“Child restraints” (P.1-19).

A child restraint may be secured in thevehicle by using either the LATCH (LowerAnchor and Tethers for CHildren) system orwith the vehicle seat belt. See “Child re-straints” (P.1-19) for more information.

INFINITI recommends that all pre-teens andchildren be restrained in the rear seat.Studies show that children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint system(Air bag system) for the front passenger.See “Supplemental restraint system” (P.1-38).

INFANTSInfants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint.INFINITI recommends that infants be placedin child restraints that comply with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Youshould choose a child restraint that fits yourvehicle and always follow the manufac-turer’s instructions for installation and use.


CHILD SAFETY


SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old and weighat least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing child restraint as long as possible upto the height or weight limit of the childrestraint. Children who outgrow the heightor weight limit of the rear-facing childrestraint and are at least 1 year old shouldbe secured in a forward-facing child re-straint with a harness. Refer to the manu-facturer’s instructions for minimum andmaximum weight and height recommenda-tions. INFINITI recommends that small chil-dren be placed in child restraints that complywith Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child re-straint that fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness until they reachthe maximum height or weight limit allowedby the child restraint manufacturer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weightlimit of the harness-equipped forward-fa-cing child restraint, INFINITI recommendsthat the child be placed in a commerciallyavailable booster seat to obtain proper seat

belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, thebooster seat should raise the child so thatthe shoulder belt is properly positionedacross the chest and the top, middle portionof the shoulder. The shoulder belt should notcross the neck or face and should not fall offthe shoulder. The lap belt should lie snuglyacross the lower hips or upper thighs, not theabdomen.

A booster seat can only be used in seatingpositions that have a three-point type seatbelt. The booster seat should fit the vehicleseat and have a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

A booster seat should be used until the childcan pass the seat belt fit test below:

. Are the child’s back and hips against thevehicle seatback?

. Is the child able to sit without slouching?

. Do the child’s knees bend easily over thefront edge of the seat with feet flat onthe floor?

. Can the child safely wear the seat belt(lap belt low and snug across the hipsand shoulder belt across mid-chest andshoulder)?

. Is the child able to use the properlyadjusted head restraint/headrest?

. Will the child be able to stay in positionfor the entire ride?

JVR0473X

If you answered no to any of these ques-tions, the child should remain in a boosterseat using a three-point type seat belt.

NOTE:

Laws in some communities may followdifferent guidelines. Check local and stateregulations to confirm your child is using thecorrect restraint system before traveling.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in the cargoarea. The child could be seriously injuredor killed in a sudden stop or collision.

SSS0099

SSS0100

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-STRAINTS

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and in-stallation of child restraints couldresult in serious injury or death of achild or other passengers in a suddenstop or collision:

— The child restraint must be usedand installed properly. Alwaysfollow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions forinstallation and use.

— Infants and children should neverbe held on anyone’s lap. Even thestrongest adult cannot resist theforces of a collision.

— Do not put a seat belt aroundboth a child and another passen-ger.

— INFINITI recommends that allchild restraints be installed in therear seat. Studies show that chil-dren are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than inthe front seat. If youmust install a


CHILD RESTRAINTS


forward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, see “Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts” (P.1-30).

— Even with the INFINITI AdvancedAir Bag System, never install arear-facing child restraint in thefront seat. An inflating air bagcould seriously injure or kill a child.A rear-facing child restraint mustonly be used in the rear seat.

— Be sure to purchase a child re-straint that will fit the child andvehicle. Some child restraints maynot fit properly in your vehicle.

— Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand loads fromchild restraints that are properlyfitted.

— Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts or harnesses.

— A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in thefront passenger seat.

— Keep seatbacks as upright aspossible after fitting the childrestraint.

— Infants and children should al-ways be placed in an appropriate

child restraint while in the vehicle.

. When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCHsystem or a seat belt. In a suddenstop or collision, loose objects caninjure occupants or damage the ve-hicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seatingsurface and buckles before placing achild in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint anchor system, referred to as theLATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system. Some child restraints in-clude rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to theseanchors.

For details, see “Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren System (LATCH)” (P.1-21).

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraintsfor infants and small children of varioussizes. When selecting any child restraint,

keep the following points in mind:

. Choose only a restraint with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

. Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

. If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Choose achild restraint that is designed for yourchild’s height and weight. Always followall recommended procedures.

. If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5kg), you may use either the LATCHanchors or the seat belt to install thechild restraint (not both at the sametime).

. If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint.

. Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for installa-tion.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on forward-facing childrestraints be secured to the designatedanchor point on the vehicle.

SSS0567

LATCH label location

Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren System (LATCH)Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with the LATCH (LowerAnchors and Tethers for CHildren) systemcompatible child restraints. This system mayalso be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIXcompatible system. With this system, you donot have to use a vehicle seat belt to securethe child restraint unless the combinedweight of the child and child restraintexceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combinedweight of the child and child restraint isgreater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use thevehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors)

to install the child restraint. Be sure to followthe child restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation.

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child or otherpassengers in a sudden stop or collision:

. Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown in the illustration.

. Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position using theLATCH lower anchors. The child re-straint will not be secured properly.

. Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the lower anchorarea. Feel to make sure there are noobstructions over the anchors such asseat belt webbing or seat cushionmaterial. The child restraint will notbe secured properly if the loweranchors are obstructed.

Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposed



by correctly fitted child restraints. Underno circumstances are they to be used toattach adult seat belts, or other items orequipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages.The child restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchorage,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

SSS0637

LATCH lower anchor location

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH lower anchors are located at therear of the seat cushion near the seatback. Alabel is attached to the seatback to help youlocate the LATCH lower anchors.

SSS0643

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCHlower anchor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attachmentsthat can be connected to two anchorslocated at certain seating positions in yourvehicle. With this system, you do not have touse a vehicle seat belt to secure the childrestraint. Check your child restraint for alabel stating that it is compatible withLATCH. This information may also be inthe instructions provided by the child re-straint manufacturer.

SSS0644

LATCH rigid-mounted attachment

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

SSS0791

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located on the rear parcelshelf.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap child restraint on the rearseat, it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints. Underno circumstances are they to be used toattach adult seat belts, or other items or

equipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages.The child restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchorage,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

REAR-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sectionsbefore installing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If thecombined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.



SSS0648

Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

SSS0649

Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

SSS0639

Rear-facing — step 3

3. For child restraints that are equippedwithwebbing-mounted attachments, re-move any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your hand to com-press the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while tightening the webbing of theanchor attachments.

SSS0650


4. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the LATCH attachment holds therestraint in place. If the restraint is notsecure, tighten the LATCH attachmentas necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint ortry installing by using the vehicle seatbelt (if applicable). Not all child restraintsfit in all types of vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALRmode will result inthe child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the front pas-senger air bag. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-46).

SSS0100


Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” (P.1-17) and “Child restraints”(P.1-19) before installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belts inthe rear seats:



1. Child restraints for infants must be usedin the rear-facing direction and there-fore must not be used in the front seat.Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

SSS0654


2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for beltrouting.

SSS0655


3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to the EmergencyLocking Retractor (ELR) mode whenthe seat belt is fully retracted.

SSS0656


4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

SSS0657


5. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rearwardfirmly in the center of the child restraintwith your hand to compress the vehicleseat cushion and seatback while pullingup on the seat belt.

SSS0658


6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the childrestraint is properly secured prior to each



use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 1 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt fully retracted, the ALRmode (childrestraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sectionsbefore installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the LATCHsystem:


SSS0645

Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point. See “Installing toptether strap” (P.1-30). Do not installchild restraints that require the use of atop tether strap in seating positions thatdo not have a top tether anchor.

SSS0646

Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct childrestraint fit. If the head restraint isremoved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraint whenthe child restraint is removed. See “Headrestraints/headrests” (P.1-5) for headrestraints/headrests adjustment infor-mation.

If the seating position does not have ahead restraint/headrest and it is inter-fering with the proper child restraint fit,try another seating position or a differ-

ent child restraint.

SSS0647

Forward-facing — step 4

4. For child restraints that are equippedwithwebbing-mounted attachments, re-move any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your knee to com-press the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while tightening the webbing of theanchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to removeany slack.

SSS0638


6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the LATCH attachment holds therestraint in place. If the restraint is notsecure, tighten the LATCH attachmentas necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.



7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 6.

SSS0791

Installing top tether strapThe child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withthe LATCH lower anchor attachments.

First, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors (rear outboard seat-ing positions only).

1. Flip up the anchor cover from the anchorpoint which is located directly behind thechild restraint.

2. If necessary, raise or remove the headrestraint or headrest to position the toptether strap over the top of the seatback.If the head restraint or headrest isremoved, store it in a secure place. Be

sure to reinstall the head restraint orheadrest when the child restraint isremoved.

See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-5) for head restraint or headrest adjust-ment, removal and installation informa-tion.

Position the top tether strap over the topof the seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the rear parcel shelf.

4. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in this sec-tion before tightening the tether strap.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALRmode will result inthe child restraint not being properly

secured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the front pas-senger air bag. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-46).

SSS0640

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) —step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sectionsbefore installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seatbelt in the rear seats or in the front

passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint in thefront seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used in therear-facing direction and, therefore,must not be used in the front seat.


The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint or headrest to obtain thecorrect child restraint fit. If the headrestraint or headrest is removed, store itin a secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint or headrest when thechild restraint is removed. See “Headrestraints/headrests” (P.1-5) for headrestraint or headrest adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or headrestand it is interfering with the proper childrestraint fit, try another seating positionor a different child restraint.



SSS0360B


3. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for beltrouting.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point (rear seat installationonly). See “Installing top tether strap”(P.1-34). Do not install child restraintsthat require the use of a top tether strapin seating positions that do not have atop tether anchor.

SSS0651


4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to Emergency LockingRetractor (ELR) mode when the seat beltis fully retracted.

SSS0652


5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

SSS0653


6. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rearwardfirmly in the center of the child restraintwith your knee to compress the vehicleseat cushion and seatback while pullingup on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to removeany slack.

SSS0641


8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2through 8.



SSS1085


10. If the child restraint is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status light shouldilluminate. If this light is not illuminated,see “Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P.1-46). Move the child restraintto another seating position. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

SSS0791

Installing top tether strapThe child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraints withthe seat belts.

First, secure the child restraint with the seatbelt.

1. Flip up the anchor cover from the anchorpoint which is located directly behind thechild restraint.

2. If necessary, raise or remove the headrestraint or headrest to position the toptether strap over the top of the seatback.If the head restraint or headrest isremoved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraint or

headrest when the child restraint isremoved.

See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-5) for head restraint or headrest adjust-ment, removal and installation informa-tion.

Position the top tether strap over the topof the seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the rear parcel shelf.

4. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in this sec-tion before tightening the tether strap.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

BOOSTER SEATS

Precautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a sudden stop or collisiongreatly increases:

. Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the stomach.

. Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child’sarm.

. A booster seat must only be installedin a seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt.

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points inmind:

. Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

. Check the booster seat in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

LRS0453

. Make sure the child’s head will beproperly supported by the booster seator vehicle seat. The seatback must be ator above the center of the child’s ears.For example, if a low back booster seatis chosen, the vehicle seatbackmust be

at or above the center of the child’s ears.If the seatback is lower than the centerof the child’s ears, a high back boosterseat should be used.

. If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thebooster seat and check the variousadjustments to be sure the booster seatis compatible with your child. Alwaysfollow all recommended procedures.



LRS0464

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seats orthe front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use thelap/shoulder belt Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode when using abooster seat with the seat belts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety”, “Child restraints” and “Boos-ter seats” sections earlier in this sectionbefore installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat inthe rear seat or in the front passenger seat:

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a forward-facing direc-tion. Always follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

LRS0454

Front passenger position

3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint or headrest to obtain thecorrect booster seat fit. If the headrestraint or headrest is removed, storeit in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint or headrest when thebooster seat is removed. See “Headrestraints/headrests” (P.1-5) for headrestraint or headrest adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or headrestand it is interfering with the proper

booster seat fit, try another seatingposition or a different booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Be sureto follow the booster seat manufac-turer’s instructions for adjusting the seatbelt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seatbelt toward the retractor to take upextra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt ispositioned across the top, middle portionof the child’s shoulder. Be sure to followthe booster seat manufacturer’s instruc-tions for adjusting the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in “Seat belts” (P.1-10).

SSS1085

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, push the ignition switchto the ON position. The front passengerair bag status light may or may notilluminate depending on the size of thechild and the type of booster seat used.See “Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P.1-46).



PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLE-MENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEMThis Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information con-cerning the following systems:

. Driver and passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag (INFINITI AdvancedAir Bag System)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag

. Seat belt with pretensioner

Supplemental front-impact air bag system:The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the headand chest of the driver and front passengerin certain frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the chest andpelvis area of the driver and front passengerin certain side impact collisions. The side airbag is designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag system: Thissystem can help cushion the impact forceto the head of occupants in front and rearoutboard seating positions in certain side

impact or rollover collisions. In a side-impact,the curtain air bags are designed to inflateon the side where the vehicle is impacted. Ina rollover, the curtain air bags on both sidesare designed to inflate and remain inflatedfor a short time.

Curtain air bags are also designed to inflatein certain types of rollover collisions or nearrollovers. As a result, certain vehicle move-ments may cause the curtain air bags toinflate.

These supplemental restraint systems aredesigned to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and passenger seatbelts and are not a substitute for them. Seatbelts should always be correctly worn andthe occupant seated a suitable distanceaway from the steering wheel, instrumentpanel and door finishers. (See “Seat belts”(P.1-10) for instructions and precautions onseat belt usage.)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

SSS0131B

SSS0132B

WARNING

. The supplemental front air bags or-dinarily will not inflate in the event ofa side impact, rear impact, rollover, orlower severity frontal collision. Al-ways wear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity of injury invarious kinds of accidents.

. The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the front passenger air bagstatus light is lit or if the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied. See“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P.1-46).

. The seat belts and the supplementalfront air bags are most effectivewhen you are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feet onthe floor. The front air bags inflatewith great force. Even with theINFINITI Advanced Air Bag System,if you are unrestrained, leaning for-ward, sitting sideways or out ofposition in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive serious orfatal injuries from the supplementalfront air bag if you are up against itwhen it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far-away



as practical from the steering wheelor instrument panel. Always use theseat belts.

. The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sen-sors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. The Advanced Air BagSystem monitors the severity of acollision and seat belt usage theninflates the air bags as needed. Fail-ure to properly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injuryin an accident.

. The front passenger seat is equippedwith an occupant classification sen-sor (pattern sensor) that turns thefront passenger air bag OFF undersome conditions. This sensor is onlyused in this seat. Failure to beproperly seated and wearing the seatbelt can increase the risk or severityof injury in an accident. See “Frontpassenger air bag and status light”(P.1-46).

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk of injury if the front air baginflates.

SSS0007

SSS0006

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100

WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the illustrations.

. Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if theyare not properly restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properlyrestrained in the rear seat, if possible.

. Even with the INFINITI Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating front air bag couldseriously injure or kill your child. See“Child restraints” (P.1-19) for details.

SSS0059A

SSS0188A



SSS0140

SSS0162

SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bags and roof-mounted cur-t a i n s i d e - impac t and ro l l o ve rsupplemental air bags:

. The side air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a frontalimpact, rear impact, rollover or lowerseverity side collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce the riskor severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

. The curtain air bags ordinarily willnot inflate in the event of a front

impact, rear impact, or lower severityside collision. Always wear your seatbelts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents.

. The seat belts, side air bags andcurtain air bags are most effectivewhen you are sitting well back andupright in the seat. The side air bagand curtain air bag inflate with greatforce. Do not allow anyone to placetheir hand, leg or face near the sideair bag on the side of the seatback ofthe front seat or near the side roofrails. Do not allow anyone sitting inthe front seats or rear outboard seatsto extend their hand out of thewindow or lean against the door.Some examples of dangerous ridingpositions are shown in the previousillustrations.

. When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the supplemental side air baginflates, you may be seriously injured.Be especially careful with children,who should always be properly re-strained. Some examples of danger-ous riding positions are shown in theillustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withsupplemental side air bag inflation.



JVR0479X

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front air bag modules(INFINITI Advanced Air Bags)

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bags

4. Occupant classification sensor (patternsensor)

5. Occupant classification system controlunit

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag inflators

8. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

9. Lap outer pretensioners ( if soequipped)

10. Satellite sensors

11. Seat belts with pretensioners

INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAGSYSTEM (front seats)This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITIAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is de-signed to meet certification requirementsunder U.S. regulations. It is also permitted inCanada.All of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual apply and must befollowed.

The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of the steeringwheel. The front passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag is mounted in theinstrument panel above the glove box. Thefront air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity frontal collisions, althoughthey may inflate if the forces in another typeof collision are similar to those of a higherseverity frontal impact. They may not inflatein certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage(or lack of it) is not always an indication ofproper front air bag operation.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System hasdual stage air bag inflators. The systemmonitors information from the crash zone

sensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seatbelt buckle switches and the occupantclassification sensor (pattern sensor). Infla-tor operation is based on the severity of acollision and seat belt usage for the driver.For the front passenger, the occupantclassification sensor is also monitored.Based on information from the sensors, onlyone front air bag may inflate in a crash,depending on the crash severity andwhetherthe front occupants are belted or unbelted.Additionally, the front passenger air bagmay be automatically turned OFF undersome conditions, depending on the informa-tion provided by the occupant classificationsensor. If the front passenger air bag is OFF,the front passenger air bag status light willbe illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, thelight will not be illuminated, but the air bagwill be off). (See “Front passenger air bagand status light” (P.1-46) for further details.)One front air bag inflating does not indicateimproper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer to obtain informationabout the system. If you are consideringmodification of your vehicle due to a dis-ability, you may also contact an INFINITIretailer. Contact information is contained inthe front of this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud

noise may be heard, followed by release ofsmoke. This smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force on thehead and chest of the front occupants. Theycan help save lives and reduce seriousinjuries. However, an inflating front air bagmay cause facial abrasions or other injuries.Front air bags do not provide restraint to thelower body.

Even with INFINITI Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driverand passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the steering wheel orinstrument panel. The front air bags inflatequickly in order to help protect the frontoccupants. Because of this, the force of thefront air bag inflating can increase the risk ofinjury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst, the air bag module during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.

The supplemental front air bags operateonly when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warning

light illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.



SSS1085

Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and statuslight

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF under someconditions. Read this section carefully tolearn how it operates. Proper use of theseat, seat belt and child restraints isnecessary for most effective protection.Failure to follow all instructions in thismanual concerning the use of seats, seatbelts and child restraints can increase

the risk or severity of injury in anaccident.

Status light:

The front passenger air bag status lightis located on the instrument panel. After theignition switch is placed in the ON position,the front passenger air bag status lightilluminates for about 7 seconds and thenturns off or illuminates depending on thefront passenger seat occupied status. Thelight operates as follows:

. Unoccupied passenger seat: Thelight is OFF and the front passenger airbag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Passenger seat occupied by a small adult,child or child restraint as outlined in thissection: The light illuminates toindicate that the front passenger airbag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and the pas-senger meets the conditions outlined inthis section: The light is OFF toindicate that the front passenger air bagis operational.

Front passenger air bag:

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as de-scribed below as permitted by U.S. regula-

tions. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, itwill not inflate in a crash. The driver air bagand other air bags in your vehicle are notpart of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, by requiringthe air bag to be automatically turned OFF.

The occupant classification sensor (patternsensor) is in the front passenger seat cushionand is designed to detect an occupant andobjects on the seat. For example, if a child isin the front passenger seat, the AdvancedAir Bag System is designed to turn thepassenger air bag OFF in accordance withthe regulations. Also, if a child restraint ofthe type specified in the regulations is on theseat, the occupant classification sensor candetect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat beltas outlined in this manual should not causethe passenger air bag to be automaticallyturned OFF. For small adults it may beturned OFF, however, if the occupant doesnot sit in the seat properly (for example, bynot sitting upright, by sitting on an edge ofthe seat, or by otherwise being out ofposition), this could cause the sensor to turnthe air bag OFF. Always be sure to be seatedand wearing the seat belt properly for the

most effective protection by the seat beltand supplemental air bag.

INFINITI recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rear seat.INFINITI also recommends that appropriatechild restraints and booster seats be prop-erly installed in a rear seat. If this is notpossible, the occupant classification sensoris designed to operate as described above toturn the front passenger air bag OFF forspecified child restraints. Failing to properlysecure child restraints and to use the ALRmode (child restraint mode) may allow therestraint to tip or move in an accident orsudden stop. This can also result in thepassenger air bag inflating in a crash insteadof beingOFF. (See “Child restraints” (P.1-19)for proper use and installation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied,the passenger air bag is designed not toinflate in a crash. However, heavy objectsplaced on the seat could result in air baginflation, because of the object being de-tected by the occupant classification sensor.Other conditions could also result in air baginflation, such as if a child is standing on theseat, or if two children are on the seat,contrary to the instructions in this manual.Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrained prop-erly.

Using the front passenger air bag statuslight, you can monitor when the frontpassenger air bag is automatically turnedOFF with the seat occupied. The light willnot illuminate when the front passenger seatis unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thefront passenger air bag status light isilluminated (indicating that the air bag isOFF), it could be that the person is a smalladult, or is not sitting on the seat properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the front passenger air bag status lightmay or may not be illuminated, depending onthe size of the child and the type of childrestraint being used. If the front passengerair bag status light is not illuminated (in-dicating that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraint orseat belt is not being used properly. Makesure that the child restraint is installedproperly, the seat belt is used properly andthe occupant is positioned properly. If thefront passenger air bag status light is still notilluminated, reposition the occupant or childrestraint in a rear seat.

If the front passenger air bag status light willnot illuminate even though you believe thatthe child restraint, the seat belts and theoccupant are properly positioned, the sys-tem may be sensing an unoccupied seat (inwhich case the air bag is OFF). Your

INFINITI retailer can check that the systemis OFF by using a special tool. However, untilyou have confirmed with your retailer thatyour air bag is working properly, repositionthe occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System andfront passenger air bag status light will takea few seconds to register a change in thepassenger seat status. However, if the seatbecomes unoccupied, the front passenger airbag status light will remain off.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passen-ger air bag system, the supplemental air bagwarning light , located in the meter andgauges area will blink. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Other supplemental front-impactair bag precautions

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause in-jury if the front air bags inflate.



. Do not place objects with sharp edgeson the seat. Also, do not place heavyobjects on the seat that will leavepermanent impressions in the seat.Such objects can damage the seat oroccupant classification sensor (pat-tern sensor). This can affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners(hot steam cleaners) on the seat. Thiscan damage the seat or occupantclassification sensor. This can alsoaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious personalinjury.

. Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components willbe hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe air bag system. This is to preventaccidental inflation of the supple-mental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front end struc-ture. This could affect proper opera-tion of the front air bag system.

. Tampering with the air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.Tampering includes changes to thesteering wheel and the instrumentpanel assembly by placing materialover the steering wheel pad andabove the instrument panel or byinstalling additional trim materialaround the air bag system.

. Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may result inserious personal injury. For example,do not change the front seats byplacing material on the seat cushionor by installing additional trim mate-rial, such as seat covers, on the seatthat is not specifically designed toassure proper air bag operation.Additionally, do not stow any objectsunder the front passenger seat or theseat cushion and seatback. Suchobjects may interfere with the properoperation of the occupant classifica-tion sensor.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe seat belt system. This may affectthe front air bag system. Tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on andaround the front air bag. It is alsorecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for installation of electricalequipment. The Supplemental Re-straint System (SRS) wiring har-nesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the air bagsystem.

. A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualifiedrepair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front air bagsystem and guide the buyer to the appro-priate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

SSS0521

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIRBAG AND ROOF-MOUNTEDCURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT ANDROLLOVER SUPPLEMENTAL AIRBAG SYSTEMSThe side air bags are located in the outsideof the seatback of the front seats. Thecurtain air bags are located in the side roofrails. All of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual apply and must befollowed. The side air bags and curtain airbags are designed to inflate in higherseverity side collisions, although they may

inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higherseverity side impact. They are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. They may not inflate in certainside collisions on the sidewhere the vehicle isimpacted.

Curtain air bags are also designed to inflatein certain types of rollover collisions or nearrollovers. As a result, certain vehicle move-ments may cause the curtain air bags toinflate.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper supplemental side airbag and curtain side-impact air bag opera-tion.

When side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smoke isnot harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those witha history of a breathing condition should getfresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force on thechest and pelvis of the front occupants.Curtain air bags help to cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in the frontand rear outboard seating positions. Theycan help save lives and reduce serious

injuries. However, an inflating side air bagor curtain air bag may cause abrasions orother injuries. Side air bags and curtain airbags do not provide restraint to the lowerbody.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright asfar as practical away from the side air bag.Rear seat passengers should be seated as faraway as practical from the door finishersand side roof rails. The side air bags andcurtain air bags inflate quickly in order tohelp protect the occupants. Because of this,the force of the side air bags and curtain airbags inflating can increase the risk of injury ifthe occupant is too close to, or is against,these air bag modules during inflation. In arollover, the curtain air bags on both sidesare designed to inflate. Under both side-impact situations, the curtain air bags willremain inflated for a short period of time.

The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The air bag warning lightwill turn off after about 7 seconds if thesystems are operational.



WARNING

. Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front doorfinisher and the front seat. Suchobjects may become dangerous pro-jectiles and cause injury if side air baginflates.

. Right after inflation, several side airbags and curtain air bag systemcomponents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burn your-self.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofside air bag and curtain air bags. Thisis to prevent damage to or accidentalinflation of the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel. Thiscould affect proper operation of theside air bag and curtain air bagsystems.

. Tampering with the air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.For example, do not change the front

seats by placing material near theseatback or by installing additionaltrim material, such as seat covers,around the side air bags.

. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on andaround the side air bag and curtainair bag. It is also recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for installa-tion of electrical equipment. TheSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses* should notbe modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the side-impact air bagsystem.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side air bagand curtain air bag systems and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETEN-SIONERS (front seats)

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be reusedafter activation. They must be re-placed together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but a pretensioner is notactivated, be sure to have the pre-tensioner system checked and, ifnecessary, replaced. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pretensioners. This is to preventdamage to or accidental activation ofthe pretensioner system. Tamperingwith the pretensioner system mayresult in serious personal injury.

. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on andaround the pretensioner system. It isalso recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for installation ofelectrical equipment. Unauthorizedelectrical test equipment and probing

devices should not be used on thepretensioner system.

. If you need to dispose of the preten-sioner or scrap the vehicle, it isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. Correct pre-tensioner disposal procedures are setforth in the appropriate INFINITIService Manual. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personal in-jury.

The pretensioner system may activate withthe supplemental air bag system in certaintypes of collisions. Working with the seatbelt retractor, it helps tighten the seat beltwhen the vehicle becomes involved in certaintypes of collisions, helping to restrain frontseat occupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seatbelt retractor. These seat belts are used thesame way as conventional seat belts.

When a pretensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard. The smoke is not harmful, and it doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

After pretensioner activation, load limitersallow the seat belt to release webbing (if

necessary) to reduce forces against thechest.

The supplemental air bag warning lightis used to indicate malfunctions in thepretensioner system. (See “Supplementalair bagwarning light” (P.1-52). in this sectionfor more details.) If the operation of thesupplemental air bag warning light indicatesthere is a malfunction, have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the seat beltpretensioners and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

SSS1016

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag systems are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

WARNING

Do not use a rear-facing child restrainton a seat protected by an air bag in frontof it. If the air bag deploys, it may causeserious injury or death.



SRS air bagThe warning labels are located on thesurface of the sun visors.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the air bag systems,pretensioners and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the SRS air bagsystems are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, theair bag and/or pretensioner systems needservicing:

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the air bag and/orpretensioner systems may not operate prop-erly. They must be checked and repaired. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the front airbag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/orpretensioner systems will not operate inan accident. To help avoid injury toyourself or others, have your vehiclechecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENTPROCEDUREThe front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags and pretensioners are designed toactivate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless it is damaged, the supple-mental air bag warning light will remainilluminated after inflation has occurred.These systems should be repaired and/orreplaced as soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,curtain air bags, pretensioners and relatedparts should be pointed out to the personconducting the maintenance. The ignitionswitch should always be in the LOCKposition when working under the hood orinside the vehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bag, orcurtain air bag has inflated, the airbag module will not function againand must be replaced. Additionally,the activated pretensioner must alsobe replaced. The air bag module andpretensioner should be replaced. It is

recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. However, theair bag module and pretensionersystem cannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag, curtainair bag and the pretensioner systemshould be inspected if there is anydamage to the front end or sideportion of the vehicle. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

. If you need to dispose of the supple-mental air bag or pretensioner orscrap the vehicle, it is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer. Correctsupplemental air bag and seat beltpretensioner system disposal proce-dures are set forth in the appropriateINFINITI Service Manual. Incorrectdisposal procedures could cause per-sonal injury.



MEMO

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ................................................................................. 2-3

Instrument panel ............................................................... 2-5

Meters and gauges .......................................................... 2-6

Speedometer and odometer ..................................... 2-7

Tachometer ................................................................... 2-8

Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................... 2-8

Fuel gauge ..................................................................... 2-9

Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders ............................................................ 2-10

Checking lights ........................................................... 2-11

Warning lights ............................................................ 2-11

Indicator lights ........................................................... 2-16

Audible reminders ..................................................... 2-19

Vehicle information display .......................................... 2-20

Indicators for operation .......................................... 2-22

Indicators for maintenance .................................... 2-25

Trip computer ............................................................. 2-27

Security systems ............................................................. 2-29

Vehicle Security System .......................................... 2-29

INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ................. 2-30

Wiper and washer switch ............................................. 2-32

Rain-sensing auto wiper system ........................... 2-33

Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch .............................................................. 2-34

Headlight and turn signal switch ............................... 2-34

Headlight switch ..................................................... 2-34

Turn signal switch ................................................... 2-39

Fog light switch ....................................................... 2-39

Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) .................. 2-40

Horn .................................................................................. 2-40

Heated seats (if so equipped) ..................................... 2-41

Front seats (if so equipped) ................................. 2-41

Rear outboard seats (if so equipped) ................ 2-42

Climate controlled seats (if so equipped) ................ 2-43

Warning systems switch (if so equipped) .............. 2-44

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch ........ 2-44

Clock .................................................................................. 2-45

Adjusting the time ................................................... 2-45

Ashtrays ............................................................................ 2-45

Rear ............................................................................. 2-45

Power outlet .................................................................... 2-46

Storage ............................................................................. 2-47

Cup holders ............................................................... 2-47

Sunglasses holder ................................................... 2-48

Glove box .................................................................. 2-48

Console box .............................................................. 2-49

Card holder ............................................................... 2-49

Storage box ............................................................. 2-50

Rear pocket (if so equipped) ................................. 2-50

Coat hooks ................................................................. 2-50

Trunk hooks ................................................................ 2-51

Windows ........................................................................... 2-51

Power windows ......................................................... 2-51

Moonroof .......................................................................... 2-54

Power moonroof ....................................................... 2-54

Rear sunshade (if so equipped) ................................... 2-55

Welcome light .................................................................. 2-56

Battery saver system ............................................... 2-57

Interior lights .................................................................... 2-57

Map lights ................................................................... 2-57

Personal lights (if so equipped) ............................. 2-57

Rear spot lights (if so equipped) ........................... 2-58

Interior light control switch .................................... 2-58

Vanity mirror lights ........................................................ 2-59

Trunk light ........................................................................ 2-59

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ............................ 2-60

Programming HomeLink® .................................... 2-60

Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers ............................... 2-62

Operating the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ............................................. 2-62

Programming troubleshooting ............................ 2-62

Clearing the programmed information ............. 2-63

Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button .................................................. 2-63

If your vehicle is stolen .......................................... 2-63

JVC1098X

1. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-38)

2. Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)switch (if so equipped) (P.2-36)

3. Headlight, fog light and turn signalswitch (P.2-34)

4. Trip computer switch (P.2-27)

5. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-ometer (P.2-7)

6. Windshield wiper and washer switch(P.2-32)

7. Shift lever (P.5-15)

8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (P.5-123)

9. Rear sunshade switch (if so equipped)(P.2-55)

10. Steering heater switch (if so equipped)(P.2-40)

11. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-18)

12. Warning systems switch ( if soequipped) (P.5-22, P.5-32)

13. Electric tilting/telescopic steeringwheel lever (P.3-24)

14. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

- Audio control steering switch*

- Voice recognition system switch*

- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem switch*

15. Steering wheel

— Horn (P.2-40)

— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-38)

— Heated steering wheel (if soequipped) (P.2-40)

16. Steering-wheel-mounted controls(right side)

— Cruise control switches (P.5-65)

— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P.5-67)

— Dynamic driver assistance switch (ifso equipped) (P.5-22, P.5-41, P.5-88)

Instruments and controls 2-3

COCKPIT

2-4 Instruments and controls


JVO0130X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-32)

2. Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-17)

3. Meters and gauges (P.2-6)

4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)

5. Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch (P.2-34)

6. Center display*

— Navigation system* (if so equipped)

— Around View® Monitor (if soequipped) (P.4-10)

— RearView Monitor (if so equipped)(P.4-3)

7. Clock (P.2-45)

8. Center multi-function control panel*

9. Automatic climate control system(P.4-32)

10. Center ventilator (P.4-32)

11. Audio system*

12. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-38)

13. Hood release handle (P.3-17)

14. Fuse box cover (P.8-23)

15. Parking brake

— Parking (P.5-19)

16. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-10)

17. Front passenger air bag status light(P.1-46)

18. Climate controlled seat switch (if soequipped) (P.2-43) or Seat heaterswitch (if so equipped) (P.2-41)

19. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P.5-20)

20. Storage box (P.2-50)


21. Glove box lid release handle (P.2-48)

22. Trunk release power cancel switch(P.3-20)



INSTRUMENT PANEL


SIC4317

1. Tachometer (P.2-8)

2. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-10)

3. Speedometer (P.2-7)

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

(P.2-8)

5. Vehicle information display (P.2-20)/

Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-7)

6. Fuel gauge (P.2-9)

*: The needle indicators in the speedometer,tachometer, engine coolant temperaturegauge and fuel gauge may move slightlyafter the ignition switch is pushed to the

LOCK position. This is not a malfunction.

CAUTION

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dam-pened with water. Never use a roughcloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or anykind of solvent or paper towel with achemical cleaning agent. They willscratch or cause discoloration to thelens.

. Do not spray any liquid such as wateron the meter lens. Spraying liquidmay cause the system tomalfunction.

METERS AND GAUGES

SIC4318

Speedometer

SPEEDOMETER AND OD-OMETER

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed inmiles per hour (MPH) and kilometers perhour (km/h).

JVI1126X

Odometer/twin trip odometer

Odometer/twin trip odometerThe odometer and twin trip odometerare displayed on the vehicle informationdisplay when the ignition switch is in theON position.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distanceof individual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the TRIP RESET switch on theright of the combination meter panelchanges the display as follows:

TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the TRIP RESET switch for morethan 1 second resets the trip odometer tozero.

Average fuel economy and distance toempty information is also available. (See“Vehicle information display” (P.2-20).)



SIC4320

TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not revthe engine into the red zone .

The scale length and the red zone vary withthe engine model.

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduceengine speed. Operating the engine inthe red zone may cause serious enginedamage.

SIC4321

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERA-TURE GAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature.

The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range when the gauge needle pointswithin the zone shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies withthe outside air temperature and drivingconditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature is near the hot (H) end ofthe normal range, reduce vehicle speedto decrease the temperature. If thegauge is over the normal range, stopthe vehicle as soon as safely possible andlet the engine idle. If the engine isoverheated, continued operation of thevehicle may seriously damage the engine.See “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-12)for immediate action required.

JVI0846X

FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or downhills.

The gauge needle returns to “0” (Empty)after the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters “0” (Empty).

The low fuel warning appears on thevehicle information display when the fuellevel is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the gauge

reaches “0”. There will be a small reserve offuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needlereaches “0”.

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the right side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips, thelight should turn off. If the lightremains on after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

. For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-18).



All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (ifso equipped)

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemwarning light (orange) (if so equipped)

ECO drive indicator light

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indica-tor light (orange) (if so equipped)

Exterior light indicator

Low tire pressure warning light Front fog light indicator light

Automatic transmission check warninglight

Master warning light Front passenger air bag status light

Brake warning lightSeat belt warning light and chime High beam indicator light

Supplemental air bag warning lightLane Departure Prevention (LDP) ONindicator light (green) (if so equipped)

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind SpotIntervention (BSI) system warning light(orange) (if so equipped)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warninglight

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Charge warning lightAdaptive Front lighting System (AFS) offindicator light (if so equipped)

Security indicator light

Distance Control Assist (DCA) systemwarning light (orange) (if so equipped)

Automatic transmission (AT) positionindicator light

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Engine oil pressure warning lightBlind Spot Intervention (BSI) ON indica-tor light (green) (if so equipped)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off in-dicator light

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) sys-tem warning light (if so equipped)

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATORLIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS

CHECKING LIGHTSWith all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (ifso equipped) will come on:

, or , , , , ,

The following lights (if so equipped) come onbriefly and then go off:

, or , , , , , ,, ,

If any light does not come on or operates in away other than described, it may indicate aburned-out bulb and/or a system malfunc-tion. It is recommended you have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

Some indicators and warnings are alsodisplayed on the vehicle information displaybetween the speedometer and tachometer.(See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-20).)

WARNING LIGHTS

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warn-ing light (if so equipped)The warning light comes on when theignition switch is pushed to ON. It turns offsoon after the engine is started.

If the Intelligent AWD system malfunctions,

or the diameter of the front and the rearwheels are different, the warning light willeither remain illuminated or blink. (See “In-telligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” (P.5-118).)

CAUTION

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving, there may be amalfunction inthe Intelligent AWD system. Reducethe vehicle speed and have yourvehicle checked as soon as possible.It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

. If the AWD warning light blinks onwhen you are driving:

— blinks rapidly (about twice asecond):

Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. The drivingmode will change to 2WD toprevent the AWD system frommalfunctioning. If the warninglight turns off, you can driveagain.

— blinks slowly (about once every 2seconds):

Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. Check that alltire sizes are the same, tire pres-

sure is correct and tires are notworn.

. If the warning light is still on after theabove operations, have your vehiclechecked as soon as possible. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS) warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminates and thenturns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-tional.

If the ABSwarning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, it mayindicate the ABS is not functioning properly.Have the system checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lockassistance. (See “Brake system” (P.5-121).)



Automatic transmission checkwarning lightWhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the light comes on for 2seconds. If the light comes on at any othertime, it may indicate the transmission is notfunctioning properly. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer to check and repairthe transmission.

or Brake warning lightThis light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light comes on when theparking brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluidlevel. If the light comes on while the engine isrunning with the parking brake not applied,stop the vehicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluidis necessary, add fluid and have thesystem checked. It is recommended youhave this service performed by anINFINITI retailer. (See “Brake fluid”

(P.8-14).)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked. It is recom-mended you have this service performedby an INFINITI retailer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both thebrake warning light and the Anti-lock Brak-ing System (ABS) warning light illuminate, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the brake system checked,and if necessary repaired. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.(See “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warn-ing light” (P.2-11).)

WARNING

. Your brake system may not be work-ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for re-pairs. Otherwise, have your vehicletowed because driving it could bedangerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brake

fluid level may increase your stoppingdistance and braking will requiregreater pedal effort as well as pedaltravel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) sys-tem warning light (orange; if soequipped)When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the indicator light will first illumi-nate in orange and turn green before turningoff. This indicates that the Blind SpotWarning (BSW) and Blind Spot Interven-tion® (BSI) systems are operational.

If the light comes on in orange and remainson, it may indicate that the BSW and BSIsystems are not functioning properly.Although the vehicle is still driveable, havethe systems checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service. See“Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-32) and“Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)” (P.5-41).

Charge warning lightIf the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the charging systemis not functioning properly. Turn the engineoff and check the alternator belt. If the belt isloose, broken, missing or if the light remainson, have your vehicle serviced immediately. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Distance Control Assist (DCA)system warning light (orange; if soequipped)This light comes on if there is a malfunctionin the Distance Control Assist (DCA) system.

If the warning light illuminates, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and turnon the DCA system again.

If it is not possible to turn on the system orthe warning light stays on, it may indicatethat the system is malfunctioning. Although

the vehicle is still driveable under normalconditions, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

Engine oil pressure warninglightThis light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during normaldriving, pull off the road in a safe area, stopthe engine immediately and call an INFINITIretailer or other authorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Use thedipstick to check the oil level. (See “Engineoil” (P.8-10).)

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by warranty. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.

Forward Emergency Braking(FEB) system warning light (if soequipped)This warning light comes on when theignition switch is placed in the ON position.It turns off after the engine is started.

This light illuminates when the ForwardEmergency Braking (FEB) system is set toOFF on the center display.

If the light illuminates when the FEB systemis ON, it may indicate that the system isunavailable. See “Forward Emergency Brak-ing (FEB)” (P.5-101) for more details.

This light will also illuminates if the ActiveTrace Control is malfunctioning. Althoughthe vehicle is still driveable under normalconditions, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service. (See “Vehicle Dynamic Con-trol (VDC) system” (P.5-123).)

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system warning light (orange; if soequipped)This light comes on if there is a malfunctionin the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) sys-tem.

If the warning light comes on, park the



vehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normal con-ditions, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator light (orange; if soequipped)When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light will come on in orange,turn green, and then turn off. This indicatesthat the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)and Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) sys-tems are operational.

While the LDW and/or LDP system is on,the light will blink in orange and a warningchime will sound if the vehicle is travelingclose to either the left or the right of atraveling lane with detectable lane markers.

If the light comes on in orange and remainson, it may indicate that the LDW and LDPsystems are not functioning properly. Havethe systems checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP)” (P.5-22).

Low tire pressurewarning lightYour vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitorsthe tire pressure of all tires except the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warns oflow tire pressure or indicates that the TPMSis not functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is pushed ON, thislight illuminates for about 1 second andturns off.

Low tire pressure warning:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate. ACHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning alsoappears in the vehicle information display.

If you select tire pressure information in thedisplay, the LOW PRESSURE warning mes-sage will be displayed. The tire pressure foreach tire will also be displayed.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust thetire pressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. The low tire pressurewarning light does not automatically turnoff when the tire pressure is adjusted. Afterthe tire is inflated to the recommended

pressure, the vehicle must be driven atspeeds above 16MPH (25 km/h) to activatethe TPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gauge tocheck the tire pressure.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning isactive as long as the low tire pressurewarning light remains illuminated.

For additional information, see “Vehicleinformation display” (P.2-20), “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”(P.6-3).

TPMS malfunction:

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is pushed ON. The light will remain onafter the 1minute. Have the system checked.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. The CHECK TIREPRESSURE warning does not appear if thelow tire pressure warning light illuminates toindicate a TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5).

WARNING

. If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch pushed ON, havethe vehicle checked as soon as possi-ble. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

. If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe locationand stop the vehicle as soon aspossible. Driving with under-inflatedtires may permanently damage thetires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turn thelow tire pressure warning light OFF.If the light still illuminates whiledriving after adjusting the tire pres-sure, a tire may be flat or the TPMSmay be malfunctioning. If you have aflat tire, replace it with a spare tire assoon as possible. If no tire is flat andall tires are properly inflated, have

the vehicle checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

. Since the spare tire is not equippedwith the TPMS, when a spare tire ismounted or a wheel is replaced, theTPMS will not function and the lowtire pressure warning light will flashfor approximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after the 1 minute.Have your tires replaced and/orTPMS system reset as soon as pos-sible. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for these services.

. Replacing tires with those not origin-ally specified by INFINITI could affectthe proper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.

. If the vehicle is being driven at speedsof less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), theTPMS may not operate correctly.

. Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.

Master warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the master warning light illumi-nates if any of the following are displayed onthe vehicle information display:

. No key warning

. Low fuel warning

. Low washer fluid warning

. Parking brake release warning

. Door/trunk open warning

. Loose fuel cap warning

. Check tire pressure warning

. Intelligent Key system warning

. Headlight warning

. Front radar obstruction warning (if soequipped)

. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) notavailable warning (if so equipped)

. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) mal-function warning (if so equipped)

See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-20).

Seat belt warning light andchimeThe light and chime remind you to fastenseat belts. The light illuminates wheneverthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, and will remain illuminated until the



driver’s seat belt is fastened. At the sametime, the chime will sound for about 6seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt isnot fastened when the front passenger’sseat is occupied.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-10) for precautions onseat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warninglightAfter pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight will illuminate. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the supplemental front air bagand supplemental side air bag, curtain airbag systems and/or pretensioner seat beltare operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplementalside air bag, supplemental curtain side-impact air bag and pretensioner seat beltneeds servicing.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for these services.

Unless checked and repaired, the Supple-mental Restraint Systems and/or the pre-tensioner seat belt may not functionproperly.

For additional information, see “Supplemen-tal restraint system” (P.1-38).

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the front airbag, side air bag, curtain air bag systemsand/or pretensioner seat belt will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning light illuminates and then

turns off.

The light will blink when the VDC system orthe traction control system is operating, thusalerting the driver that the vehicle is nearingits traction limits. The road surface may beslippery.

When the VDC warning light illuminateswhen the VDC system is turned on, this lightalerts the driver to the fact that the VDCsystem’s fail-safe mode is operating, forexample the VDC, active trace control (if soequipped), Rise-up & Build-up function,Brake Force Distribution or hill start assistsystem may not be functioning properly.Have the system checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.If a malfunction occurs in the system, theVDC system function will be canceled butthe vehicle is still driveable. For additionalinformation, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system” (P.5-123).

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Adaptive Front lighting Sys-tem (AFS) off indicator light (if soequipped)When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the Adaptive Front lightingSystem (AFS) off indicator light will illumi-nate. The light will turn off in about 1 second

if the AFS is operational.

This light also illuminates when the AFS isturned off using the AFS switch.

If the AFS off indicator light blinks, it mayindicate the AFS is not functioning properly.Have the system checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

See “Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)”(P.2-36).

Automatic Transmission (AT)position indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the indicator shows the auto-matic shift position.

In the manual shift mode, when the trans-mission does not shift to the selected geardue to a transmission protection mode, theAT position indicator light will blink and achime will sound.

See “Automatic transmission” (P.5-15) forfurther details.

Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)ON indicator light (green; if soequipped)The light comes on in green when the BlindSpot Intervention® (BSI) system is turned on.

The light turns off when the system is turnedoff.

NOTE:

This light is common with the Blind SpotWarning (BSW)/Blind Spot Intervention(BSI) system warning light (orange). (See“Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind SpotIntervention® (BSI) system warning light”(P.2-12).)

For more details, see “Blind Spot Interven-tion® (BSI)” (P.5-41).

ECO drive indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the light will come on in orange,turn green, and then turn off.

When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector isturned to the ECO mode, the ECO driveindicator light will illuminate or change itscolor depending on the accelerator pedaloperation to help assist the driver to driveeconomically. For more details, see “Ecomode” (P.5-21).

Exterior light indicatorThis indicator illuminates when the headlightswitch is turned to the AUTO, orposition and the front parking lights, instru-ment panel lights, rear combination lights,

license plate lights or headlights are on. Theindicator turns off when these lights areturned off.

Front fog light indicator lightThe front fog light indicator light illuminateswhen the front fog lights are on. (See “Foglight switch” (P.2-39).)

Front passenger air bag statuslightThe front passenger air bag status light( ) will be lit and the passenger front airbag will be OFF depending on how the frontpassenger seat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status lightoperation, see “INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem (front seats)” (P.1-44).

High beam indicator lightThis light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beamis selected.

Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) ON indicator light (green; ifso equipped)The light comes on in green when the Lane



Departure Prevention (LDP) system isturned on. The light turns off when thesystem is turned off.

NOTE:

This light is common with the Lane Depar-ture Warning (LDW) indicator light (or-ange). (See “Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator light” (P.2-14).)

For more details, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention(LDP)” (P.5-22).

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)If the malfunction indicator light comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running,it may indicate a potential emission controlmalfunction.

The malfunction indicator light may alsocome on steady if the fuel-filler cap is looseor missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap isinstalled and closed tightly, and that thevehicle has at least 3 US gallons (11.4 liters)of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emissioncontrol system malfunction exists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20

seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for an emissioncontrol system inspection/ maintenancetest. (See “Readiness for Inspection/Main-tenance (I/M) test (US only)” (P.10-25).)

Operation:

The malfunction indicator light will come onin one of two ways:

. Malfunction indicator light on steady —An emission control system malfunctionhas been detected. Check the fuel-fillercap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warningappears on the vehicle information dis-play. If the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. Thelight should turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turn offafter a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service. You donot need to have your vehicle towed tothe retailer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected whichmay damage the emission control sys-tem.

To reduce or avoid emission controlsystem damage:

1) Do not drive at speeds above 45MPH (72 km/h).

2) Avoid hard acceleration or decelera-tion.

3) Avoid steep uphill grades.

4) If possible, reduce the amount ofcargo being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stopblinking and remain on.

Have the vehicle inspected. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the retailer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessary couldlead to poor driveability, reduced fueleconomy, and possible damage to theemission control system.

Security indicator lightThe light blinks when the ignition switch is inthe ACC, OFF or LOCK position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemequipped on the vehicle is operational.

If the security system is malfunctioning, thislight will remain on while the ignition switchis in the ON position. For additional informa-tion, see “Security systems” (P.2-29).

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlightsThe light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light illuminates and thenturns off. The VDC off indicator light comeson when the VDC off switch is pushed toOFF. This indicates that the vehicle dynamiccontrol system and traction control systemare not operating.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chimeA chime will sound if the driver side door isopenedwhile the ignition switch is pushed tothe ACC position. Make sure the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position, andtake the Intelligent Key with you whenleaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chimeA chime will sound when the driver side dooris opened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in theACC, OFF or LOCK position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Parking brake reminder chimeThe parking brake reminder chime will soundif the vehicle is driven at more than 4MPH (7km/h) with the parking brake applied. Stopthe vehicle and release the parking brake.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requires repla-cement, it will make a high pitched scrapingsound when the vehicle is in motion. Thisscraping sound will first occur only when thebrake pedal is depressed. After more wear of

the brake pad, the sound will always beheard even if the brake pedal is notdepressed. Have the brakes checked as soonas possible if the warning sound is heard.



SIC4323

The vehicle information display is locatedbetween the tachometer and the speed-ometer, and it displays the indicators for thedriving systems, Intelligent Key operationand various warnings and information:

For details about each system information,see the following sections:

. Automatic Transmission (AT)

— “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-15)

. Intelligent Key system

— “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7)

. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector

— “INFINITI Drive Mode Selector” (P.5-20)

. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) (if soequipped)

— “Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)”(P.5-54)

. Cruise control (if so equipped)

— “Cruise control” (P.5-65)

. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if soequipped)

— “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-67)

. Distance Control Assist (DCA) (if soequipped)

— “Distance Control Assist (DCA)” (P.5-88)

. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) (if soequipped)

— “Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)”(P.5-101)

. Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW) (if so equipped)

— “Predictive Forward CollisionWarning(PFCW)” (P.5-108)

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

JVI1160X



INDICATORS FOR OPERATION

1. Engine start operation indicatorThis indicator appears when the shift lever isin the P (Park) position.

This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch with thebrake pedal depressed. You can start theengine directly in any position of the ignitionswitch.

2. Steering lock release malfunctionindicator (if so equipped)This indicator appears when the steeringwheel cannot be released from the LOCKposition.

If this indicator appears, push the push-button ignition switch while lightly turningthe steering wheel right and left.

3. NO KEY warningThis warning appears in either of thefollowing conditions.

No key inside the vehicle:

The warning appears when the door isclosed with the Intelligent Key left outsidethe vehicle and the ignition switch in theACC or ON position. Make sure that theIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

Unregistered Intelligent Key:

The warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed from the LOCK positionand the Intelligent Key cannot be recognizedby the system. You cannot start the enginewith an unregistered key. Use the registeredIntelligent Key.

See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7) for moredetails.

4. SHIFT “P” warningThis warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed to stop the engine withthe shift lever in any position except the P(Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the shift leverto the P (Park) position or push the ignitionswitch to the ON position.

An inside warning chimewill also sound. (See“Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).)

5. “PUSH” warningThis warning appears when the shift lever ismoved to the P (Park) position with theignition switch in the ACC position after theSHIFT “P” warning appears.

To push the ignition switch to the OFFposition, perform the following procedure:

. SHIFT “P” warning ? (Move the shiftlever to “P”) ? PUSH warning ? (Push

the ignition switch ? ignition switchposition is turned to ON) ? PUSHwarning ? (Push the ignition switch ?ignition switch position is turned to OFF)

6. Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicatorThis indicator appears when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the batterywith a new one. (See “Intelligent Key batteryreplacement” (P.8-25).)

7. Engine start operation for Intel-ligent Key system indicatorThis indicator appears when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power andwhen the Intelligent Key System and vehicleare not communicating normally.

If this indicator appears, touch the ignitionswitch with the Intelligent Key while depres-sing the brake pedal. (See “Intelligent Keybattery discharge” (P.5-13).)

8. Parking brake release warningThis warning appears when the vehiclespeed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and theparking brake is applied.

9. Low fuel warningThis warning appears when the fuel level inthe tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereaches the empty (0) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel remaining inthe tank when the fuel gauge reaches theempty (0) position.

10. Low washer fluid warningThis warning appears when the washer tankfluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid asnecessary. (See “Windowwasher fluid” (P.8-15).)

11. Door/trunk open warning (igni-tion switch is in the ON position)This warning appears if any of the doorsand/or the trunk lid are open or not closedsecurely. The vehicle icon indicates whichdoor or the trunk lid is open on the display.

12. Intelligent Key system warningThis warning appears if there is a malfunc-tion in the steering lock system (if soequipped) or Intelligent Key system.

If this warning appears while the engine isstopped, the steering lock (if so equipped)cannot be released or the engine cannot bestarted. If this warning appears while the

engine is running, the vehicle can be driven.However, it is recommended you contact anINFINITI retailer for repair as soon aspossible.

13. Loose fuel cap warningThis warning appears when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after thevehicle has been refueled. (See “Fuel-fillercap” (P.3-22).)

14. Check tire pressure warningThis warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and low tire pressure is detected. Ifthis warning appears, stop the vehicle andadjust the pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label. (See“Low tire pressure warning light” (P.2-14)and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” (P.5-5).)

15. “TIMER” indicatorThis indicator appearswhen the set “TIMER”indicator activates. You can set the time forup to 6 hours. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-27).)

16. Low outside temperaturewarningThis warning appears if the outside tem-perature is below 37°F (3°C). The warningcan be set not to be displayed. (See “Tripcomputer” (P.2-27).)

17. Headlight warningThis warning appears if the LED headlightsare malfunctioning. It is recommended youhave the system checked by an INFINITIretailer.

18. Front radar obstruction warning(if so equipped)This warning appears when the sensor areaof the front bumper is covered with dirt or isobstructed, making it impossible to detect avehicle ahead.

The following systems will be automaticallycanceled.

. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (ifso equipped)

. Distance Control Assist (DCA) system (ifso equipped)

. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) sys-tem (if so equipped)

. Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW) system (if so equipped)



For more details, see “Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC)” (P.5-67), “Distance ControlAssist (DCA)” (P.5-88), “Forward Emer-gency Braking (FEB)” (P.5-101) or “Predic-tive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)”(P.5-108).

19. Back-up Collision Intervention(BCI) not available warning (if soequipped)This warning appears when the Back-upCollision Intervention (BCI) system is tem-porarily not available.

For more details, see “Back-up CollisionIntervention (BCI)” (P.5-54).

20. Back-up Collision Intervention(BCI) malfunction warning (if soequipped)This warning appears when the Back-upCollision Intervention (BCI) system is notfunctioning properly.


21. Cruise indicator (if so equipped)

Cruise main switch indicator:

The indicator is displayed when the cruisecontrol main switch is pushed. When the

main switch is pushed again, the indicatordisappears. When the cruise control mainswitch indicator is displayed, the cruisecontrol system is operational.

Cruise set switch indicator:

The indicator is displayed while the vehiclespeed is controlled by the cruise controlsystem. If the indicator blinks while theengine is running, it may indicate that thecruise control system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

See “Cruise control” (P.5-65) for details.

22. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system MAIN switch indicator (if soequipped)The indicator is displayed when the Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC) system mainswitch is pushed. When the main switch ispushed again, the indicator disappears.While the main switch indicator is displayed,the ICC system is operational. (See “Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-67).)

23. Distance Control Assist (DCA)system switch indicator (if soequipped)The indicator is displayed when the dynamicdriver assistance switch is pushed on. Whenthe switch is pushed again, the indicatordisappears. While the indicator is displayed,the DCA system is operational. (See “Dis-tance Control Assist (DCA)” (P.5-88).)

24. INFINITI Drive Mode SelectorindicatorWhen a driving mode is selected, theselected mode indicator is displayed forapproximately 2 seconds.

. STANDARD

. SPORT

. ECO

. SNOW

(See “INFINITI Drive Mode Selector” (P.5-20).)

25. Back-up Collision Intervention(BCI) system indicator (if soequipped)The BCI ON indicator (SYSTEM ON) ap-pears when the shift lever is in the R(Reverse) positionwith the Back-up CollisionIntervention (BCI) system turned on.

If the BCI system is turned off, the BCI OFFindicator (SYSTEM OFF) appears.


SIC4325

INDICATORS FOR MAINTE-NANCE

1. Engine oil replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset time comes for changing the engine oil.You can set or reset the distance forchanging the engine oil. (See “Trip computer”(P.2-27).)

2. Oil filter replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset time comes for replacing the oil filter.You can set or reset the distance forreplacing the oil filter. (See “Trip computer”(P.2-27).)

3. Tire replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset distance comes for replacing tires. Youcan set or reset the distance for replacingtires. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-27).)

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, includ-ing tire pressure checks. See “Changingwheels and tires” (P.8-37). Many factorsincluding tire inflation, alignment, driv-



ing habits and road conditions affect tirewear and when tires should be replaced.Setting the tire replacement indicatorfor a certain driving distance does notmean your tires will last that long. Usethe tire replacement indicator as a guideonly and always perform regular tirechecks. Failure to perform regular tirechecks, including tire pressure checkscould result in tire failure. Serious vehicledamage could occur and may lead to acollision, which could result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

4. “OTHER” indicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset time comes for replacing items otherthan the engine oil, oil filter and tires. Youcan set or reset the distance for replacingthe items. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-27).)

More maintenance reminders are also avail-able on the center display. (See the INFINITIInTouchTM Owner’s Manual.)

SIC4326

SIC4327

TRIP COMPUTERSwitches for the trip computer are locatedon the right side of the combination meterpanel. To operate the trip computer, pushthe side or front of the switches as shownabove.

switch

switch

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, modes of the trip computer canbe selected by pushing the switch .

Each time the switch is pushed, thedisplay will change as follows:

Current fuel consumption ? Average fuelconsumption and speed? Elapsed time and

trip odometer ? Distance to empty (dte) ?Outside air temperature (ICY) ? Setting ?Warning check

1. Current fuel consumptionThe current fuel consumption mode showsthe current fuel consumption.

2. Average fuel consumption (MPGor l (liter)/100 km) and speed (MPHor km/h)

Fuel consumption:

The average fuel consumption mode showsthe average fuel consumption since the lastreset. Resetting is done by pushing theswitch for longer than 1 second. (Theaverage speed is also reset at the sametime.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after areset, the display shows “——”.

Speed:

The average speed mode shows the averagevehicle speed since the last reset. Resettingis done by pushing the switch forlonger than 1 second. (The average fuelconsumption is also reset at the same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds.The first 30 seconds after a reset, thedisplay shows “——”.

3. Elapsed time and trip odometer(mls or km)

Elapsed time:

The elapsed time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. The displayed time can bereset by pushing the switch for longerthan 1 second. (The trip odometer is alsoreset at the same time.)

Trip odometer:

The trip odometer mode shows the totaldistance the vehicle has been driven sincethe last reset. Resetting is done by pushingthe switch for longer than 1 second.(The elapsed time is also reset at the sametime.)

4. Distance to empty (dte — mls orkm)The distance to empty (dte) mode providesyou with an estimation of the distance thatcan be driven before refueling. The dte isconstantly being calculated, based on theamount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actualfuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature. If the fuel level is low, the warning isdisplayed on the screen.



When the fuel level drops even lower, thedte display will change to “——”.

. If the amount of fuel added is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position may con-tinue to be displayed.

. When driving uphill or rounding curves,the fuel in the tank shifts, which maymomentarily change the display.

5. Outside air temperature (ICY — °For °C)The outside air temperature is displayed in °For °C in the range of −22 to 140°F (−30 to60°C).

The outside air temperature mode includes alow temperature warning feature. If theoutside air temperature is below 37°F(3°C), the warning is displayed on the screen.

The outside temperature sensor is located infront of the radiator. The sensor may beaffected by road or engine heat, winddirections and other driving conditions. Thedisplay may differ from the actual outsidetemperature or the temperature displayedon various signs or billboards.

6. SettingSetting is available while the engine isrunning.

Setting cannot be made while driving. Amessage “Setting can only be operatedwhen stopped” is also displayed on thevehicle information display.

The switch and switch are usedin the setting mode to select and decide amenu.

SKIP:

Push the switch to move to thewarning check mode.

Push the switch to select othermenus.

ALERT:

There are the following submenus under thealert menu.

. BACK

Select this submenu to return to the toppage of the setting mode.

. TIMER

Select this submenu to specify when the“TIMER” indicator activates.

. ICY

Select this submenu to display the lowoutside temperature warning.

MAINTENANCE:

There are the following submenus under themaintenance menu.

. BACK


. OIL

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for changing the engine oil.

. FILTER

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing the oil filter.

. TIRE

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing tires.

. OTHER

Select this submenu and set or reset thedistance for replacing items other thanthe engine oil, oil filter and tires.

OPTIONS:

There are the following submenus under thedisplay menu.

. BACK


. LANGUAGE

Select this submenu to choose English orFrench for display.

. UNIT

Select this submenu to choose the unitfrom miles, MPG, °F or km, l/100km, °C.

. EFFECTS

Select this menu to set the dial effectsdescribed below to on or off.

— The indicator needles sweep in themeters when the engine is started.

7. Warning check

SKIP:

Push the switch to move to thewarning check mode.

Push the switch to select othermenus.

DETAIL:

This item is available only when a warning isdisplayed.

Select this menu to see the details ofwarnings.

SIC2132

Your vehicle has two types of securitysystems, as follows:

. Vehicle security system

. INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system provides visualand audio alarm signals if someone opensthe doors, hood, or trunk lid when thesystem is armed. It is not, however, a motiondetection type system that activates when avehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the

theft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-nents in all situations. Always secure yourvehicle even if parking for a brief period.Never leave your Intelligent Key(s) in thevehicle, and always lock it when unattended.Be aware of your surroundings, and park insecure, well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection,such as component locks, identificationmarkers, and tracking systems, are availableat auto supply stores and specialty shops.Your INFINITI retailer may also offer suchequipment. Check with your insurance com-pany to see if you may be eligible fordiscounts for various theft protection fea-tures.


SECURITY SYSTEMS


SIC2045

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

3. Remove the Intelligent Key from thevehicle.

4. Close all doors, hood and trunk. Lock alldoors. The doors can be locked with theIntelligent Key, door handle requestswitch, power door lock switch or me-chanical key.

5. Confirm that the security indicator lightcomes on. The security indicator lightstays on for about 30 seconds. Thevehicle security system is now pre-armed. After about 30 seconds thevehicle security system automaticallyshifts into the armed phase. The securitylight begins to flash once every approxi-mately 3 seconds. If, during this 30-second pre-arm time period, the door isunlocked, or the ignition switch is pushedto ACC or ON, the system will not arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors, hood, and trunk lid lockedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition. When pushing the ignition switchto the ACC or ON position, the system willbe released.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:

. The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

. The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 1 minute. However, thealarm reactivates if the vehicle is tam-pered with again.

The alarm is activated by:

. Unlocking the door or opening the trunklid without using the button on theIntelligent Key, the door handle requestswitch or the mechanical key. (Even if thedoor is opened by releasing the doorinside lock knob, the alarm will activate.)

. Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm will stop by unlocking a door bypushing the unlock button on the IntelligentKey, the door handle request switch or usingthe mechanical key. The alarmwill not stop ifthe ignition switch is pushed to the ACC orON position.

If the system does not operate as describedabove, it is recommended you have itchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered Intelligent Key.Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:(1) this device may not cause interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

SIC2045

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light is located on themeter panel. It indicates the status of theINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System.

The light blinks after the ignition switch wasin the LOCK, ACC or OFF position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemsequipped on the vehicle are operational.

If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, seek service for theINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System as

soon as possible. Please bring all registeredkeys that you have. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.



WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which may leadto an accident. Warm windshield withthe defroster before you wash the wind-shield.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washer re-servoir tank with washer fluid con-centrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use the win-dow washer reservoir tank to mix the

washer fluid concentrate and water.

JVI0738X

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper atthe following speed:

AUTO — operates the rain-sensingauto wiper system. (See “Rain-sensingauto wiper system” (P.2-33).)

LO — continuous low speed operation

HI — continuous high speed operation

MIST — one sweep operation of thewiper

Pull the lever toward you to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

Pulling up the wiper arm:

The wiper arm should be in the up positionwhen replacing the wiper.

To pull up the wiper arm, push up twice,the wiper operation stops in mid-operation.The wiper arm can be pulled up.

The shift lever should be in the P (Park)position.

To replace the wiper arm, place the wiperarm in the down position and then push thelever up once.

CAUTION

Do not operate the windshield wiperwhile the wiper arm is pulled up. Thewiper arm may be damaged.

Wiper drip wipe system:

The wiper will also operate once about 3seconds after the washer and wiper areoperated. This operation is to wipe washerfluid that has dripped on the windshield.

JVI0739X

RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPERSYSTEMThe rain-sensing auto wiper system canautomatically turn on the wipers and adjustthe wiper speed depending on the rainfalland the vehicle speed by using the rainsensor located on the upper part of thewindshield.

To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system,push the lever down to the AUTO position. The wiper will sweep once while the

ignition switch is in the ON position.

The rain sensor sensitivity level can beadjusted by turning the knob toward(High) or toward (Low).

. High — High sensitive operation

. Low — Low sensitive operation

To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper systemoff, push up the lever to the OFF position, orpull down the lever to the LO or HI position.

CAUTION

Do not touch the rain sensor and aroundit when the wiper switch is in the AUTOposition and the ignition switch is in theON position. The wipers may operateunexpectedly and cause an injury or maydamage a wiper.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers are in-tended for use during rain. If the switchis left in the AUTO position, the wipersmay operate unexpectedly when dirt,fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuckon or around the sensor. The wipers mayalso operate when exhaust gas ormoisture affect the rain sensor.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers may notoperate if rain does not hit the rainsensor even if it is raining.

. When the windshield glass is coatedwith water repellent, the speed of therain-sensing auto wipers may be highereven though the amount of the rainfall issmall.



. Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing autowiper system when you use a car wash.

. Using genuine wiper blades is recom-mended for proper operation of therain-sensing auto wiper system. (See“Windshield wiper blades” (P.8-21) forwiper blade replacement.)

SIC4330

To defog/defrost the rear window glass andoutside mirrors, start the engine and pushthe switch on. The indicator light willcome on. Push the switch again to turn thedefroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approxi-mately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

SIC3267

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

LightingTurn the switch to the position:

The front parking, side marker, tail andlicense plate lights will come on.

Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all theother lights remain on.

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

SIC3268

Autolight systemThe autolight system allows the headlightsto be set so they turn on and off auto-matically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position .

2. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition.

3. The autolight system automatically turnsthe headlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn theswitch to the OFF, or position.

The autolight system can turn on the head-

lights automatically when it is dark and turnoff the headlights when it is light.

For US models: The headlights will also beturned on automatically at twilight or inrainy weather (when the windshield wiper isoperated continuously).

If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition and one of the doors is opened andthis condition is continued, the headlightsremain on for 5 minutes.

Automatic headlights off delay:

You can keep the headlights on for up to 180seconds after you push the ignition switch toOFF and open any door then close all thedoors.

You can adjust the period of the automaticheadlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF)to 180 seconds. The factory default settingis 45 seconds.

For automatic headlights off delay setting,see the INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Man-ual.

SIC3784A

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor located on the top of theinstrument panel. The photo sensor controlsthe autolight; if it is covered, the photosensor reacts as if it is dark and the head-lights will illuminate.



SIC3269

Headlight beam selectTo select the low beam, put the lever inthe neutral position as shown.

To select the high beam, push the leverforward while the switch is in theposition. Pull it back to select the lowbeam.

Pulling the lever toward you will flashthe headlight high beam even when theheadlight switch is in the OFF position.

Battery saver systemA chime will sound when the driver side dooris opened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in the

ACC, OFF or LOCK position.

When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in

the ON position, the lights will automaticallyturn off after a period of time when theignition switch has been pushed to the OFFposition.

When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights auto-

matically turn off, the lights will turn onwhen the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition.

CAUTION

. When you turn on the headlightswitch again after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights will notturn off automatically. Be sure toturn the light switch to the OFFposition when you leave the vehiclefor extended periods of time, other-wise the battery will be discharged.

. Never leave the light switch on whenthe engine is not running for a periodof time even if the headlights turn offautomatically.

Daytime running light systemThe daytime running lights automaticallyilluminate when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position or in theposition. Turn the headlight switch to the

position for full illumination when driv-ing at night.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime running lightsdo not illuminate. The daytime running lightsilluminate once the parking brake is released.The daytime running lights will remain onuntil the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped)The Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)will automatically adjust the headlights (lowbeam) toward the turning direction toimprove the driver’s view. When the head-light switch is ON and the driver operatesthe steering wheel in a turn, the AFS systemwill be activated.

The AFS will operate:

. when the headlight switch is ON.

. when the shift lever is in any positionother than P (Park) or R (Reverse).

. when the vehicle is driven at above 3MPH (5 km/h) for the left-side head-light. Note that the right-side low beamheadlight will swivel but the left side willnot swivel when the vehicle is below 3MPH (5 km/h) and the steering wheel isturned.

SIC4333

To turn the AFS off, push the AFS switch.(The AFS OFF indicator light will illuminate.)Push the switch again to turn the system onagain.

AFSwill also adjust the headlight to a properaxis automatically, depending on the numberof occupants in the vehicle, the load thevehicle is carrying and the road conditions.

If the AFS OFF indicator light blinks afterthe ignition switch has been placed in theON position, this may indicate that the AFSis not functioning properly. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service. When theengine is started, the headlights will vibrateto check the system condition. This is not a

malfunction.



SIC4331

SIC3270

Instrument brightness controlThe instrument brightness control switchcan be operated when the ignition switch isin the ON position. When the switch isoperated, the vehicle information displayswitches to the brightness adjustmentmode.

Push the upper switch to brighten theinstrument panel lights. The bar moves tothe + side. When reaching the maximumbrightness, “MAX” appears on the display .

Push the lower switch to dim the instru-ment panel lights. The bar moves to the −side. When reaching the minimum bright-ness, “MIN” appears on the display .However, “MIN” does not appear duringthe nighttime.

The vehicle information display returns tothe normal display under the followingconditions:

. when the instrument brightness controlswitch is not operated for more than 5seconds.

. when the side or front of the switchor switch on the right side of thecombination meter panel is pushed.

SIC3271

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signalMove the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automatically.

Lane change signal. Move the lever up or down until the turn

signal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, to signal a lane change. Holdthe lever until the lane change is com-pleted.

. Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, and release the lever. The turn

signal will automatically flash threetimes.

Choose the appropriate method to signal alane change based on road and trafficconditions.

SIC3272

FOG LIGHT SWITCHTo turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn theswitch to the position. To turn them off,turn the switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog lightsto operate. The fog lights automatically turnoff when the high beam headlights areselected.



JVI0395X

The heated steering wheel system is de-signed to operate only when the surfacetemperature of the steering wheel is below68°F (20°C).

Push the heated steering wheel switch towarm the steering wheel after the enginestarts. The indicator light on the switchwill illuminate.

If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system willheat the steering wheel and cycle off and onto maintain a temperature above 68°F(20°C). The indicator light will remain on aslong as the system is on.

Push the switch again to turn the heatedsteering wheel system off manually. The

indicator light will turn off.

NOTE:

If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is above 68°F (20°C) when the switchis turned on, the system will not heat thesteering wheel. This is not a malfunction.

SIC4332

To sound the horn, push the center pad areaof the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front airbag system may result in serious perso-nal injury.

HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if soequipped) HORN

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theseat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperaturesor have an inability to feel pain in thosebody parts in contact with the seat. Useof the seat heater by such people couldresult in serious injury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no one isusing the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as a blan-ket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Other-w i se , the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the heater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately witha dry cloth.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similar ma-terials.

. If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

SSS0911

FRONT SEATS (if so equipped)The front seats are warmed by built-inheaters. The switches located on the centerconsole can be operated independently ofeach other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Turn the control knob to the rightand select the desired heat range.. For higher heat, turn the knob to the

right .. For lower heat, turn the knob to the

left .. The indicator light will illuminate

when the heater is on.


HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


3. To turn off the heater, return the knob tothe OFF position . Make sure that theindicator light turns off.

The heater is controlled by a thermistor,automatically turning the heater on andoff. The indicator light will remain on aslong as the switch is on.

When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure toturn off the switch.

SSS0884

Rear outboard seats (if so equipped)

REAR OUTBOARD SEATS (if soequipped)The rear outboard seats can be warmed bybuilt-in heaters. The switches located on theinside of the rear center armrest can beoperated independently of each other.


2. Select the desired heat range.. For high heat, push the “HI” (High) side

of the switch .. For low heat, push the “LO” (Low) side

of the switch .. The indicator light will illuminate

when low or high is selected.

3. To turn off the heater, push the “HI” or“LO” side (which is selected) of theswitch. Make sure the indicator lightturns off.

The heater is controlled by a thermistor,automatically turning the heater on andoff. The indicator light will remain on aslong as the switch is on.

When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure toturn off the switch.

SIC4334

The climate controlled seat warms up orcools down the front seats by blowing warmor cool air from the surface of the seat. Theswitches located on the center console canbe operated independently of each other.


2. Turn the control knob to the heat sideor to the cool side . The indicator

light on the control knob will illumi-nate.

3. Adjust the temperature using the controlknob .

4. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed orcooled, and/or before you leave thevehicle, be sure to turn the control knobto the OFF position (center). The indi-

cator light on the control knob goesoff at the OFF position.

The climate controlled seat has air filters.If the climate controlled seat is notfunctioning properly, it may indicate theair filters may be clogged. To check theair filters for the climate controlled seat,it is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theclimate controlled seats if you or theoccupants can not monitor seat tem-peratures or have an inability to feel painin those body parts in contact with theseat. Use of the climate controlled seatsby such people could result in seriousinjury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if theclimate controlled seat is operatedwhile the engine is not running.

. Do not use the climate controlled seatfor extended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as a blan-ket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Other-w i se , the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the climate controlledseat.

. Any liquid spilled on the seat shouldbe removed immediately with a drycloth.

. The climate controlled seat has an airfilter. Do not operate climate con-trolled seat without an air filter. Thismay result in damage to the system.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similar ma-terials.

. If any malfunctions are found or theclimate controlled seat does not op-erate, turn the switch off and havethe system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.


CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS(if so equipped)


SIC4335

The warning systems switch is used to turnon and off the warning systems (LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) and Blind SpotWarning (BSW) systems) that are activatedusing the settings menu on the centerdisplay.

When the warning systems switch is turnedoff, the indicator on the switch is off. Theindicator will also be off if all of the warningsystems are deactivated using the settingsmenu.

The LDW systemwill sound a warning chimeand blink the LDW indicator light (orange) toalert the driver if the vehicle is traveling closeto either the left or the right of a travelinglane with detectable lane markers. (See

“Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane De-parture Prevention (LDP)” (P.5-22).)

The BSW system will turn on the sideindicator lights, located by the outsidemirrors, if the radar sensors detect a vehiclein the detection zone. If the turn signal isactivated in the direction of the detectedvehicle, a chime sounds twice and the sideindicator light will flash. (See “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” (P.5-32).)

SIC4336

The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system on for mostdriving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine speed will bereduced even if the accelerator is depressedto the floor. If maximum engine power isneeded to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDCsystem off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator light willilluminate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn on the system. (See“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”

WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH (ifso equipped)

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(VDC) OFF SWITCH

(P.5-123).)

SIC4338

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time.Readjust the time.

ADJUSTING THE TIME1. To set the clock forward, push the

button .

2. To set the clock backward, push thebutton .

3. To move forward or backward faster,push and hold the button more than 5seconds.

For details about display clock adjustment (ifso equipped), see the INFINITI InTouchTM

Owner’s Manual.

SIC4341

REARTo open the ashtray lid, pull .

To empty the ashtray, pull .


CLOCK ASHTRAYS


JVI1133X

Front

JVI1696X

Center console

JVI1161X

Behind the center console (if so equipped)

The power outlet is used for poweringelectrical accessories such as cellular tele-phones.

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hotduring or immediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) powerdraw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

. Use power outlet with the enginerunning to avoid discharging the

vehicle battery.

. Avoid using power outlet when theair conditioner, headlights or rearwindow defroster is on.

. This power outlet is not designed foruse with a cigarette lighter unit.

. Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may blow.

. Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned OFF.

. When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any liquidto contact the outlet.

POWER OUTLET

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liquidis hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

SIC4342

Front

To open the cup holder, push the lid .

To remove the inner tray for cleaning, pull itup as illustrated .

SIC2875

Rear (example)

Open the lid of the rear center armrest to usethe cup holder.


STORAGE


SIC4344

SUNGLASSES HOLDERTo open the sunglasses holder, push .

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed whiledriving to avoid obstructing the driver’sview and to help prevent an accident.

CAUTION

. Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

. Do not leave glasses in the sunglassesholder while parking in direct sun-light. The heat may damage theglasses.

SIC4345

GLOVE BOX

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closedwhile driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle .

To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.

To lock /unlock the glove box, use themechanical key. For the mechanical keyusage, see “Keys” (P.3-2).

SIC4346

CONSOLE BOXTo open the console box, push up the knoband pull up the lid.

To close, push the lid down until latched.

SIC3929

Type A (if so equipped)

SIC4348

Type B (if so equipped)

CARD HOLDERThe card holder is located on or behind thedriver’s or passenger’s sun visor.

To use the card holder, slide the card in thecard holder.



JVI1127X

STORAGE BOXTo open, push the storage box lid.

Do not place valuable items in the storagebox.

Do not use the storage box as an ashtray.

SIC4351

REAR POCKET (if so equipped)To open the rear pocket, push the button .

SIC3248

COAT HOOKSThe coat hooks are equipped at the rearassist grips.

CAUTION

Do not place items which are more than2 lb (1 kg) on the hook.

SIC4350

TRUNK HOOKS

WARNING

. Always make sure that the cargo isproperly secured. Use the suitableropes and hooks.

. Unsecured cargo can become danger-ous in an accident or sudden stop.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than22 lb (10 kg) to a single hook.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and beforeclosing the windows. Use the windowlock switch to prevent unexpecteduse of the power windows.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadver-tent door lock activation, do notleave children, people who requirethe assistance of others or petsunattended in your vehicle. Addition-ally, the temperature inside a closedvehicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

The power windows operate when theignition switch is in the ON position or forabout 45 seconds after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position. If the driver’s orfront passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of about 45 seconds, power to thewindows is canceled.


WINDOWS


SIC4352

1. Driver side window

2. Front passenger side window

3. Rear left passenger side window

4. Rear right passenger side window

5. Window lock button

Main power window switch (dri-ver’s side)To open or close the window, push downor pull up the switch and hold it. The mainswitch (driver side switches) will open orclose all the windows.

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the lock button is pushed in, onlythe driver side window can be opened orclosed. Push it in again to cancel.

SIC4353

Passenger side power windowswitchThe passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, push down or pull up theswitch and hold it.

SIC4354

Automatic operationTo fully open or close the window, comple-tely push down or pull up the switch andrelease it; it need not be held. The windowwill automatically open or close all the way.To stop the window, just push or lift theswitch in the opposite direction.

A light push or pull on the switch will causethe window to open or close until the switchis released.

Auto reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the window.

If the control unit detects something caughtin the window as it is closing, the windowwill be immediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the window is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition switch is in theON position or for 45 seconds after theignition switch is pushed to the OFF posi-tion.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

If the windows do not close auto-maticallyIf the power window automatic function(closing only) does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initialize

the power window system.

1. Push the ignition switch to start theengine.

2. Close the door.

3. After starting the engine, open thewindow completely by operating thepower window switch.

4. Pull the powerwindow switch and hold itto close the window, and then hold theswitch more than 3 seconds after thewindow is closed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Op-erate the window by the automaticfunction to confirm the initialization iscomplete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above forother windows.

If the power window automatic functiondoes not operate properly after performingthe procedure above, it is recommended youhave your vehicle checked by an INFINITIretailer.



WARNING

. In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an openmoonroof. Always use seat beltsand child restraints.

. Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the moonroof opening while thevehicle is in motion or while themoonroof is closing.

CAUTION

. Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the moonroof beforeopening.

. Do not place any heavy object on themoonroof or surrounding area.

POWER MOONROOFThe moonroof only operates when theignition switch is in the ON position.

The moonroof is operational for about 45seconds, even if the ignition switch is pushedto the OFF position. If the driver’s door orthe passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of about 45 seconds, power to themoonroof is canceled.

SIC4355

SunshadeThe sunshade will open automatically whenthe moonroof is opened. However, it mustbe closed manually.

Tilting the moonroofTo tilt up, first close the moonroof, thenpush the switch to the tilt up position andrelease it; it need not be held. To tilt downthe moonroof, push the switch to the tiltdown position .

Sliding the moonroofTo fully open or close the moonroof, pushthe switch to the open or close positionand release it; it need not be held. The roof

MOONROOF

will automatically open or close all the way.To stop the roof, push the switch once morewhile it is opening or closing.

Auto reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the moonroof.

If the control unit detects something caughtin the moonroof when it is closing, themoonroof will be immediately opened.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the moonroof is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition switch is in theON position or for about 45 seconds afterthe ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

If the moonroof cannot be closed automa-tically when the auto reverse functionactivates due to a malfunction, push andhold the moonroof switch to the closeposition .

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function may

be activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroofoccurs.

If the moonroof does not operateIf the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initializethe moonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully byrepeatedly pushing the moonroof switchto the close position to tilt the moon-roof up.

2. Push and hold the switch to the closeposition .

3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof moves slightly up and down.

4. Push and hold the switch to the openposition to fully tilt the moonroofdown.

5. Check if the moonroof switch operatesnormally.

If the moonroof does not operate properlyafter performing the procedure above, haveyour moonroof checked and repaired. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

CAUTION

. To avoid personal injury, keep yourhands, fingers and head away fromthe sunshade arm, arm rail and sun-shade inlet port.

. Do not allow children near the rearsunshade system. They could be in-jured.

. Do not place objects on or near therear sunshade. This could cause im-proper operation or damage it.

. Do not pull or push the rear sunshade.This could cause improper operationor damage it.


REAR SUNSHADE (if so equipped)


SIC4349

The rear sunshade operates when the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.

The rear sunshade switch is located on theinstrument panel.

To raise and lower the sunshade, push theswitch.

The switch need not be held.

When the shift lever is moved to the "R"(Reverse) position, the rear sunshade auto-matically lowers.

CAUTION

. Do not place objects (such as news-papers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on the

sunshade inlet port. Doing so mayentangle these objects in the sun-shade when it is extending or retract-ing, causing improper operation ordamage to the sunshade.

. Do not push the sunshade arm withyour hands, etc., as this may deformit. Improper operation or damage tothe sunshade may result.

. Do not put any object into thesunshade inlet port as this may resultin improper operation or damage thesunshade.

. Do not hang any object on the armrail as this may result in improperoperation or damage the sunshade.

. Do not forcefully pull the sunshade.Doing so may elongate the sunshade.Improper operation or damage to thesunshade may result.

SIC4328

To activate or deactivate the welcome lightfunction, perform the following procedure.


2. Open the driver’s side door.

3. Within 20 seconds after the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ON position,push the door open request switch onthe driver’s side door handle for morethan 5 seconds with the driver’s dooropen.

4. A chime sounds when the setting iscompleted.

Once the welcome light function is active,the courtesy light and the passenger cabin

WELCOME LIGHT

illumination will illuminate when you ap-proach the vehicle with the Intelligent Key(within approximately 3.3 ft (1 m) of theantenna built inside the door handles) andthe following conditions are met.

. All doors are closed and locked.

. The ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFFposition.

. The Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.

. The courtesy light operates within a setduration.

In order to help maximize battery life, do notstore the Intelligent Key within the vehicledetection range.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMThe welcome light function will be deacti-vated automatically to prevent battery dis-charge under the following conditions.

. If the welcome light function does notoperate within a set duration. Note thatthe duration is set to 9 days as thefactory default setting. To activate thewelcome light function again, start theengine.

. If the welcome light function is activated15 consecutive timeswhen you approachand leave the vehicle with the IntelligentKey without the doors being unlocked.To activate the welcome light functionagain, unlock any door.

SIC4356

MAP LIGHTSPush the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.

SIC3250

PERSONAL LIGHTS (if soequipped)

RearPush the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.


INTERIOR LIGHTS


JVI0379X

REAR SPOT LIGHTS (if soequipped)Push the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.

SIC4357

INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROLSWITCH

ON switchWhen the ON switch is pushed on, themap lights and rear personal lights (if soequipped) or rear spot light (if so equipped)will illuminate.When the switch is turned off,the lights will not illuminate, regardless ofthe condition.

DOOR OFF switchWhen the DOOR OFF switch is notpushed on, the map lights and rear personallights (if so equipped) or rear spot light (if soequipped) will illuminate under the following

conditions:

. ignition switch is switched to the OFFposition

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. doors are unlocked by pushing the UN-LOCK button on the Intelligent Key ordoor handle request switch with theignition switch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened and then closed withthe ignition switch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights gooff.

When the DOOR OFF switch is pushedon, the map lights and rear personal lights (ifso equipped) or rear spot light (if soequipped) will not illuminate under the abovecondition. The map lights and rear personallights (if so equipped) or rear spot light (if soequipped) can be turned on only with the ONswitch .

The lights will also turn off after a period oftime when the lights remain illuminatedafter the ignition switch has been pushedto the OFF or LOCK position to prevent thebattery from becoming discharged.

When the “Lamp ONWhen Door Unlocks” is

set to the OFF position (see the INFINITIInTouchTM Owner’s Manual), the lights willilluminate under the following condition:

. any door is opened with the ignitionswitch in any position

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights gooff.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This couldresult in a discharged battery.

SIC3869

The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror isopened.

When the cover is closed, the light will turnoff.

The lights will also turn off after a period oftime when the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

The light illuminates when the trunk lid isopened. When the trunk lid is closed, thelight will turn off.

The light will also turn off after a period oftime when the light remains illuminatedafter the ignition switch has been pushedto the OFF or LOCK position to prevent thebattery from becoming discharged.


VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS TRUNK LIGHT


The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-heldtransmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates,home and office lighting, entry doorlocks and security systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or isdisconnected, HomeLink® will retain allprogramming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Transceiveris programmed, retain the original trans-mitter for future programming procedures(Example: new vehicle purchases). Uponsale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes. Foradditional information, refer to “Program-ming HomeLink®” (P.2-60).

WARNING

. Do not use the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop andreverse features as required by fed-eral safety standards. (These stan-

dards became effective for openermodels manufactured after April 1,1982). A garage door opener whichcannot detect an object in the path ofa closing garage door and then auto-matically stop and reverse, does notmeet current federal safety stan-dards. Using a garage door openerwithout these features increases therisk of serious injury or death.

. During the programming procedureyour garage door or security gate willopen and close (if the transmitter iswithin range). Make sure that peopleor objects are clear of the garagedoor, gate, etc. that you are pro-gramming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programming theHomeLink® Universal Transceiver.Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconsciousnessor death.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

It is also recommended that a new batterybe placed in the hand-held transmitter ofthe dev ice be ing programmed toHomeLink® for quicker programming andaccurate transmission of the radio-fre-quency.

1. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) awayfrom the HomeLink® surface, keepingthe HomeLink® indicator light in view.

HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER

JVI0428X

2. Using both hands, simultaneously pressand hold the desired HomeLink® buttonand handheld transmitter button. DONOT release until the HomeLink® indi-cator light flashes slowly and thenrapidly. When the indicator light flashesrapidly, both buttons may be released.(The rapid flashing indicates successfulprogramming.)

NOTE:Some devices to be programmed mayrequire you to replace Step 2 with thecycling procedure noted in the “Pro-gramming HomeLink® for Canadian cus-tomers and gate openers” (P.2-62).

JVI0429X

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe the in-dicator light.. If the indicator light is solid/con-

tinuous, programming is completeand your device should activate whenthe HomeLink® button is pressed andreleased.

. If the indicator light blinks rapidlyfor two seconds and then turns to asolid/continuous light, continue withSteps 4-6 for a rolling code device. Asecond person may make the follow-ing steps easier. Use a ladder or otherdevice. Do not stand on your vehicleto perform the next steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garagedoor opener motor in the garage, locatethe “learn” or “smart” button (the nameand color of the button may vary bymanufacturer but it is usually locatednear where the hanging antenna wire isattached to the unit). If there is difficultylocating the button, reference the garagedoor opener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”button.

NOTE:Once the button is pressed, you haveapproximately 30 seconds to initiate thenext step.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the programmed HomeLink®

button for two seconds and release.Repeat the “press/hold/release” se-quence up to 3 times to complete theprogramming process. HomeLink®

should now activate your rolling codeequipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® website at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.



PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS ANDGATE OPENERSCanadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission –which may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadian law,some U.S. gate operators are designed to“time-out” in the same manner.

If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operator orgarage door opener by using the “Program-ming HomeLink®” procedures, replace “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” Step 2 with thefollowing:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener,etc., unplug the device during the “cycling”process to prevent possible damage to thegarage door opener components.

Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®

button and the hand-held transmitter but-ton. During programming, your hand-heldtransmitter may automatically stop trans-mitting. Continue to press and hold thedesired HomeLink® button while you pressand re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held trans-

mitter every two seconds until the frequencysignal has been learned. The HomeLink®

indicator light will flash slowly and thenrapidly after several seconds upon success-ful programming. DO NOT release until theHomeLink® indicator light flashes slowly andthen rapidly. When the indicator light flashesrapidly, both buttons may be released. Therapid flashing indicates successful program-ming.

Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 3 to complete.

Remember to plug the device back in whenprogramming is completed.

OPERATING THE HomeLink®

UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, afterit is programmed, can be used to activate theprogrammed device. To operate, simplypress and release the appropriate pro-grammed HomeLink® Universal Transceiverbutton. The amber indicator light will illumi-nate while the signal is being transmitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmitterof the device may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-SHOOTINGIf the HomeLink® does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

. replace the hand-held transmitter bat-teries with new batteries.

. position the hand-held transmitter withits battery area facing away from theHomeLink® surface.

. press and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons withoutinterruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 1-3 in(26-76 mm) away from the HomeLink®

surface. Hold the transmitter in thatposition for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLink® is not programmed withinthat time, try holding the transmitter inanother position - keeping the indicatorlight in view at all times.

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATIONThe following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from both buttons.Individual buttons cannot be cleared. How-ever, individual buttons can be repro-grammed, see “Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button” (P.2-63).

To clear all programming1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink®

buttons until the indicator light begins toflash in approximately 10 seconds. Donot hold for longer than 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programmingmodeand can be programmed at any time begin-ning with “Programming HomeLink®” - Step1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTONTo reprogram aHomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do not release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver but-ton has now been reprogrammed. The newdevice can be activated by pushing theHomeLink® button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affectany other programmed HomeLink® buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code device thathas been programmed into HomeLink®.Consult the Owner’s Manual of each deviceor call the manufacturer or retailer of thosedevices for additional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

NOTE:


For Canada:




MEMO

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ...................................................................................... 3-2

Intelligent Key .............................................................. 3-2

Valet hand-off ............................................................. 3-3

Doors .................................................................................... 3-4

Locking with mechanical key ................................... 3-4

Opening and closing windows with themechanical key ............................................................. 3-4

Locking with inside lock knob ................................. 3-5

Rear door auto closure (if so equipped) ............... 3-5

Locking with power door lock switch ................... 3-5

Automatic door locks ................................................. 3-6

Child safety rear door lock ....................................... 3-6

Intelligent Key system ...................................................... 3-7

Intelligent Key operating range ............................... 3-8

Door locks/unlocks precaution .............................. 3-9

Intelligent Key operation ......................................... 3-10

Battery saver system ............................................... 3-11

Warning signals ......................................................... 3-12

Troubleshooting guide ............................................. 3-13

Remote keyless entry system ...................................... 3-14

How to use remote keyless entry system .......... 3-14

Hood ................................................................................... 3-17

Trunk lid ............................................................................ 3-18

Trunk lid release switch ......................................... 3-18

Trunk open request switch ................................... 3-19

Opening with key .................................................... 3-19

Trunk button ............................................................. 3-19

Trunk release power cancel switch ................... 3-20

Auto closure ............................................................. 3-20

Interior trunk lid release ........................................ 3-21

Fuel-filler door ................................................................ 3-22

Opening the fuel-filler door ................................. 3-22

Fuel-filler cap ........................................................... 3-22

Tilt/telescopic steering ................................................. 3-24

Electric operation .................................................... 3-24

Sun visors ......................................................................... 3-25

Mirrors .............................................................................. 3-25

Inside mirror .............................................................. 3-25

Outside mirrors ........................................................ 3-26

Vanity mirror ............................................................ 3-28

Automatic drive positioner .......................................... 3-28

Entry/exit function ................................................. 3-28

Memory storage ...................................................... 3-29

Setting memory function ..................................... 3-30

System operation ................................................... 3-30

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it in asafe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forduplicates by using the key number. INFINITIdoes not record any key numbers so it is veryimportant to keep track of your key numberplate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, it canbe duplicated without knowing the keynumber.

SPA2222

1. Intelligent Keys (2 sets)

2. Mechanical keys (inside the Keys) (2sets)

3. Key number plate (1 set)

INTELLIGENT KEYYour vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered to yourvehicle’s Intelligent Key system componentsand INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemcomponents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keyscan be registered and used with one vehicle.The new keys must be registered by anINFINITI retailer prior to use with theIntelligent Key system and INFINITI VehicleImmobilizer System of your vehicle. Since the

registration process requires erasing allmemory in the Intelligent Key componentswhen registering new keys, be sure to takeall Intelligent Keys that you have to theINFINITI retailer.

It is possible that the Intelligent Key func-tions become canceled. Contact an INFINITIretailer.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when driving. The Intelli-gent Key is a precision device with abuilt-in transmitter. To avoid dama-ging it, please note the following.

— The Intelligent Key is water re-sistant; however, wetting maydamage the Intelligent Key. If theIntelligent Key gets wet, immedi-ately wipe until it is completelydry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— If the outside temperature isbelow 14°F (−10°C), the batteryof the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keyfor an extended period in a place

KEYS

where temperatures exceed140°F (60°C).

— Do not change or modify theIntelligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keynear an electric appliance such asa television set or personal com-puter.

— Do not allow the Intelligent Keyto come into contact with wateror salt water, and do not wash itin a washing machine. This couldaffect the system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the IDcode of that Intelligent Key. This willprevent the Intelligent Key from un-authorized use to unlock the vehicle.For information regarding the eras-ing procedure, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer.

SPA2033

Mechanical keyTo remove the mechanical key, release thelock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert itinto the Intelligent Key until the lock knobreturns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedoors, glove box and trunk pass-through lid,if they are equipped with a key cylinder.

See “Doors” (P.3-4) and “Trunk lid” (P.3-18),“Storage” (P.2-47) and “Seats” (P.1-2).

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the key.

VALET HAND-OFFWhen you have to leave a key with a valet,give them the Intelligent Key itself and keepthe mechanical key with you to protect yourbelongings.

To prevent the glove box and the trunk frombeing opened during valet hand-off, followthe procedures below.

1. Push the trunk release power cancelswitch to the CANCEL side.

2. Remove the mechanical key from theIntelligent Key.

3. Lock the glove box and the trunk pass-through with the mechanical key.

4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet,keeping the mechanical key in yourpocket or bag for insertion into theIntelligent Key when you retrieve yourvehicle.

See “Trunk lid” (P.3-18), “Storage” (P.2-47)and “Seats” (P.1-2).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3


WARNING

. Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helping toprevent persons from being thrownfrom the vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from unintention-ally opening the doors, and will helpkeep out intruders.

. Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadver-tent door lock activation, do notleave children, people who requirethe assistance of others or petsunattended in your vehicle. Addition-ally, the temperature inside a closedvehicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

JVP0231X

LOCKING WITH MECHANICALKEYThe power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors simultaneously usingthe mechanical key.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder tothe front of the vehicle will lock alldoors.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinderonce to the rear of the vehicle willunlock the driver’s door. After returningthe key to the neutral position , turningit to the rear again within 60 secondswillunlock all doors.

. You can switch the lock system to themode that allows you to open all thedoors when the key is turned once. (Seethe INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Man-ual.)

OPENING AND CLOSING WIN-DOWS WITH THE MECHANICALKEYThe driver’s door key operation also allowsyou to open and close the window that isequipped with the automatic open/closefunction. (See “Power windows” (P.2-51).)

To open the window, turn the driver’s doorkey cylinder to the rear of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second. The door is unlockedand the window keeps opening while turningthe key.

This function can also be performed bypushing and holding the door UNLOCKbutton of the Intelligent Key. (See “Remotekeyless entry system” (P.3-14).)

To close the window, turn the driver’s doorkey cylinder to the front of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second. The door is locked andthe window keeps closing while turning thekey.

DOORS

SPA2726

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOBTo lock the door individually, move the insidelock knob to the lock position then closethe door.

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to theunlock position .

When locking the door without an Intelli-gent Key, be sure not to leave the IntelligentKey inside the vehicle.

REAR DOOR AUTO CLOSURE (ifso equipped)The rear door auto closure will actuate whenthe rear door is not completely closed.

CAUTION

. The rear door will automatically closefrom a partly open position. To avoidpinching, keep hands and fingersaway from rear door opening.

. Do not let children operate the reardoor.

NOTE:. The rear doors can be opened manually

by pulling the outside door handle orinside door handle, even while the autoclosure is operating.

. The rear doors can be closed manually.

. The auto closure will not operate if therear door is closed while the outsidedoor handle or inside door handle pulled.

JVP0319X

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCHOperating the power door lock switch willlock or unlock all the doors. The switches arelocated on the driver’s and front passenger’sdoor armrests.

To lock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the lock position with thedriver’s or front passenger’s door open, thenclose the door.

When locking the door this way, be certainnot to leave the Intelligent Key inside thevehicle.

To unlock the doors including the fuel-fillerdoor, push the power door lock switch to the



unlock position .

Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch is movedto the lock position and any door open, alldoors will lock and unlock automatically.With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicleand any door open, all doors will unlockautomatically and a chime will sound afterthe door is closed.

These functions help to prevent the Intelli-gent Key from being accidentally lockedinside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS. All doors lock automatically when the

vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24km/h).

. All doors unlock automatically when theignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

The automatic unlock function can bedeactivated or activated. To deactivate oractivate the automatic door unlock system,perform the following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition.

3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,push and hold the power door lockswitch to the position (UNLOCK)

for more than 5 seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicator willflash twice. When deactivated, the ha-zard indicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed in theOFF and ON position again betweeneach setting change.

When the automatic door unlock system isdeactivated, the doors do not unlock whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition. To unlock the door manually, usethe inside lock knob or the power door lockswitch (driver’s or front passenger’s side).

SPA2745

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOORLOCKThe child safety rear door lock helps preventdoors from being opened accidentally, espe-cially when small children are in the vehicle.

When the levers are in the lock position ,the rear doors can be opened only from theoutside.

To disengage, move the levers to the unlockposition .

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should contactthe electric medical equipment man-ufacturer for the possible influencesbefore use.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed.The FAA advises that the radiowaves may affect aircraft navigationand communication systems. Do notoperate the Intelligent Key while onan airplane. Make sure the buttonsare not operated unintentionallywhen the unit is stored during aflight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate allthe doors and the trunk lid using the remotecontroller function or pushing the requestswitch on the vehicle without taking the keyout from a pocket or purse. The operatingenvironment and/or conditions may affectthe Intelligent Key system operation.

Be sure to read the following before usingthe Intelligent Key system.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehicle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicatingwith the vehicle as it receives radio waves.The Intelligent Key system transmits weakradio waves. Environmental conditions mayinterfere with the operation of the IntelligentKey system under the following operatingconditions.

. When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, suchas a TV tower, power station and broad-casting station.

. When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone,transceiver, and CB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remotecontrol is used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed nearan electric appliance such as a personalcomputer.

. When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating condi-tions before using the Intelligent Key func-tion or use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery variesdepending on the operating conditions, thebattery’s life is approximately 2 years. If thebattery is discharged, replace it with a newone.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged, see “Intelligent Key battery dis-charge” (P.5-13) to start the engine.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuouslyreceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV andpersonal computer, the battery life maybecome shorter.

For information regarding replacement of abattery, see “Intelligent Key battery replace-ment” (P.8-25).

For models with a steering wheel lockmechanism: Because the steering wheel islocked electrically, unlocking the steeringwheel with the ignition switch in the LOCKposition is impossible when the vehiclebattery is completely discharged. Pay specialattention that the vehicle battery is notcompletely discharged.


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM


As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Forinformation about the purchase and use ofadditional Intelligent Keys, contact anINFINITI retailer.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could affectthe system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

. Do not change or modify the Intelli-gent Key.

. Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is comple-tely dry.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key foran extended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).

. If the outside temperature is below14°F (−10°C), the battery of theIntelligent Key may not functionproperly.

. Do not attach the Intelligent Keywith a key holder that contains amagnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipmentand personal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITIrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This mayprevent the unauthorized use of the Intelli-gent Key to operate the vehicle. For infor-mation regarding the erasing procedure, it isrecommended that you contact an INFINITIretailer.

SPA2538

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the requestswitch .

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey system’s operating range becomes nar-rower, and the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80cm) from each request switch .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper the requestswitches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within theoperating range, it is possible for anyonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key topush the request switch to lock/unlock thedoors and open the trunk lid.

SPA2407

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRE-CAUTION. Do not push the door handle request

switch with the Intelligent Key held inyour hand as illustrated. The close dis-tance to the door handle will cause theIntelligent Key system to have difficultyrecognizing that the Intelligent Key isoutside the vehicle.

. After locking with the door handle re-quest switch, verify the doors are se-curely locked by testing them.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft inside the vehicle or the trunk, makesure you carry the key with you and then

lock the doors or the trunk.

. Do not pull the door handle beforepushing the door handle request switch.The door will be unlocked but will notopen. Release the door handle once andpull it again to open the door.

. The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing doors with the door handlerequest switch) can be set to remaininactive. (See the INFINITI InTouchTM

Owner’s Manual.)



JVP0330X

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATIONYou can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the key out from your pocket or bag.

JVP0331X

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you,you can lock or unlock all doors by pushingthe door handle request switch (driver’s orfront passenger’s) within the range ofoperation.

When you lock or unlock the doors or thetrunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (if so equipped) (or the outsidechime) will sound as a confirmation. Fordetails, see “Setting hazard indicator andhorn mode” (P.3-16).

Welcome light and farewell lightfunctionWhen you lock or unlock the doors and fuel-filler door, front and rear side marker lights,

parking lights, tail lights and the license platelight will illuminate for a period of time. Thewelcome light and farewell light function canbe disabled. For information about disablingthe welcome light and farewell light func-tion, it is recommended you see an INFINITIretailer.

Locking doors and fuel-filler door1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF

position and make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors.*2

3. Push the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.*3

4. All the doors and fuel-filler door will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe outside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is in the ACCor ON position.

*2: Doors will not lock with the IntelligentKey while any door is open.

*3: Doors will not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch with the Intelli-gent Key inside the vehicle. However,when an Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle, doors can be locked withanother registered Intelligent Key.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door1. Push the door handle request switch

(driver’s or front passenger’s) oncewhile carrying the Intelligent Key withyou.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once andoutside chime sounds once. The corre-sponding door will unlock.

The fuel-filler door will also unlock whenthe driver’s door handle request switch ispushed.

3. Push the door handle request switchagain within 1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once andoutside chime sounds once again. All thedoors will unlock.

All doors and the fuel-filler door will belocked automatically unless one of thefollowing operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the request switchwhile the doors are locked.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

During this 1-minute time period, if theUNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keyis pushed, all doors will be locked automa-tically after another 1 minute.

JVP0332X

JVP0333X

Opening trunk lid1. Push the trunk open request switch for

more than 1 second.

2. The trunk will unlatch. An outside chimewill sound four times.

3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

Lockout protection:

To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the trunk, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey system.

When the trunk lid is closed with theIntelligent Key inside the trunk, the outsidechime will sound and the trunk will open.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMWhen all the following conditions are metfor a period of time, the battery saversystem will cut off the power supply toprevent battery discharge.

. The ignition switch is in the ACC position,and

. All doors are closed, and

. The shift lever is in the P (Park) position.



WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation of theIntelligent Key listed on the following chartor to help prevent the vehicle from beingstolen, chime or beep sounds inside andoutside the vehicle and a warning displays inthe vehicle information display.

When a chime or beep sounds or thewarningdisplays, be sure to check the vehicle andIntelligent Key.

See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-13) and“Vehicle information display” (P.2-20).

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignitionswitch to stop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on thedisplay and the inside warning chimesounds continuously.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Shift the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

When opening the driver’s doorto get out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continu-ously.

The ignition switch is in the ACCposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

When closing the door aftergetting out of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on thedisplay, the outside chime sounds 3 timesand the inside warning chime sounds for afew seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC orON position.

Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

The SHIFT P warning appears on thedisplay and the outside chime soundscontinuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC orOFF position and the shift lever is notin the P (Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position and push the ignition switch tothe OFF position.

When closing the door with theinside lock knob turned toLOCK

The outside chime sounds for a fewseconds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle or trunk.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the requestswitch or LOCK button on theIntelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a fewseconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle or trunk.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

When closing the trunk lidThe outside chime sounds for approxi-mately 10 seconds and the trunk lid opens.

The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.



WARNING

The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed.The FAA advises that the radio wavesmay affect aircraft navigation and com-munication systems. Do not operate theIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are not operatedunintentionally when the unit is storedduring a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel-filler door, activate the panic alarm and openthe windows by pushing the buttons on theIntelligent Key from outside the vehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure theIntelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.

The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The effective distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be usedwith one vehicle. For information concerningthe purchase and use of additional Intelli-gent Keys, contact an INFINITI retailer.

The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelli-gent Key will not operate when:

. the distance between the Intelligent Keyand the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).

. the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.

After locking with the remote keyless entryfunction, pull the door handle to make surethe doors are securely locked.

The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range variesdepending on the environment. To securelyoperate the lock and unlock buttons, ap-proach the vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) fromthe door.

SPA2100

LOCK button

UNLOCK button

TRUNK button

PANIC button

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEMWhen you lock or unlock the doors or thetrunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will sound asa confirmation. For details, see “Settinghazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-16).

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Locking doors and fuel-filler door1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF

position and make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors.

3. Push the LOCK button on theIntelligent Key.

4. All the doors and fuel-filler door will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe horn chirps once.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is in the ACCor ON position.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door1. Push the UNLOCK button on the

Intelligent Key once.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. Thedriver’s door and fuel-filler door willunlock.

3. Push the UNLOCK button on theIntelligent Key again within 1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once again.All the doors will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unlessone of the following operations is performedwithin 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key while the doorsare locked. If during this 1-minute time

period, the UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key is pushed, all doors will be lockedautomatically after another 1 minute.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

Opening windowsThe UNLOCK button operation alsoallows you to open the window that isequipped with the automatic open/closefunction. (See “Power windows” (P.2-51).)

To open the window, push the door UN-LOCK button on the Intelligent Key forabout 3 seconds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton.

If the window open operation is stopped inmid-operation while pushing the UNLOCK

button, release and push the UNLOCKbutton again until the window opens

completely.

Window cannot be closed using the Intelli-gent Key.

The door window can also be operated byturning the mechanical key in a door lock.(See “Doors” (P.3-4).)

Opening trunk lid1. Push the TRUNK button on the

Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The trunk will unlatch.

3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

If the trunk lid does not unlock, push thetrunk open request switch and manually liftthe trunk lid if:

. there is snow on the trunk lid.

. a heavy object such as rear spoiler isattached to the trunk lid.

. the trunk lid is frozen.

Using panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarm tocall attention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button on the keyfor more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlightswill stay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent

Key are pushed. (Note: Panic buttonshould be pushed for more than 1second.)



Setting hazard indicator and hornmodeThis vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhornmodewhen you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirpsonce. When the UNLOCK button ispushed, the hazard indicator flashes once.

If horns are not necessary, the system can beswitched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator

flashes twice. When the UNLOCKbutton is pushed, neither the hazard indica-tor nor the horn operates.

Hazard indicator and horn mode:

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle or trunk

request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME -twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME -once

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME - 4times

Remote keyless entry system(Using , or button)

HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

HAZARD - noneHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle or trunk

request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME -none

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME -none

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME -none

Remote keyless entry system(Using , or button)

HAZARD - twiceHORN - none



Switching procedure:

To switch the hazard indicator and horn(chime) operation, push the LOCK andUNLOCK buttons on the IntelligentKey simultaneously for more than 2 seconds.

. When the hazard indicator mode is set,the hazard indicator flashes 3 times.

. When the hazard indicator and hornmode is set, the hazard indicator flashesonce and the horn chirps once.

JVP0334X

1. Pull the hood lock release handlelocated below the instrument panel; thehood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever up at the front of thehood with your fingertips and raise thehood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly close thehood down to latch both the right andleft locks. Push the hood down to lockthe hood securely into place.

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the hoodto fly open and result in an accident.

. If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.


HOOD


WARNING

. Do not drive with the trunk lid open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)”(P.5-4).

. Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked, with thetrunk closed, when not in use, andprevent children’s access to Intelli-gent Keys.

SPA2734

TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCHThe trunk lid release switch is located onthe instrument panel.

To open the trunk lid, push the releaseswitch. To close, push the trunk lid down.

You can open the trunk lid with IntelligentKey. (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7) or“Remote keyless entry system” (P.3-14).)

If the trunk lid does not unlock, push thetrunk open request switch and manually liftthe trunk lid if:

. there is snow on the trunk lid.

. a heavy object such as rear spoiler isattached to the trunk lid.

. the trunk lid is frozen.

TRUNK LID

JVP0335X

TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCHThe trunk lid can be opened by pushing thetrunk open request switch when theIntelligent Key is within the operating rangeof the trunk lock/unlock function regardlessof the inside lock knob position. The trunk lidcan be opened by pushing the trunk openrequest switch even if the Intelligent Key isnot within the operating range of the trunklock/unlock function, when all doors areunlocked by the power door lock system, andthe automatic unlock function. (See “Intelli-gent Key system” (P.3-7).)

JVP0417X

OPENING WITH KEYTo open the trunk lid, insert the mechanicalkey to the trunk key cylinder and turn the keyto the right side of the vehicle. To close,remove the key and push the trunk lid down.

TRUNK BUTTONThe trunk lid can be opened by pushing theTRUNK button on the Intelligent Key formore than 1 second.

JVP0405X

Premium Select Edition model

CAUTION

Do not use the rear spoiler to open orclose the trunk lid. Doing so may damage



the rear spoiler.

Always hold area to open the trunk lid.

SPA2767

TRUNK RELEASE POWER CAN-CEL SWITCHWhen the switch located inside the glovebox is in the OFF position , the power tothe trunk lid will be canceled and the trunk lidcannot be opened by the trunk lid releaseswitch, the trunk open request switch or theTRUNK button on the Intelligent Key.

When you have to leave the vehicle with avalet and want to keep your belongings safein the glove box and the trunk, push thisswitch to OFF and lock the glove box withthe mechanical key. Then leave the vehicleand the Intelligent Key with the valet andkeep the mechanical key with you.

See “Keys” (P.3-2).

To connect the power to the trunk lid, pushthe switch to the ON position.

AUTO CLOSUREIf the trunk lid is pulled down to a partly openposition, the trunk lid will pull itself to theclosed position.

Do not apply excessive force when the autoclosure is operating. Excessive force appliedmay cause the mechanism to malfunction.

CAUTION

. The trunk lid will automatically closefrom a partly open position. To avoidpinching, keep hands and fingersaway from trunk lid opening.

. Do not let children operate the trunklid.

The auto closure may not function if thebattery is weak. If the auto closure does notwork, close the trunk lid manually, or per-form the auto closure operation again afterstarting the engine.

If the auto closure operation is performedrepeatedly with the trunk overloaded, theauto closure may not operate properly.Reduce the amount of items in trunk. If the

auto closure still does not operate, have thesystem checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

When the auto closure operation is per-formed repeatedly in a short period of time,the auto closure functionmay be temporarilydisabled. If this occurs, wait a few minutesuntil the motor cools down. If the autoclosure still does not operate, have thesystem checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

SPA2768

INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE

WARNING

Closely supervise children when they arearound cars to prevent them from play-ing and becoming locked in the trunkwhere they could be seriously injured.Keep the car locked, with the trunk lidsecurely latched, when not in use, andprevent children’s access to IntelligentKeys.

The interior trunk lid release mechanismallows opening of the trunk lid in the event

that people become locked inside the trunkor in the event of the loss of electrical powersuch as a discharged battery.

Releasing inside the trunkTo open the trunk lid from the inside, pull therelease handle until the lock releases andpush up on the trunk lid. The release lever ismade of a material that glows in the darkafter a brief exposure to ambient light.

The handle is located on the back of thetrunk lid as illustrated.

Releasing from the rear seatYou can access the release handle throughthe trunk pass-through (rear seat armrest).(See “Armrest” (P.1-4).)

To open the trunk lid from the rear seat, pullthe release handle towards front of vehicleuntil the lock releases.

If you cannot reach the release handle,contact an INFINITI retailer.



SPA2735

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLERDOORTo open the fuel-filler door, unlock the fuel-filler door by using one of the followingoperations, then push the upper left side ofthe door.

. Push the door handle request switch withthe Intelligent Key carried with you.

. Push the UNLOCK button on the Intel-ligent Key.

. Insert the mechanical key into the doorlock cylinder and turn it to the rear of thevehicle.

. Push the power door lock switch to theUNLOCK position.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door securelyand lock all doors by operating the doorhandle request switch, the LOCK button onthe Intelligent Key, the mechanical key or thepower door lock switch.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or ser-iously injured if it is misused ormishandled. Always stop engine anddo not smoke or allow open flames orsparks near the vehicle when refuel-ing.

. Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzle shutsoff automatically. Continued refuel-ingmay cause fuel overflow, resultingin fuel spray and possibly a fire.

. Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It hasa built-in safety valve needed forproper operation of the fuel systemand emission control system. An in-correct cap can result in a seriousmalfunction and possible injury. Itcould also cause the malfunction

indicator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portablefuel containers:

— Always place the container on theground when filling.

— Do not use electronic deviceswhen filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-filler tube, then tighten until the fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tighten the

FUEL-FILLER DOOR

fuel-filler cap properly may cause themalfunction indicator light (MIL)

to illuminate. If the light illumi-nates because the fuel-filler cap isloose or missing, tighten or install thecap and continue to drive the vehicle.The light should turn off after afew driving trips. If the light doesnot turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning willappear if the fuel-filler cap is notproperly tightened. It may take a fewdriving trips for the message to bedisplayed. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly after the LOOSEFUEL CAP warning appears maycause the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) to illuminate.

. For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-18).

JVP0046X

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwiseto remove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holderwhile refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into thefuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

SPA2832

Loose fuel cap warningThe LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears onthe vehicle information display when thefuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly afterthe vehicle has been refueled. It may take afew driving trips for the warning to bedisplayed.

To turn off the warning, perform thefollowing:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap assoon as possible. (See “Fuel-filler cap”(P.3-22).)

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

3. Push the reset switch on the right sideof the combination meter panel for



longer than 1 second to turn off theLOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tigh-tening the fuel cap.

WARNING

. Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose controlof your vehicle and cause an accident.

. Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and com-fort. The driver’s air bag inflates withgreat force. If you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways orout of position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive serious orfatal injuries from the air bag if youare up against it when it inflates.Always sit back against the seatbackand as far away as practical from thesteering wheel. Always use the seatbelts.

SPA2737

ELECTRIC OPERATION

Tilt or telescopic operationMove the lever to adjust the steering wheelup or down, forward or rearward to thedesired position.

Entry/Exit function operation:

The automatic drive positioner system willmake the steering wheel move up automa-tically when the driver’s door is opened withthe ignition switch in the LOCK position.This lets the driver get into and out of theseat more easily.

For more information, see “Automatic drivepositioner” (P.3-28).

TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING

SPA2471

1. To block glare from the front, swingdown the sun visor .

2. To block glare from the side, remove thesun visor from the center mount andswing the visor to the side .

3. Slide the sun visor in or out as needed.

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRRORAdjust the height and the angle of the insidemirror to the desired position.


SUN VISORS MIRRORS


SPA2450

Automatic anti-glare typeThe inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection accordingto the intensity of the headlights of thefollowing vehicle.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch is pushedto the ON position.

The anti-glare system also operates for theoutside rearview mirrors.

When the anti-glare system is turned on, theindicator light will illuminate and excessiveglare from the headlights of the vehiclebehind you will be reduced.

Push the “*” switch to make the inside

rearview mirror operate normally. The in-dicator light will turn off. Push the “I” switchto turn the system on.

Do not allow any object to cover the sensorsor apply glass cleaner on them. Doing so

will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor,resulting in improper operation.

For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiveroperation, see “HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver” (P.2-60).

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

SPA2739

Adjusting outside mirrorsThe outside mirror control switch is locatedon the armrest.

The outside mirror will operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Move the switch right or left to select theright or left side mirror , then adjust usingthe control switch .

Defrosting outside mirrorsThe outside mirrors will be heated when therear window defroster switch is operated.

SPA2738

Foldable outside mirrors

CAUTION

. Do not touch the mirrors while theyare moving. Your hand may bepinched, and the mirror may malfunc-tion.

. Do not drive with the mirrors stored.You will be unable to see behind thevehicle.

. If the mirrors were folded or unfoldedby hand, there is a chance that themirror will move forward or back-ward during driving. If the mirrors

were folded or unfolded by hand, besure to adjust them again electricallybefore driving.

The outside rearview mirror remote controloperates when the ignition switch is in the“ACC” or “ON” position.

To fold the outside rearview mirrors, pushthe outside rearviewmirror folding switch tothe CLOSE position . To unfold, push tothe OPEN position .

If mirrors are manually operated or bumped,the mirror body can become loose at thepivot point. To correct electronic mirroroperation, cycle mirrors by pushing “CLOSE”until completely closed, then push “OPEN”until mirror is in the open position.

Reverse tilt-down featureWhen backing up the vehicle, the right andleft outside mirrors will turn downwardautomatically to provide better rear visibility.


2. Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position.

3. Select the right or left side mirror byoperating the outside mirror controlswitch.

4. The outside mirror surface moves down-ward.

When one of the following conditions hasoccurred, the outside mirror surface willreturn to its original position.

. The shift lever is moved to any positionother than R (Reverse).

. The outside mirror control switch is set tothe center position.

. The ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

Automatic anti-glareThe outside rearviewmirrors are designed sothat its automatically change reflectionaccording to the intensity of the headlightsof the vehicle following you.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch is placedin the ON position.



SIC3869

VANITY MIRRORTo use the front vanity mirror, pull down thesun visor and pull up the cover.

The automatic drive positioner system hasthe following features:

. Entry/exit function

. Memory storage

. Setting memory function

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTIONThis system is designed so that the driver’sseat and steering column will automaticallymove when the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. This allows the driver to get intoand out of the driver’s seat more easily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward and thesteering wheel will move up when thedriver’s door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel willreturn to the previous positions when theignition switch is pushed to the ACC posi-tion.

The driver’s seat will not return to theprevious positions if the seat or steeringadjusting switch is operatedwhen the seat isat the exit position.

Cancel or activate entry/exit func-tionThe shift lever must be in the P (Park)position with the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The entry/exit function can be activated orcanceled by pressing and holding the SETswitch for more than 10 seconds.

Keep the SET switch pressed for more than10 seconds to turn on or off the entry/exitfunction.

The entry/exit function can also be acti-vated or canceled if the [Lift Steering Wheelon Exit] key or [Slide Driver Seat Back onExit] key is turned to ON or OFF in theVehicle Settings on the center display. (Seethe INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual.)

Initialize entry/exit functionIf the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse opens, the entry/exit function will notwork though this function was set on before.In such a case, after connecting the batteryor replacing with a new fuse, open and closethe driver’s door more than two times afterthe ignition switch is turned from the ONposition to the LOCK position. The entry/exit function will be activated.

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER

JVP0241X

MEMORY STORAGETwo positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn and outside mirrors can be stored inthe automatic drive positioner memory.Follow these procedures to use the memorysystem.

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

2. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering columnand outside mirrors to the desired posi-tions by manually operating each adjust-ing switch. For additional information,see “Seats” (P.1-2), “Tilt/telescopicsteering” (P.3-24) and “Outside mirrors”(P.3-26).

3. Push the SET switch and, within 5seconds, push the memory switch (1 or2) fully for at least 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed mem-ory switch will stay on for approximately5 seconds after pushing the switch.

When the memory is stored in thememory switch (1 or 2), a buzzer willsound.

If memory is stored in the same memoryswitch, the previous memory will bedeleted.

Linking Intelligent Key to a storedmemory positionThe Intelligent Key can be linked to a storedmemory position with the following proce-dure.

1. Follow the steps for storing a memoryposition.

2. While the indicator light for the memoryswitch being set is illuminated for 5seconds, push the button on theIntelligent Key. If the indicator lightblinks, the Intelligent Key is linked tothat memory setting.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF position,and then push the button on theIntelligent Key. The driver’s seat, steeringwheel and outside mirrors will move to the

memorized position.

Confirming memory storage. Push the SET switch. If the main memory

has not been stored, the indicator lightwill come on for approximately 0.5second. When the memory has stored inposition, the indicator light will stay onfor approximately 5 seconds.

. If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse opens, the memory will becanceled. In this case, reset the desiredposition using the previous procedure.

. If optional Intelligent Keys are added toyour vehicle, the memory storage proce-dure to switch 1 or 2 and linkingIntelligent Key procedure to a storedmemory position should be performedagain for each Intelligent Key. For addi-tional Intelligent Key information, see“Keys” (P.3-2).

Selecting the memorized position1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.

2. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully forat least 1 second.

3. The driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors will move to the memor-ized position with the indicator lightflashing, and then the light will stay on



for approximately 5 seconds.

SETTING MEMORY FUNCTIONThe status of the following settings can belinked to the Intelligent Key and the memor-ized settings can be available for eachIntelligent Key.

. Climate control system

. Navigation system (if so equipped)

. Audio system

To use the memory function, lock the doorswith the Intelligent Key that is linked to thesettings.

To enable the memorized settings:

1. Carry the Intelligent Key that is linked tothe settings, and unlock the doors bypushing the driver’s door handle requestswitch or UNLOCK button on theIntelligent Key.

2. Push the ignition switch to the “ON”position. “Connection with the key hasbeen done” will be displayed on thescreen and the memorized settings areavailable (only when a new IntelligentKey is used).

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe automatic drive positioner system willnot work or will stop operating under thefollowing conditions:

. When the vehicle speed is above 0 mph(0 km/h) or 4 mph (7 km/h) for the Exitfunction.

. When any of the memory switches arepushed while the automatic drive posi-tioner is operating.

. When the adjusting switch for the dri-ver’s seat and steering column is turnedonwhile the automatic drive positioner isoperating.

. When the seat has already been movedto the memorized position.

. When no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

. When the shift lever is moved from the P(Park) position to any other position.

4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice re-cognition systems

INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual ........................ 4-2

Safety note ......................................................................... 4-2

RearView Monitor (if so equipped) ............................. 4-3

RearView Monitor system operation .................... 4-4

How to read displayed lines ..................................... 4-4

Difference between predictive andactual distances ........................................................... 4-4

How to park with predictive course lines ............ 4-6

Adjusting the screen ................................................... 4-7

Predictive course line settings ................................. 4-8

RearView Monitor system limitations ................... 4-8

System maintenance .................................................. 4-9

Around View® Monitor (if so equipped) ................. 4-10

Around View® Monitor system operation ......... 4-11

How to adjust the screen view ............................. 4-19

Around View® Monitor settings ........................... 4-19

Around View® Monitor system limitations ........ 4-21

System maintenance ................................................ 4-23

Camera aiding sonar function (if so equipped) ...... 4-23

Sonar system operation ......................................... 4-24

Turning on and off the sonar function ............. 4-25

Sonar system limitations ....................................... 4-26

System temporarily unavailable .......................... 4-27

System maintenance .............................................. 4-27

Moving Object Detection (MOD) (ifso equipped) .................................................................... 4-27

MOD system operation ........................................ 4-28

Turning on and off the MOD system ............... 4-30

MOD system limitations ...................................... 4-30


Ventilators ........................................................................ 4-32

Heater and air conditioner .......................................... 4-32

Automatic climate control ................................... 4-34

Operating tips .......................................................... 4-36

Linking Intelligent Key ........................................... 4-37

Servicing climate control ....................................... 4-37

Antenna ........................................................................... 4-38

Window antenna .................................................... 4-38

Satellite antenna .................................................... 4-38

Car phone or CB radio ................................................ 4-38

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Refer to the INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’sManual that includes the following informa-tion.

. Audio system

. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system

. INFINITI InTouchTM Apps

. INFINITI InTouchTM Services

. SiriusXM TrafficTM

. SiriusXM® Travel Link

. SiriusXM® Satellite Radio

. Navigation system

. Voice Recognition System

. Information and settings viewable onINFINITI InTouchTM

WARNING

. Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continueduse of the system may result inaccident, fire or electric shock.

. In case you notice any foreign objectin the system hardware, spill liquid onit, or notice smoke or smell comingfrom it, stop using the system im-mediately. Ignoring such conditionsmay lead to accidents, fire, or electricshock. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for servicing.

. Park the vehicle in a safe location andapply the parking brake to view theimages on the front center displayscreen.

Do not attempt to operate the system inextreme temperature conditions [below−4°F (−20°C) and above 158°F (70°C)].Operating this system under these condi-tions may result in system malfunctions.

INFINITI INTOUCHTM OWNER’S MANUAL SAFETY NOTE

JVH1705X

1. SETTING button

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the Rear-

View Monitor system could result inserious injury or death.

. The RearView Monitor is a conveni-ence but it is not a substitute forproper backing. Always turn and lookout the windows, and check mirrors

to be sure that it is safe to movebefore operating the vehicle. Alwaysback up slowly.

. The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in showing large stationaryobjects directly behind the vehicle, tohelp avoid damaging the vehicle.

. The distance guide line and thevehicle width line should be used asa reference only when the vehicle ison a level paved surface. The distanceviewed on the monitor is for refer-ence only and may be different thanthe actual distance between thevehicle and displayed objects.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front ofthe camera.

The RearViewMonitor system automaticallyshows a rear view of the vehicle when theshift lever is placed in the R (Reverse)position.

The radio can still be heard while the Rear-View Monitor is active.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

REARVIEWMONITOR (if so equipped)


JVH1267X

To display the rear view, the RearViewMonitor system uses a camera located justabove the vehicle’s license plate .

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMOPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position to operate the RearView Monitor.

SAA1896

HOW TO READ DISPLAYEDLINESGuiding lines which indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects with refer-ence to the bumper line are displayed onthe monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the bumper.

. Red line : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

. Yellow line : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

. Green line : approx. 7 ft (2 m)


Vehicle width guide lines :

Indicate the approximate vehicle widthwhen

backing up.

Predictive course lines :

Indicate the predictive course when backingup. The predictive course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position and thesteering wheel is turned. The predictivecourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheel isin the neutral position.

The vehicle width guide lines and the widthof the predictive course lines are wider thanthe actual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PRE-DICTIVE AND ACTUAL DIS-TANCESThe displayed guide lines and their locationson the ground are for approximate referenceonly. Objects on uphill or downhill surfacesor projecting objects will be actually locatedat distances different from those displayedin the monitor relative to the guide lines(refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turnaround and view the objects as you arebacking up, or park and exit the vehicle toview the positioning of objects behind thevehicle.

JVH1268X

Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill isfurther than it appears on the monitor.

JVH1269X

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown farther than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill iscloser than it appears on the monitor.

SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting objectThe predictive course lines do not touchthe object in the display. However, thevehicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.



SAA2244

Backing up behind a projectingobjectThe position is shown further than theposition in the display. However, theposition is actually at the same distanceas the position . The vehicle may hit theobject when backing up to the position if

the object projects over the actual backingup course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDIC-TIVE COURSE LINES

WARNING

. If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predictive course linemay not be displayed correctly.

. On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predictive course line and theactual course line.

. The displayed lines will appearslightly off to the right because therearview camera is not installed in therear center of the vehicle.

SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rearview of the vehicle is displayedon the screen when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predictivecourse lines enter the parking space .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines parallel tothe parking space while referring tothe predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to the P(Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

JVH1690X

ADJUSTING THE SCREENThe display settings such as Brightness,Contrast, Black Level, Tint and Color of theRearView Monitor can be adjusted.

1. Push the SETTING button while theRearView Monitor screen is displayed.

2. The Display settings menu is displayed.Select an item you wish to adjust.

3. Adjust the selected item using the “+” or“-” key.

Select the “Reset Settings” key to return allsettings to default.

Display settings menu can also be accessedwhile the RearView Monitor screen is notdisplayed. Push the SETTING button and



select “Camera” key, and then select “Dis-play” key.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settings ofthe RearView Monitor while the vehicle ismoving. Make sure the parking brake isfirmly applied.

PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE SET-TINGSTo toggle on and off the predictive courselines:

1. Push the SETTING button while theRearView Monitor screen is not dis-played.

2. Select the “Camera” key.

3. Select the “Camera” key.

4. Select the “Predictive Course Lines” keyto turn the feature on or off. When thisitem is turned on, the predictive courselines will be displayed on the monitor.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor RearView Monitor. Failure to oper-ate the vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The system cannot completely elim-inate blind spots and may not showevery object.

. Underneath the bumper and thecorner areas of the bumper cannotbe viewed on the RearView Monitorbecause of its monitoring range lim-itation. The system will not showsmall objects below the bumper, andmay not show objects close to thebumper or on the ground.

. Objects viewed in the RearViewMonitor differ from actual distancebecause a wide-angle lens is used.

. Objects in the RearView Monitor willappear visually opposite compared towhen viewed in the rear view andoutside mirrors.

. Use the displayed lines as a reference.The lines are highly affected by thenumber of occupants, fuel level, ve-hicle position, road conditions androad grade.

. Make sure that the trunk lid issecurely closed when backing up.

. Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is in-stalled above the license plate.

. When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, be sure not to sprayit around the camera. Otherwise,water may enter the camera unitcausing water condensation on thelens, a malfunction, fire or an electricshock.

. Do not strike the camera. It is aprecision instrument. Otherwise, itmay malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

. When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not clearly displayobjects.

. When strong light is directly coming onthe camera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

. Vertical lines may be seen in objects onthe screen. This is due to strong reflectedlight from the bumper.

. The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

. The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from theactual color of objects.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clearin a dark environment.

. There may be a delay when switching tothe RearView Monitor.

. When activating the RearView Monitor,the guide lines, the icons and the mes-sages may not be displayed for a while.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera, the RearView Monitor may notdisplay object clearly. Clean the camera.

. Do not use wax on the camera window.Wipe off any wax with a clean clothdampened with mild detergent dilutedwith water.

JVH1267X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinnerto clean the camera. This will causediscoloration. To clean the camera,wipe with a cloth dampened withdiluted mild cleaning agent and thenwipe with a dry cloth.

. Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the

camera , RearView Monitor may not dis-play objects clearly. Clean the camera bywiping it with a cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent and then wipingit with a dry cloth.



JVH1706X

1. CAMERA button

2. SETTING button

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for the proper use of theAround View® Monitor system couldresult in serious injury or death.

. The Around View® Monitor is aconvenience feature and is not asubstitute for proper vehicle opera-tion because it has areas whereobjects cannot be viewed. The fourcorners of the vehicle in particular,are areas where objects do not al-ways appear in the bird’s-eye, front,or rear views. Always check yoursurroundings to be sure that it is safeto move before operating the vehicle.Always operate the vehicle slowly.Always look out the windows andcheck mirrors to be sure that it is safeto move.

. The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if soequipped)

CAUTION

Do not scratch the lens when cleaningdirt or snow from the front of thecamera.

The Around View® Monitor system is de-signed as an aid to the driver in situationssuch as slot parking or parallel parking.

The monitor displays various views of theposition of the vehicle in a split screenformat. All views are not available at alltimes.

Available views:

. Front view

An approximately 150-degree view ofthe front of the vehicle.

. Rear view

An approximately 150-degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

. Bird’s-eye view

The surrounding view of the vehicle fromabove.

. Front-side view

The view around and ahead of the frontpassenger’s side wheel.

. Front-wide view

An approximately 180-degree view of

the front of the vehicle.

. Rear-wide view

An approximately 180-degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

JVH1271X

To display the multiple views, the AroundView® Monitor system uses cameraslocated in the front grill, on the vehicle’soutside mirrors and one just above thevehicle’s license plate.

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYS-TEM OPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position or push the CAMERA button tooperate the Around View® Monitor.



Available views

WARNING

. The distance guide lines and thevehicle width lines should be used asa reference only when the vehicle ison a paved, level surface. The appar-ent distance viewed on the monitormay be different than the actualdistance between the vehicle anddisplayed objects.

. Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eye view as a reference. The lines andthe bird’s-eye view are greatly af-fected by the number of occupants,fuel level, vehicle position, road con-dition and road grade.

. If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predictive course linesand the bird’s-eye view may be dis-played incorrectly.

. When driving the vehicle up a hill,objects viewed in the monitor arefurther than they appear. Whendriving the vehicle down a hill, objectsviewed in the monitor are closer thanthey appear.

. Objects in the monitor will appearvisually opposite compared to when

viewed in the rear view and outsidemirrors.

. Use the mirrors or actually look toproperly judge distances to otherobjects.

. The distance between objects viewedin the rear view differs from actualdistance because a wide-angle lens isused.


. The vehicle width and predictivecourse lines are wider than the actualwidth and course.

. The displayed lines on the rear viewwill appear slightly off to the rightbecause the rear view camera is notinstalled in the rear center of thevehicle.

SAA1840

Front view

SAA1896

Rear view

Front and rear view:

Guiding lines that indicate the approximatevehicle width and distances to objects withreference to the vehicle body line aredisplayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.





Vehicle width guide lines

Indicates the approximate vehicle width.

Predictive course lines

Indicate the predictive course when operat-ing the vehicle. The predictive course lineswill be displayed on the monitor when thesteering wheel is turned. The predictivecourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheel isin the straight-ahead position.

The front view will not be displayed whenthe vehicle speed is above 6MPH (10 km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or less from the straight aheadposition, both the right and left predictive

course lines are displayed. When thesteering wheel turns about 90 degrees ormore, a line is displayed only on theopposite side of the turn.

JVH1140X

Bird’s-eye view:

The bird’s-eye view shows the overheadview of the vehicle, which helps confirm thevehicle position and the predictive course toa parking space.

The vehicle icon shows the position of thevehicle. Note that the size of the vehicle iconon the bird’s-eye view may differ somewhatfrom the actual distance to the vehicle.

The areas that the cameras cannot coverare indicated in black.

The non-viewable area is highlighted inyellow for several seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed. It will be shown onlythe first time after the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.



The driver can check the approximate direc-tion and angle of the tire on the display bytire icon when driving the vehicle forwardor backward.

Predictive course lines ( and ) indicatethe predictive course when operating thevehicle. The predictive course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the steeringwheel is turned. The predictive course lineswill move depending on how much thesteering wheel is turned and will not bedisplayed while the steering wheel is in thestraight-ahead position.

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or less from the straight-aheadposition, the two green predictive courselines are shown in front of the vehicle.

When the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or more, one green predictive courseline is shown in front of the vehicle and theother green predictive course line is shownat side of the vehicle.

When the monitor displays the rear view, thepredictive course lines are shown at back ofthe vehicle.

WARNING

. Objects in the bird’s-eye view willappear further than the actual dis-tance.

. Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,may be misaligned or not displayed atthe seam of the views.

. Objects that are above the cameracannot be displayed.

. The view for the bird’s-eye view maybe misaligned when the camera posi-tion alters.

. A line on the ground may be mis-aligned and is not seen as beingstraight at the seam of the views.The misalignment will increase as theline proceeds away from the vehicle.

. Tire angle display does not indicatethe actual tire angle.

JVH1141X

Front-side view:

Guiding lines:

Guiding lines that indicate the width and thefront end of the vehicle are displayed on themonitor.

The front-of-vehicle line shows the frontpart of the vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line shows the vehiclewidth including the outside mirrors.

The extensions of both the front andside lines are shown with a green dottedline.

CAUTION

The turn signal light may look like theside-of-vehicle line. This is not a mal-function.

JVH1142X

Front-wide view

JVH1143X

Rear-wide view

Front-wide/rear-wide view:

The front-wide/rear-wide view shows awider area on the entire screen and allowsthe checking of the blind corners on the rightand left sides. The front-wide/rear-wideview displays an approximately 180-degreearea while the front view and the rear viewdisplay an approximately 150-degree area.The predictive course lines are not displayedwhen using the front-wide/rear-wide view.

Distance guide lines

Indicates distances from the vehicle body.





Vehicle width guide lines

Indicates the approximate vehicle width.



Difference between predicted andactual distancesThe displayed guide lines and their locationson the ground are for approximate referenceonly. Objects on uphill or downhill surfacesor projecting objects will be actually locatedat distances different from those displayedin the monitor relative to the guide lines(refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turnaround and view the objects as you arebacking up, or park and exit the vehicle toview the positioning of objects behind thevehicle.

JVH1268X

Backing up on a steep uphill:

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill isfurther than it appears on the monitor.

JVH1269X

Backing up on a steep downhill:

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown further than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill iscloser than it appears on the monitor.

SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting object:

The predictive course lines do not touchthe object in the display. However, thevehicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.

SAA2244

Backing up behind a projecting object:

The position is shown further than theposition in the display. However, theposition is actually at the same distanceas the position . The vehicle may hit theobject when backing up to the position ifthe object projects over the actual backing

up course.

How to park with predictive courselines

WARNING

. If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predictive course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.




SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predictivecourse lines enter the parking space .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines parallel tothe parking space while referring tothe predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to the P(Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

JVH1707X

How to switch the displayThe Around View® Monitor can display twosplit views as well as a single view of thefront-wide view or rear-wide view. Push theCAMERA button, change the shift leverposition, or select the “Change View” keyto switch between the available views.

For models with the Back-up CollisionIntervention (BCI) system, “ ” key maybe displayed on the Around View® Monitorscreen when the shift lever is in the Rposition. For details of the BCI system, see“Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)” (P.5-54).

JVH1690X

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREENVIEWThe display settings such as Brightness,Contrast, Black Level, Tint and Color of theAround View® Monitor can be adjusted.

1. Push the SETTING button with theAround View® Monitor turned on.

2. The Display settings menu is displayed.Select an item you wish to adjust.

3. Adjust the selected item using the “+” or“-” key.

Select the “Reset Settings” key to return allsettings to default.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settings ofthe Around View®Monitor while the vehicleis moving. Make sure the parking brake isfirmly applied.

Display settings menu can also be accessedwhile the Around View® Monitor screen isnot displayed. See “Around View® Monitorsettings” (P.4-19).

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SET-TINGSTo set up the Around View®Monitor to yourpreferred settings, push the SETTING but-ton while the Around View® Monitor screenis not displayed, select the “Camera/Sonar”key.

Items displayed on the screen may varydepending on the specification and model.



Available setting items:

Setting item Action

Camera Back-up Collision Intervention Turns the Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system on/off. See “Back-upCollision Intervention (BCI)” (P.5-54).

Moving Object Detection Turns the MOD system on/off. See “Moving Object Detection (MOD)” (P.4-27).

Non-viewable Area Reminder When this item is turned on, the non-viewable area is highlighted in yellow forseveral seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed. It will be shown only the firsttime after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

Predictive Course Lines When this item is turned on, the predictive course lines are displayed in the frontand the rear view and bird’s-eye view.

Automatic Display with Sonar The automatic sonar display can be turned on/off.

Sonar For the information about the sonar, see “Sonar function settings” (P.4-26).

Display Brightness Adjust display settings by using the “+”/“-” key.

Contrast

Black Level

Tint

Color

Reset Settings Return all the settings to default.

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYS-TEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor Around View® Monitor. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordance withthese system limitations could result inserious injury or death.

. Do not use the Around View® Moni-tor with the outside mirrors in thestored position, and make sure thatthe trunk lid is securely closed whenoperating the vehicle using theAround View® Monitor.

. The apparent distance between ob-jects viewed on the Around View®

Monitor differs from the actual dis-tance.

. The cameras are installed on thefront grille, the outside mirrors andabove the rear license plate. Do notput anything on the vehicle thatcovers the cameras.

. When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to sprayit around the cameras. Otherwise,water may enter the camera unit

causing water condensation on thelens, a malfunction, fire or an electricshock.

. Do not strike the cameras. They areprecision instruments. Doing so couldcause a malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

. The screen displayed on the AroundView® Monitor will automatically returnto the previous screen 3 minutes afterthe CAMERA button has been pushedwhile the shift lever is in a position otherthan the R (Reverse) position.

. There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

. When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not displayobjects clearly.

. When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

. The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

. The colors of objects on the AroundView® Monitor may differ somewhatfrom the actual color of objects.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clearand the color of the object may differ in adark environment.

. There may be differences in sharpnessbetween each camera view of the bird’s-eye view.

. When activating the Around View®

Monitor, the icons and the messagesmay not be displayed for a while.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera, the Around View® Monitor maynot display objects clearly. Clean thecamera.

. Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipeoff any wax with a clean cloth that hasbeen dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent, then wipe with a drycloth.



JVH0960X

There are some areas where the system willnot show objects and the system does notwarn of moving objects.When in the front orthe rear view display, an object below thebumper or on the ground may not be viewed. When in the bird’s-eye view, a tall object

near the seam of the camera viewingareas will not appear in the monitor .

JVH1633X

System temporarily unavailableWhen the “ ” icon is displayed on thescreen, there will be abnormal conditions inthe Around View® Monitor. This will nothinder normal driving operation but thesystem should be inspected. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

JVH1634X

When the “ ” icon is displayed on thescreen, the camera image may be receivingtemporary electronic disturbances from sur-rounding devices. This will not hinder normaldriving operation but the system should beinspected. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

JVH1271X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION



If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras , the Around View® Monitormay not display objects clearly. Clean thecamera by wiping with a cloth dampenedwith a diluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping with a dry cloth.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the sonarfunction as outlined in this section couldresult in serious injury or death.

. The sonar is a convenience feature. Itis not a substitute for proper parking.

. This function is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle.

. The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

. Always look around and check that itis safe to move before parking.

. Read and understand the limitationsof the sonar as contained in thissection.

The sonar function helps to inform the driverof large stationary objects around thevehicle when parking by issuing an audibleand visual alert.


CAMERA AIDING SONARFUNCTION (if so equipped)


JVH1708X

1. Center display

2. Sonar indicator

3. CAMERA button

4. SETTING button

SONAR SYSTEM OPERATIONThe system gives the tone for front objectswhen the shift lever is in the D (Drive)position and both front and rear objectswhen the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

When the camera image is shown on thecenter display, the system shows the sonarindicator regardless of the shift lever posi-tion.

The system is deactivated at speeds above 6MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

The colors of the sonar indicators and thedistance guide lines in the front, front-wide,rear and rear-wide views indicate differentdistances to the object.

When the objects are detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks and the tonesounds intermittently. When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color of theindicator turns yellow and the rate of theblinking and the rate of the tone increase.When the vehicle is very close to the object,the indicator stops blinking and turns red,and the tone sounds continuously.

The intermittent tone will stop after 3seconds when an object is detected by onlythe sonar and the distance does not change.

The tone will stop when the object is no

longer near the vehicle.

JVH1709X

TURNING ON AND OFF THE SO-NAR FUNCTIONWhen the Sonar/MOD key is selected, theindicator will turn off and the sonar will beturned off temporarily. The Moving ObjectDetection (MOD) system will also be turnedoff at the same time. (See “Moving ObjectDetection (MOD)” (P.4-27).) When the keyis selected again, the indicator will turn

on and the sonar will turn back on.

In the below cases, the sonar will be turnedback on automatically:

. When the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position.

. When the CAMERA button is pushedand a screen other than the camera viewis shown on the display.

. When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 6 MPH (10 km/h).

. When the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position and turned back to the ONposition again.

To deactivate the sonar system completely,use the “Sonar” settings. See “Sonar functionsettings” (P.4-26).



JVH1695X

Sonar function settingsTo set up the sonar function to yourpreferred settings, push the SETTING but-ton while the Around View® Monitor screenis not displayed, select the “Camera/Sonar”key and then select the “Sonar” key on thecenter display.

Sonar:

When this item is turned on, the front andrear sonar is activated. When this item isturned off (indicator turns off), the front andrear sonar is deactivated. The amber mar-kers are displayed at the corners of thevehicle icon and the sonar icon will disappearfrom the Sonar/MOD key. The next time the

ignition switch is placed in the ON position,“Sonar is OFF” is displayed briefly.

FR Sensor Only:

When this item is turned on, only the frontsonar is activated. The amber markers aredisplayed at the rear corners of the vehicleicon.

Interrupt Display:

When this item is turned on, the AroundView® Monitor will interrupt the currentview in the display to see the surroundingarea of the vehicle.

Sonar Sensitivity:

Adjust the sensitivity level of the sonar.

Sonar Volume:

Adjust the tone volume of the sonar.

SONAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the sonar function. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck’s compressed-air

brakes or a pneumatic drill may affectthe function of the system, includingreduced performance or a false acti-vation.

. This function is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle.

. The system is not designed to pre-vent contact with small or movingobjects.

. The system will not detect smallobjects below the bumper, and maynot detect objects close to the bum-per or on the ground.

. The system may not detect thefollowing objects:

— Fluffy objects such as snow,cloth, cotton, grass or wool.

— Thin objects such as rope, wire orchain.

— Wedge-shaped objects.

. If your vehicle sustains damage to thebumper fascia, leaving it misalignedor bent, the sensing zone may bealtered causing inaccurate measure-ment of objects or false alarms.

CAUTION

Excessive noise (such as audio systemvolume or an open vehicle window) willinterfere with the tone and it may not beheard.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-VAILABLEWhen the amber markers are displayed atthe corners of the vehicle icon and thefunction cannot be activated from the“Sonar” settings (the setting items aregrayed out), the sonar system may bemalfunctioning.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

Keep the surface of the sonar sensors(located on the front and rear bumperfascia) free from accumulations of snow,ice and dirt. Do not scratch the surfaceof the sonar sensors when cleaning. Ifthe sensors are covered, the accuracy ofthe sonar function will be diminished.

JVH1706X

1. CAMERA button

2. SETTING button


MOVING OBJECT DETECTION(MOD) (if so equipped)


WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the Mov-ing Object Detection system could resultin serious injury or death.

. The MOD system is not a substitutefor proper vehicle operation and isnot designed to prevent contact withthe objects surrounding the vehicle.When maneuvering, always use theoutside mirror and rearview mirrorand turn and check the surroundingto ensure it is safe to maneuver.

. The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reacti-vated at lower speeds.

. The MOD system is not designed todetect the surrounding stationaryobjects.

TheMovingObject Detection (MOD) systemcan inform the driver of the moving objectssurrounding the vehicle when driving out ofgarages, maneuvering into parking lots andin other such instances.

The MOD system detects moving objects byusing image processing technology on theimage shown on the display.

MOD SYSTEM OPERATIONThe MOD system will turn on automaticallyunder the following conditions:

. When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

. When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h).

JVH1710X

Bird’s-eye view

JVH1711X

Front view / rear view

JVH1698X

Rear and front-side views

JVH1699X

Front-wide view / rear-wide view

When the MOD system detects movingobjects near the vehicle, the yellow framewill be displayed on the view where theobjects are detected and a chime will soundonce. While the MOD system continues todetect moving objects, the yellow framecontinues to be displayed.

In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame isdisplayed on each camera image (front, rear,right, left) depending on where movingobjects are detected.

The yellow frame is displayed on eachview in the front view, front-wide view, rearview and rear-wide view modes.

While the sonar is beeping, the MOD systemdoes not chime.

A blue MOD icon is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is operative. A grayMOD icon is displayed in the view wherethe MOD system is not operative.

If the MOD system is turned off, the MODicon is not displayed.

The MOD system operates in the followingconditions when the camera view is dis-played:

. When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position and the vehicle isstopped, the MOD system detects themoving objects in the bird’s-eye view.The MOD system will not operate if the

outside mirror is moving in or out or ifeither door is opened.

. When the shift lever is in the D (Drive)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), theMOD system detects moving objects inthe front view or front-wide view.

. When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), theMOD system detects moving objects inthe rear view or rear-wide view. TheMOD systemwill not operate if the trunkis open.

The MOD system does not detect movingobjects in the front-side view. TheMOD iconis not displayed on the screen when in front-side view.



JVH1712X

TURNINGONANDOFF THEMODSYSTEMWhen the MOD is active and the Sonar/MOD key is selected, theMOD systemwillturn off temporarily and the indicator willturn off. (A camera-aiding sonar will turn offat the same time.) When the Sonar/MODkey is selected again, the indicator willturn on and the MOD system will turn backon.

JVH1713X

MOD function settingTo set up the MOD function to yourpreferred settings, push the SETTING but-ton, select “Camera/Sonar” key, and thenselect the “Camera” key on the centerdisplay.

Moving Object Detection:

When this item is turned on, the MOD isactivated. When this item is turned off(indicator turns off), the MOD system isdeactivated. When the MOD system isdeactivated, “MOD” will disappear onthe Sonar/MOD key and the MOD iconwill disappear as well.

When the sonar is turned off on the setting

menu as well, the Sonar/MOD key willdisappear.

MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor MOD. Failure to operate the vehiclein accordance with these system limita-tions could result in serious injury ordeath.

. Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume or open vehicle win-dow) will interfere with the chimesound, and it may not be heard.

. TheMOD system performance will belimited according to environmentalconditions and surrounding objectssuch as:

— When there is low contrast be-tween background and the mov-ing objects.

— When there is blinking source oflight.

— When strong light such as an-other vehicle’s headlight or sun-light is present.

— When camera orientation is not inits usual position, such as whenmirror is folded.

— When there is dirt, water drops orsnow on the camera lens.

— When the position of the movingobjects in the display is not chan-ged.

. The MOD system might detect flow-ing water droplets on the cameralens, white smoke from the muffler,moving shadows, etc.

. The MOD system may not functionproperly depending on the speed,direction, distance or shape of themoving objects.

. If your vehicle sustains damage to theparts where the camera is installed,leaving it misaligned or bent, thesensing zone may be altered and theMOD system may not detect objectsproperly.

. When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may notdisplay objects clearly. This is not amalfunction.

JVH1271X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION



If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras , the MOD system may notoperate properly. Clean the camera bywiping with a cloth dampened with a dilutedmild cleaning agent and then wiping with adry cloth.



SAA3142

Front

SAA3012

Rear

Open or close, and adjust the air flowdirection of ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the ventilatorsare closed.

: This symbol indicates that the ventilatorsare open.

WARNING

. The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Onhot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

Start the engine and operate the automaticclimate control system.

VENTILATORS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

NOTE:. Odors from inside and outside the

vehicle can build up in the air conditionerunit. Odor can enter the passengercompartment through the vents.

. When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off airrecirculation to allow fresh air into thepassenger compartment. This shouldhelp reduce odors inside the vehicle.



SAA2952

1. “ ” front defroster button

2. “ ” rear window defroster button(See “Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch” (P.2-34).)

3. “OFF” button for climate control sys-tem

4. “ ” fan speed decrease button

5. “ ” fan speed increase button

6. “AUTO” automatic climate control ONbutton

7. “ ” air intake control button

8. “ ” air recirculation button

9. “CLIMATE” button

10, 11.Temperature control button (driverside)

12. “ ” manual air flow control button(driver side)

13. “ ” manual air flow control button(passenger side)

14, 15.Temperature control button (passengerside)

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CON-TROL

Automatic operation

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO):

This mode may be used all year round. Thesystem works automatically to control theinside temperature, air flow distribution andfan speed after the preferred temperature isset manually.

1. Push the “AUTO” button on. (The in-dicator on the button will illuminate andAUTO will be displayed.)

2. Push the temperature control button(driver side) to set the desired tempera-ture.

The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-

cally. Air flow distribution and fan speedwill also be controlled automatically.

3. To turn off the climate control system,push the “OFF” button.

A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the airis cooled rapidly. This does not indicate amalfunction.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging:

1. Push the front defroster “ ” button.(The indicator light on the button willcome on.)

2. Push the temperature control button(driver side) to set the desired tempera-ture.

The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fan speedwill also be controlled automatically.

3. To turn off the climate control system,push the “OFF” button.

. To quickly remove ice from the outside ofthe windows, push the fan speed in-crease “ ” button and set it to themaximum position.

. As soon as possible after the windshieldis clean, push the “AUTO” button toreturn to the auto mode.

. When the front defroster “ ” button ispushed, the air conditioner will automa-

tically be turned on at outside tempera-tures above 23°F (−5°C) to defog thewindshield, and the air recirculate modewill automatically be turned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defoggingperformance.

Manual operation

Fan speed control:

Push the fan speed increase “ ” ordecrease “ ” button to manually controlthe fan speed.

Push the “AUTO” button to return to auto-matic control of the fan speed.

Temperature control:

Push the temperature control button to setthe desired temperature.

Air intake control:

. Push the air recirculation “ ” button tochange the air circulation mode. Whenthe indicator light illuminates, the flow-ing air is recirculated inside the vehicle.

The air recirculation mode cannot beactivated when the air conditioner is inthe front defrosting mode “ ”.

. Push the outside air circulation “ ”button to change the air circulationmode. When the indicator light illumi-nates, the flowing air is drawn from

outside the vehicle.

. To control the air intake automatically,push and hold either the “ ” airrecirculation button or the “ ” outsideair circulation button (whichever indica-tor light is illuminated). The indicatorlights (both air recirculation and outsideair circulation buttons) will flash twice,and then the air intake will switch toautomatic control.

Air flow control:

Pushing the “ ” button selects the airoutlet to:

: Air flows from center and side ventilators.

: Air flows from center and side ventilatorsand foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and foot outlets.



JVH1747X

Operations on touch panel screenClimate control settings can be operated onthe touch panel screen.

Push the “CLIMATE” button and turn thedisplay to the Climate screen.

For details of the touch panel operation onthe center display, see the separate INFINITIInTouchTM Owner’s Manual.

The following operations are available withthe touch panel screen.

Available items:

.Touch to change the air flow mode.When the DUAL mode (passenger side

temperature control) is on, the “ ”icons for both driver’s and passenger’sseat are displayed and can change the airflow mode independently.

. - / +

Touch to change the fan speed of the airfrom the ventilators.

. A/C

Touch to turn the air conditioner on/off.

. DUAL

Touch to turn the DUAL mode (passen-ger side temperature control) on/off.

. Upper Vent

Touch to turn the upper vent system on/off.

Automatic upper ventilator system:

In this mode, air from the center ventilatorsflows both straight and upward in order tocontrol the cabin temperaturewithout blow-ing air directly on the occupants.

1. Push the “CLIMATE” button with theclimate control system turned on todisplay the Climate screen.

2. Select the “Upper Vent” key, and theindicator on the screen will illuminate.The air flow against the driver’s orpassenger’s upper body becomes gentle.

. Distribution between straight and up-ward flows is determined automaticallyby the climate control system. If you

prefer strong air flow against your upperbody, select the “Upper Vent” key to turnthe indicator light off.

. When the outside temperature decreasesto approximately 14°F (−10°C), the“Upper Vent” function does not activate.The “Upper Vent” function reactivatesautomatically when ambient tempera-ture is 14°F (−10°C) or more.

OPERATING TIPSWhen the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate. Thisis not a malfunction. After the coolanttemperature warms up, air will flow normallyfrom the foot outlets.

SIC2768

JVH0039X

The sensors and on the instrumentpanel helps maintain a constant tempera-ture. Do not put anything on or around thesensors.

LINKING INTELLIGENT KEYThe Climate control system settings can bememorized for each Intelligent Key. Formore details, see “Setting memory function”(P.3-30).

SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROLThe climate control system in your vehicle ischarged with a refrigerant designed with theenvironment in mind. This refrigerant willnot harm the earth’s ozone layer. However,special charging equipment and lubricant arerequired when servicing your air conditioner.Using improper refrigerants or lubricants willcause severe damage to your climate controlsystem. (See “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for climate con-trol system refrigerant and lubricant recom-mendations.)

Your INFINITI retailer will be able to serviceyour environmentally friendly climate controlsystem.

WARNING

The system contains refrigerant underhigh pressure. To avoid personal injury,any air conditioner service should bedone only by an experienced technicianwith the proper equipment.

In-cabin microfilterThe climate control system is equipped witha natural grape seed polyphenol filter whichcollects and neutralizes dirt, pollen, dust,allergens (such as cedar pollen, tick shells)etc. To make sure that the air conditionerheats, defogs and ventilates efficiently, re-place the filter in accordance with thespecified maintenance intervals listed in the“9. Maintenance and schedules” section. It isrecommended to see an INFINITI retailer toreplace the filter.

The filter should be replaced if the air flowdecreases significantly or if windows fog upeasily when operating the heater or airconditioner.



WINDOW ANTENNAThe antenna pattern is printed inside therear window.

CAUTION

. Do not place metalized film near therear window glass or attach anymetal parts to it. This may cause poorreception or noise.

. When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna witha dampened soft cloth.

SATELLITE ANTENNAThere is a satellite antenna on the rear partof the vehicle roof.

A buildup of ice on the satellite radioantenna can affect satellite radio perfor-mance. Remove the ice to restore satelliteradio reception.

When installing a car phone or a CB radio inyour vehicle, be sure to observe the follow-ing cautions, otherwise the new equipmentmay adversely affect the electronic controlmodules and electronic control system har-ness.

WARNING

. A cellular phone should not be usedfor any purpose while driving so fullattention may be given to vehicleoperation. Some jurisdictions prohibitthe use of cellular phones whiledriving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-freecellular phone operational mode (if soequipped) is highly recommended.Exercise extreme caution at all timesso full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

. If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away aspossible from the electronic controlmodules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electroniccontrol system harness. Do not routethe antennawire next to any harness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by the manu-facturer.

. Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

. For details, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer.

ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ...................... 5-4

Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) .............................. 5-4

Three-way catalyst ..................................................... 5-5

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........... 5-5

Avoiding collision and rollover .................................. 5-7

Off-road recovery ....................................................... 5-8

Rapid air pressure loss ............................................... 5-8

Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ....................... 5-9

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) driving safetyprecautions (AWD models) ...................................... 5-9

Push-button ignition switch ........................................ 5-10

Operating range for engine start function ........ 5-10

Push-button ignition switch operation ............... 5-11

Steering lock (if so equipped) ................................ 5-11

Push-button ignition switch positions ................ 5-12

Emergency engine shut off .................................... 5-12

Intelligent Key battery discharge .......................... 5-13

Before starting the engine ........................................... 5-13

Starting the engine ......................................................... 5-14

Driving the vehicle .......................................................... 5-15

Automatic transmission ........................................... 5-15

Parking brake ................................................................... 5-19

INFINITI Drive Mode Selector ................................... 5-20

Standard mode ......................................................... 5-20

Sport mode ................................................................ 5-20

Snow mode .............................................................. 5-20

Eco mode ................................................................... 5-21

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP) (if so equipped) ............................. 5-22

LDW system operation ......................................... 5-24

Turning the LDW system ON/OFF ................... 5-25

How to enable/disable the LDW system ........ 5-26

LDP system operation ........................................... 5-26

Turning the LDP system ON/OFF .................... 5-27

How to enable/disable the LDP system .......... 5-28

LDW/LDP system limitations ............................. 5-28

System temporarily unavailable ......................... 5-30

System malfunction ................................................ 5-31


Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if so equipped) ........... 5-32

BSW system operation .......................................... 5-33

Turning the BSW system ON/OFF ................... 5-34

How to enable/disable the BSW system ......... 5-34

BSW system limitations ........................................ 5-35

BSW driving situations .......................................... 5-36


System malfunction ............................................... 5-40

System maintenance ............................................. 5-40

Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) (if so equipped) ..... 5-41

BSI system operation ............................................. 5-42

Turning the BSI system ON/OFF ....................... 5-44

How to enable/disable the BSI system .............. 5-45

BSI system limitations ............................................. 5-45

BSI driving situations ............................................... 5-46

System temporarily unavailable ............................ 5-52

System malfunction .................................................. 5-53


Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) (ifso equipped) ..................................................................... 5-54

BCI system operation .............................................. 5-56

Turning the BCI system ON/OFF ........................ 5-61

How to enable/disable the BCI system ............. 5-61

BCI system limitations ............................................. 5-62

System temporarily unavailable ............................ 5-63

System malfunction .................................................. 5-64


Cruise control (if so equipped) .................................... 5-65

Precautions on cruise control ................................ 5-65

Cruise control operations ....................................... 5-65

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so equipped) ..... 5-67

How to select the cruise control mode ............... 5-69

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ......... 5-69

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode .............................................................. 5-85

Distance Control Assist (DCA) (if so equipped) .... 5-88

DCA system operation ........................................... 5-90

Turning the DCA system ON/OFF ...................... 5-93

How to enable/disable the DCA system ........... 5-94

DCA system display and indicators ..................... 5-94

DCA system limitations ......................................... 5-95


System malfunction ............................................. 5-100

System maintenance ........................................... 5-100

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) (ifso equipped) ................................................................. 5-101

FEB system operation ........................................ 5-103

Turning the FEB system ON/OFF ................. 5-104

FEB system limitations ....................................... 5-105

System temporarily unavailable ....................... 5-106

System malfunction ............................................. 5-107

System maintenance ........................................... 5-108

Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)(if so equipped) ............................................................ 5-108

PFCW system operation .................................... 5-110

Turning the PFCW system ON/OFF .............. 5-111

PFCW system limitations ................................... 5-113

System temporarily unavailable ........................ 5-114

System malfunction .............................................. 5-115

System maintenance ............................................ 5-115

Break-in schedule ......................................................... 5-116

Fuel efficient driving tips ........................................... 5-116

Increasing fuel economy ............................................ 5-117

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (ifso equipped) .................................................................. 5-118

Parking/parking on hills ............................................. 5-119

Power steering ............................................................ 5-120

Brake system ................................................................. 5-121

Braking precautions .............................................. 5-121

Parking brake break-in .......................................... 5-121

Brake assist .................................................................... 5-122

Brake assist ............................................................... 5-122

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ......................... 5-122

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ................. 5-123

Active trace control (if so equipped) ................ 5-124

Rise-up and build-up ............................................. 5-124

Brake force distribution ........................................ 5-124

Hill Start Assist system ............................................... 5-125

Cold weather driving ................................................... 5-126

Freeing a frozen door lock ................................. 5-126

Antifreeze ................................................................ 5-126

Battery ..................................................................... 5-126

Draining of coolant water .................................. 5-126

Tire equipment ....................................................... 5-126

Special winter equipment ................................... 5-126

Driving on snow or ice ......................................... 5-126

Engine block heater (if so equipped) ............... 5-127

Active noise cancellation .......................................... 5-128

5-4 Starting and driving

WARNING

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould accidentally injure themselvesor others through inadvertent opera-tion of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

. Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked, with therear seatback and trunk lid securelylatched when not in use, and preventchildren’s access to car keys.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconsciousnessor death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

. Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

. Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-ing, otherwise exhaust gases could bedrawn into the passenger compart-ment. If you must drive with thetrunk lid open, follow these precau-tions:

1) Open all the windows.

2) Set the air recirculation tooff and the fan control to high tocirculate the air.

. If electrical wiring or other cableconnections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the trunk lid orthe body, follow the manufacturer’srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

. The exhaust system and body shouldbe inspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

— You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust system.

— You have had an accident invol-ving damage to the exhaust sys-tem, underbody, or rear of thevehicle.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission con-trol device installed in the exhaust system.Exhaust gases in the three-way catalyst areburned at high temperatures to help reducepollutants.

WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materials awayfrom the exhaust system compo-nents.

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline seriously reducethe three-way catalyst’s ability tohelp reduce exhaust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause overrich

fuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keepdriving if the engine misfires, or ifnoticeable loss of performance orother unusual operating conditionsare detected. Have the vehicle in-spected promptly. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

. Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine tomisfire, damagingthe three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine while warmingit up.

. Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel. (If your vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tire Pressure Mon-itoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a lowtire pressure telltale when one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pressuretelltale illuminates, you should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible, andinflate them to the proper pressure. Drivingon a significantly under-inflated tire causesthe tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reduces fuelefficiency and tire tread life, and may affectthe vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a sub-stitute for proper tire maintenance, and it isthe driver’s responsibility to maintain correcttire pressure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumination ofthe TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction, thetelltale will flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuously illumi-nated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long as themalfunction exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the system may not

Starting and driving 5-5


be able to detect or signal low tire pressureas intended. TPMS malfunctions may occurfor a variety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement or alternate tiresor wheels on the vehicle that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale afterreplacing one or more tires or wheels on yourvehicle to ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow the TPMSto continue to function properly.

Additional information. Since the spare tire is not equipped with

the TPMS, the TPMS does not monitorthe tire pressure of the spare tire.

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tire pressure(for example a flat tire while driving).

. The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire isinflated to the recommended pressure,the vehicle must be driven at speedsabove 16MPH (25 km/h) to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningappears in the vehicle information dis-

play when the low tire pressure warninglight is illuminated and low tire pressureis detected. The CHECK TIRE PRES-SURE warning turns off when the lowtire pressure warning light turns off.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningdoes not appear if the tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate aTPMS malfunction.

. Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s opera-tion and the outside temperature. Do notreduce the tire pressure after drivingbecause the tire pressure rises afterdriving. Low outside temperature canlower the temperature of the air insidethe tire which can cause a lower tireinflation pressure. This may cause thelow tire pressure warning light to illumi-nate. If the warning light illuminates inlow ambient temperature, check the tirepressure for all four tires.

. You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on the centerdisplay. (See the INFINITI InTouchTM

Owner’s Manual.) The order of the tirepressure figures displayed on the screenmay not correspond with the actualorder of the tire position.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” (P.2-14) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-

3).

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates or LOW PRESSURE in-formation is displayed on the monitorscreen while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt brak-ing, reduce vehicle speed, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop thevehicle as soon as possible. Drivingwith under-inflated tires may perma-nently damage the tires and increasethe likelihood of tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur and maylead to an accident and could result inserious personal injury. Check the tirepressure for all four tires. Adjust thetire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label toturn the low tire pressure warninglight OFF. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat or theTPMS may be malfunctioning. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a sparetire as soon as possible. If no tire isflat and all tires are properly inflated,it is recommended you consult anINFINITI retailer.

. Since the spare tire is not equippedwith the TPMS, when a spare tire ismounted or a wheel is replaced, theTPMS will not function and the lowtire pressure warning light will flashfor approximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute. Haveyour tires replaced and/or TPMSsystem reset as soon as possible. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for these services.


. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CAUTION

. The TPMS may not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buried insnow.

. Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on thewindows. This may cause poor recep-tion of the signals from the tire

pressure sensors, and the TPMS willnot function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation of theTPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate. Some examplesare:

. Facilities or electric devices using similarradio frequencies are near the vehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequenciesis being used in or near the vehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) or aDC/AC converter is being used in or nearthe vehicle.

Low tire pressure warning light may illumi-nate in the following cases.

. If the vehicle is equipped with a wheeland tire without TPMS.

. If the TPMS has been replaced and the IDhas not been registered.

. If the wheel is not originally specified byINFINITI.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interference

received, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

NOTE:


For Canada:


AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or suddensteering maneuvers, because these drivingpractices could cause you to lose control of



your vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss ofcontrol could result in a collision with othervehicles or objects, or cause the vehicle torollover, particularly if the loss of controlcauses the vehicle to slide sideways. Beattentive at all times, and avoid driving whentired. Never drive when under the influenceof alcohol or drugs (including prescription orover-the-counter drugs which may causedrowsiness). Always wear your seat belt asoutlined in the “Seat belts” (P.1-10) and alsoinstruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing a seatbelt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYIf driving the right side or left side wheelsmay unintentionally leave the road surface.Maintain control of the vehicle by followingthe procedure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. The vehiclemust be driven as appropriate based on theconditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold

a straight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while thevehicle speed is reduced. Do not attemptto drive the vehicle back onto the roadsurface until vehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tires returnto the road surface. When all tires are onthe road surface, steer the vehicle to stayin the appropriate driving lane.. If you decide that it is not safe to

return the vehicle to the road surfacebased on vehicle, road or trafficconditions, gradually slow the vehicleto a stop in a safe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damageddue to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid airpressure loss can also be caused by drivingon under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect thehandling and stability of the vehicle, espe-cially at highway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure and

visually inspect the tires for wear anddamage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-30).

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out” while driving maintain control of thevehicle by following the procedure below.Please note that this procedure is only ageneral guide. The vehicle must be driven asappropriate based on the conditions of thevehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pressure.Losing control of the vehicle may cause acollision and result in personal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves or pullsin the direction of the flat tire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steeringwheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to holda straight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safelocation off the road and away fromtraffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-ally stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andeither contact a roadside emergencyservice to change the tire or see “Chan-ging a flat tire” (P.6-4).

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGSAND DRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstreamreduces coordination, delays reactiontime and impairs judgement. Drivingafter drinking alcohol increases the like-lihood of being involved in an accidentinjuring yourself and others. Addition-ally, if you are injured in an accident,alcohol can increase the severity of theinjury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving. How-

ever, you must choose not to drive under theinfluence of alcohol. Every year thousands ofpeople are injured or killed in alcohol-relatedaccidents. Although the local laws vary onwhat is considered to be legally intoxicated,the fact is that alcohol affects all peopledifferently and most people underestimatethe effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!And that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegal drugs).Don’t drive if your ability to operate yourvehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or someother physical condition.

INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEELDRIVE (AWD) DRIVING SAFETYPRECAUTIONS (AWD models)

WARNING

. Do not drive beyond the performancecapability of the tires, even withIntelligent AWD engaged. Accelerat-ing quickly, sharp steering maneuversor sudden braking may cause loss ofcontrol.

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread pattern

on all four wheels. Install tire chainson the rear wheels when driving onslippery roads and drive carefully.

. This vehicle is not designed for off-road (rough road) use. Do not driveon sandy or muddy roads that tiresmay get stuck in.

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany D (Drive) or R (Reverse) positionwith the engine running. Doing somay result in drivetrain damage orunexpected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer, (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equip-ment even if the other twowheels areraised off the ground. Make sure youinform test facility personnel thatyour vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment mayresult in drivetrain damage or unex-pected vehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damage orpersonal injury.



. When a wheel is off the ground dueto an unlevel surface, do not spin thewheel excessively.

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle except inan emergency. (The engine will stopwhen the ignition switch is pushed 3consecutive times or the ignition switchis pushed and held for more than 2seconds.) If the engine stops while thevehicle is being driven, this could lead toa crash and serious injury.

Before operating the push-button ignitionswitch, be sure to move the shift lever to theP (Park) position.

SSD0659

OPERATING RANGE FOR EN-GINE START FUNCTIONThe Intelligent Key can only be used forstarting the engine when the Intelligent Keyis within the specified operating range.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are pre-sent near the operating location, the Intelli-gent Key system’s operating range becomesnarrower and may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even some-one who does not carry the Intelligent Key,to push the ignition switch to start theengine.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

. The trunk area is not included in theoperating range but the Intelligent Keymay function.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed on theinstrument panel, rear parcel shelf, insidethe glove box or door pocket, theIntelligent Key may not function.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed near thedoor or window outside the vehicle, theIntelligent Key may function.

SSD1021

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITIONSWITCH OPERATIONWhen the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch position will change as follows:

. Push center once to change to ACC.

. Push center two times to change to ON.

. Push center three times to change toOFF. (No position illuminates.)

. Push center four times to return to ACC.

. Open or close any door to return toLOCK during the OFF position.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannot beturned from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for operationare displayed on the vehicle informationdisplay between the speedometer and tach-ometer. (See “Vehicle information display”(P.2-20).)

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch position cannot be switchedto LOCK until the shift lever is moved to theP (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be pushedtoward the LOCK position, proceed asfollows:

1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition. The ignition switch positionindicator will not illuminate.

3. Open the door. The ignition switch willchange to the LOCK position.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is in theON position and the brake pedal is de-pressed.

STEERING LOCK (if so equipped)In order for the steering wheel to be locked,it must be turned about 1/8 of a right or leftturn from the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position. To unlock the



steering wheel, push the ignition switch. Ifthe steering lock release malfunction indi-cator appears on the vehicle informationdisplay, push the push-button ignitionswitch again while lightly turning the steer-ing wheel right and left. (See “Vehicleinformation display” (P.2-20).)

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITIONSWITCH POSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position)The ignition switch can only be locked in thisposition.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when itis pushed to the ACC position while carryingthe Intelligent Key.

ACC (Accessories)This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio, when the engine is notrunning.

ACC has a battery saver feature that willturn the ignition switch to the OFF positionafter a period of time under the followingconditions:

. all doors are closed.

. shift lever is in P (Park).

The battery saver feature will be cancelled ifany of the following occur:

. any door is opened.

. shift lever is moved out of P (Park).

. ignition switch changes position.

ON (Normal operating position)This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

ON has a battery saver feature that will turnthe ignition switch to the OFF position, if thevehicle is not running, after some time underthe following conditions:

. all doors are closed.

. shift lever is in P (Park).

The battery saver feature will be cancelled ifany of the following occur:

. any door is opened.

. shift lever is moved out of the P (Park)position.

. ignition switch changes position.

OFFThe engine can be turned off in this position.

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch cannot be switched to theLOCK position until the shift lever is movedto the P (Park) position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the push-button ignition switch in ACC or ONpositions when the engine is not runningfor an extended period. This can dis-charge the battery.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch 3 consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

SSD0860

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGEIf the battery of the Intelligent Key isdischarged, or environmental conditions in-terfere with the Intelligent Key operation,start the engine according to the followingprocedure:


2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with theIntelligent Key as illustrated. (A chimewill sound.)

4. Push the ignition switchwhile depressing

the brake pedal within 10 seconds afterthe chime sounds. The engine will start.

After step 3 is performed, when the ignitionswitch is pushed without depressing thebrake pedal, the ignition switch position willchange to ACC.

NOTE:. When the ignition switch is pushed to

the ACC or ON position or the engine isstarted by the above procedures, theIntelligent Key battery discharge indi-cator appears on the vehicle informationdisplay even if the Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle. This is not a malfunc-tion. To turn off the Intelligent Keybattery discharge indicator, touch theignition switch with the Intelligent Keyagain.

. If the Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicator appears, replace the battery assoon as possible. (See “Intelligent Keybattery replacement” (P.8-25).)

. Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake fluid and window washerfluid as frequently as possible, or at leastwhenever you refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights areclean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat and adjust head restraints.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengersto do likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position. (See “Warning lights, in-dicator lights and audible reminders”(P.2-10).)


BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE


1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed not to operateunless the shift lever is in either of theabove positions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition. Firmly depress the brake pedaland push the ignition switch to start theengine.

To start the engine immediately, pushand release the ignition switch whiledepressing the brake pedal with theignition switch in any position.. If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the accelerator ped-al a little (approximately 1/3 to thefloor) and while holding, crank theengine. Release the accelerator pedalwhen the engine starts.

. If the engine is very hard to startbecause it is flooded, depress theaccelerator pedal all the way to thefloor and hold it. Push the ignitionswitch to the ON position to startcranking the engine. After 5 or 6seconds, stop cranking by pushingthe ignition switch to OFF. Aftercranking the engine, release the accel-erator pedal. Crank the engine with

your foot off the accelerator pedal bydepressing the brake pedal and push-ing the push-button ignition switch tostart the engine. If the engine starts,but fails to run, repeat the aboveprocedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine doesnot start, push the ignition switch toOFF and wait 10 seconds before crank-ing again, otherwise the starter could bedamaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running for aminimum of 2 - 3 minutes before shut-ting it off. Starting and stopping theengine over a short period of time maymake the vehicle more difficult to start.

When racing the engine up to 4,000 rpm(VK56VD engine) or 4,500 rpm(VQ37VHR engine) or more under noload condition, the engine will enter the

fuel cut mode.

5. To stop the engine, shift the shift lever tothe P (Park) position and push theignition switch to the OFF position.

In preparation for the next engine start,the engine may have a slightly delayedshutoff after pushing the ignition switchto the OFF position, depending on thedriving conditions (VK56VD enginemod-els).

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

STARTING THE ENGINE

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONThe automatic transmission in your vehicle iselectronically controlled by a transmissioncontrol module to produce maximum effi-ciency and smooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are therecommended operating procedures for thistransmission. Follow these procedures formaximum vehicle performance and drivingenjoyment.

Starting the vehicleAfter starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal and push the shift leverbutton before shifting the shift lever to the R(Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) or Manualshift mode position. Be sure the vehicle isfully stopped before attempting to shift theshift lever.

This automatic transmission model is de-signed so that the foot brake pedal must bedepressed before shifting from P (Park) toany drive position while the ignition switchposition is ON.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P(Park) position and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition switch ispushed to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andpush the shift lever button to shift into a

driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and footbrake, then gradually start the vehicle inmotion.

WARNING

. Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N(Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) ormanual shift mode. Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting iscompleted. Failure to do so couldcause you to lose control and havean accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

. Never shift to either P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle isreversing. This could cause an acci-dent or damage the transmission.

. Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

CAUTION

. Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position whiledriving. Coasting with the transmis-sion in the N (Neutral) position maycause serious damage to the trans-mission.

. To avoid possible damage to yourvehicle; when stopping the vehicle onan uphill grade, do not hold thevehicle by depressing the acceleratorpedal. The foot brake should be usedfor this purpose.


DRIVING THE VEHICLE


SSD0973

Shift lever

To move the shift lever,

: Push the button while depressing thebrake pedal,

: Push the button,

: Just move the shift lever.

ShiftingAfter starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the shift lever from P(Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive)or Manual shift mode position.

Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R(Reverse). All other positions can be selectedwithout pushing the button.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the shift leveris in any position while the engine is notrunning. Failure to do so could cause thevehicle to move unexpectedly or rollaway and result in serious personalinjury or property damage.

CAUTION

Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped and the transmission is in theP (Park) position.

P (Park) position:

Use this position when the vehicle is parkedor when starting the engine. Make sure thevehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed and the shift leverbutton pushed in to move the shift leverfrom the N (Neutral) position or any driveposition to the P (Park) position. Apply theparking brake. When parking on a hill, applythe parking brake first, then move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position.

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always be surethe vehicle is completely stopped beforeselecting the R (Reverse) position. The brakepedal must be depressed and the shift leverbutton pushed in to move the shift leverfrom the P (Park) position, the N (Neutral)position or any drive position to the R(Reverse) position.

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position.Youmay shift to the N (Neutral) position andrestart a stalled engine while the vehicle ismoving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

SSD1099

Paddle shifters (if so equipped)

Manual shift modeWhen the shift lever is in the manual shiftgate, the transmission is ready for themanual shift mode. Shift ranges can beselected manually by moving the shift leverup or down, or pulling the right-side or left-side paddle shifter (if so equipped).

When shifting up, move the shift lever to the+ (up) side or pull the right-side paddleshifter (+) (if so equipped). The transmis-sion shifts to the higher range.

When shifting down, move the shift lever tothe − (down) side or pull the left-side paddleshifter (−) (if so equipped). The transmis-

sion shifts to the lower range.

When canceling the manual shift mode,return the shift lever to the D (Drive)position. The transmission returns to thenormal driving mode.

When you pull the paddle shifter while in theD (Drive) position, the transmission will shiftto the upper or lower range temporarily. Thetransmission will automatically return to theD (Drive) position after a short period oftime. If you want to return to the D (Drive)position manually, pull and hold the paddleshifter for about 1.5 seconds.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed on the position indicator in themeter.

Shift ranges up or down one by one asfollows:

M1?/

M2?/

M3?/

M4?/

M5?/

M6?/

M7

M7 (7th):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving at highway speeds.M6 (6th) and M5 (5th):

Use these positions when driving up longslopes, or for engine braking when drivingdown long slopes.

M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd):

Use these positions for hill climbing or enginebraking on downhill grades.M1 (1st):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep snow,or for maximum engine braking on steepdownhill grades.

. Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time in lower than7th gear. This reduces fuel economy.

. Moving the shift lever rapidly to the sameside twice will shift the ranges in succes-sion.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selected gearor may automatically shift to the othergear. This helps maintain driving per-formance and reduces the chance ofvehicle damage or loss of control.

. When the transmission does not shift tothe selected gear, the Automatic Trans-mission (AT) position indicator light (onthe vehicle information display) willblink and the buzzer will sound.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion automatically shifts down to 1stgear before the vehicle comes to a stop.When accelerating again, it is necessaryto shift up to the desired range.



Accelerator downshift — In D (Drive)position —For passing or hill climbing, fully depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into the lower gear,depending on the vehicle speed.

Fail-safeWhen the fail-safe operation occurs, notethat the transmission will be locked in any ofthe forward gears according to the condi-tion.

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel spinningand subsequent hard braking, the fail-safesystem may be activated. This will occureven if all electrical circuits are functioningproperly. In this case, push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position and wait for 3seconds. Then push the ignition switch backto the ON position. The vehicle shouldreturn to its normal operating condition. Ifit does not return to its normal operatingcondition, have the transmission checkedand repaired, if necessary. It is recom-mended you visit a an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

SSD0974

Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged,the shift lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the shift lever button pushed.

To move the shift lever, perform the follow-ing procedure:

1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the shift lock cover using asuitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock as illustrated.

5. Push the shift lever button and movethe shift lever to N (Neutral) positionwhile holding down the shift lock.

Push the ignition switch to the ON positionto unlock the steering wheel (if so equipped).Now the vehicle may be moved to thedesired location.

For models with a steering wheel lockmechanism: If the battery is dischargedcompletely, the steering wheel cannot beunlocked. Do not move the vehicle with thesteering wheel locked.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),have the automatic transmission systemchecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

Adaptive Shift Control (ASC)The adaptive shift control system automati-cally operates when the transmission is inthe "D" (drive) position and selects anappropriate gear depending on the roadconditions such as uphill, downhill or curvingroads.

Control on uphill and curving roads:

A low gear is maintained that suits thedegree of the slope or curve to allow smoothdriving with a small number of shifts.

Control on downhill roads:

The adaptive shift control system shifts to alow gear that suits the degree of the slope,and uses the engine braking to reduce thenumber of times that the brake must beused.

Control on winding roads:

A low gear is maintained on continuouscurves that involve repeated accelerationand deceleration, so that smooth accelera-tion is available instantly when the accel-erator pedal is depressed.

NOTE:. Adaptive shift control may not operate

when the transmission oil temperatureis low immediately after the start ofdriving or when it is very hot.

. During some driving situations, hardbraking for example, the adaptive shiftcontrol may automatically operate. Thetransmission may automatically shift toa lower gear for engine braking. Thisincreases engine speed but not vehiclespeed. Vehicle speed is controlled by theaccelerator pedal when the vehicle is inthe Adaptive shift control mode.

. When the adaptive shift control oper-ates, the transmission sometimes main-tains a lower gear for a longer period oftime than when adaptive shift control is

not operating. Engine speed will behigher for a specific vehicle speed whileASC system is operating than when ASCis not operating.

WARNING

. Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure to doso can cause brake failure and lead toan accident.

. Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

. Do not use the shift lever in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fully en-gaged.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do notleave children, people who require theassistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.


PARKING BRAKE


SPA2331

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake .

2. Depress the parking brake pedal andthe parking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brakewarninglight goes out.

SSD1024

INFINITI Drive Mode Selector

Four driving modes can be selected by usingthe INFINITI Drive Mode Selector, STAN-DARD, SPORT, ECO and SNOW.

NOTE:. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector

selects a mode, the mode may notswitch quickly. This is not a malfunction.

. Select the STANDARD mode for normaldriving.

STANDARD MODERecommended for normal driving. Turn theINFINITI Drive Mode Selector to theposition. “STANDARD” appears in the vehi-cle information display for 2 seconds.

SPORT MODEAdjusts the engine and transmission pointsto enhance performance. If the vehicle isequipped with the active trace controlsystem, the amount of brake control pro-vided by active trace control is reduced. (See“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”(P.5-123).) Turn the INFINITI Drive ModeSelector to the SPORT position. “SPORT”appears in the vehicle information display for2 seconds.

NOTE:

In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may bereduced.

SNOW MODEUsed on snowy roads or slippery areas.When the SNOW mode is activated, engineoutput is controlled to avoid wheel spin.Turn the SNOWmode off for normal driving.Turn the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector tothe SNOW position. “SNOW” appears in thevehicle information display for 2 seconds.

INFINITI DRIVEMODESELECTOR

ECO MODEAdjusts engine and transmission points toenhance fuel economy.

NOTE:

Selecting this drive mode will not necessa-rily improve fuel economy as many drivingfactors influence its effectiveness.

OperationTurn the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector tothe ECO position. “ECO” appears in thevehicle information display for 2 secondsand the ECO drive indicator light illuminateson the instrument panel.

When the accelerator pedal is depressedwithin the range of economy drive, the ECOdrive indicator light illuminates in green.When the accelerator pedal is depressedabove the range of economy drive, the colorof the ECO drive indicator light changes toorange. For ECO pedal system equippedmodels see “ECO pedal system” (P.5-21).

The ECO drive indicator light will notilluminate in the following cases:

. When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

. When the vehicle speed is below 3 MPH(4.8 km/h) or over 90 MPH (144 km/h).

. When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system (if so equipped) is operated.

ECO pedal system (if so equipped)Helps assist the driver to improve fueleconomy by increasing the reaction forceof the accelerator pedal. When the ECOdrive indicator light is blinking or turnsorange, the ECO pedal system increasesthe reaction force of the accelerator pedal.

JVS1080X

When the ECO drive indicator illuminates ingreen, the accelerator reaction force isnormal. When the ECO drive indicator lightis blinking or turns orange, the ECO pedalsystem increases the reaction force of theaccelerator pedal.

The ECO pedal system may not vary accel-erator reaction force under the followingconditions:

. When the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)or R (Reverse) position.

. When Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) isbeing operated.

If the ECO pedal system malfunctions, it willcancel automatically. The ECO pedal systemwill not vary the reaction force of the



accelerator pedal.

When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector isrotated from the ECO mode to anothermode (STANDARD, SPORT or SNOW)whilethe ECO pedal system is operating, the ECOpedal system continues to operate until thepedal is released.

If the accelerator pedal is depressed quickly,the ECO pedal system will not increase thereaction force of the acceleration pedal. TheECO pedal system is not designed to preventthe vehicle from accelerating.

Adjusting the ECO pedal system reactionforce:

The ECO pedal system reaction force can beadjusted. The reaction force setting will bemaintained until the setting is changed evenif the engine is turned off.

JVS1081X

Setting ECO pedal reaction force:

1. Push the SETTING button .

2. Touch [Drive Mode Enhancement].

3. Touch [ECO Pedal].

4. To set the reaction force of the ECOpedal system, touch [Standard] or [Soft].

5. To turn off the ECO pedal system, touch[OFF].

When the ECO pedal system is turned off,the accelerator will operate normally.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the LDWand LDP systems could result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

. The LDW and LDP systems will notsteer the vehicle or prevent loss ofcontrol. It is the driver’s responsibilityto stay alert, drive safely, keep thevehicle in the traveling lane, and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

. The LDP system may activate if youchange lanes without first activatingyour turn signal or, for example, if aconstruction zone directs traffic tocross an existing lane marker. If thisoccurs, you may need to apply cor-rective steering to complete your lanechange.

. Because the LDP system may notactivate under the road, weather,and lane marker conditions describedin this section, it may not activateevery time your vehicle begins toleave its lane and you will need toapply corrective steering.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING(LDW)/LANE DEPARTUREPREVENTION (LDP) (if so equipped)

. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system

— warns the driver with a warning lightand chime that the vehicle is begin-ning to leave the driving lane.

. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system

— warns the driver with a warning lightand chime, and helps assist the driverto return the vehicle to the center ofthe traveling lane by applying thebrakes to the left or right wheelsindividually (for a short period oftime).

JVS0691X

The LDW and LDP systems use a camerainstalled behind the windshield to monitorthe lane markers of your traveling lane.



JVS1105X

LDP ON indicator light/LDW indicatorlight (on the instrument panel)

Warning systems switch

Dynamic driver assistance switch

Center multi-function control panel

LDW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe LDW system operates above approxi-mately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and when thelane markings are clear.

If the vehicle approaches either the left orright side of the traveling lane, the LDWindicator light (orange) on the instrumentpanel will flash and a warning chime willsound.

NOTE:

The LDW system is not designed to warnwhen you operate the lane change signaland change traveling lanes in the directionof the signal. (The LDW system will becomeoperable again approximately 2 secondsafter the lane change signal is turned off.)

JVS0694X


Warning systems ON indicator light

TURNING THELDWSYSTEMON/OFFThe warning systems switch is used toturn on and off the LDW system when it isactivated using the settings menu on thecenter display. See “How to enable/disablethe LDW system” (P.5-26). When the warn-ing systems switch is turned off, thewarning systems ON indicator light onthe switch is off.

The warning systems switch will turn onand off the LDW and Blind Spot Warning(BSW) systems at the same time.



JVS1081X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THELDW SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the LDW system.


2. Touch [Driver Assistance].

3. Touch [Lane Assist].

4. Touch [Lane Departure Warning] to turnthe system ON/OFF.

LDP SYSTEM OPERATIONThe LDP system operates above approxi-mately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and when thelane markings are clear.

If the vehicle approaches either the left orright side of the traveling lane, the LDWindicator light (orange) on the instrumentpanel will flash and a warning chime willsound. Then, the LDP system will automa-tically apply the brakes for a short period oftime to help assist the driver to return thevehicle to the center of the traveling lane.

NOTE:. The LDP system is not designed to work

when you operate the lane change signaland change traveling lanes in the direc-tion of the signal. (The LDP system willbecome operable again approximately 2seconds after the lane change signal isturned off.)

. The LDP braking assist will not operateor will stop operating and only a warn-ing chime will sound under the followingconditions.— When the brake pedal is depressed.— When the steering wheel is turned as

far as necessary for the vehicle tochange lanes.

— When the accelerator pedal is de-pressed while brake control assist is

provided.— When the ICC, DCA, BSI, BSW,

PFCW or FEB warnings sound.— When the hazard warning flashers

are operated.— When driving on a curve at a high

speed.. While the LDP system is operating, you

may hear a sound of brake operation.This is normal and indicates that theLDP system is operating properly.

JVS1106X

LDP ON indicator light (green) (on theinstrument panel)



TURNING THE LDP SYSTEM ON/OFFTo turn on the LDP system, push thedynamic driver assistance switch on thesteering wheel after starting the engine. TheLDP ON indicator light (green) on theinstrument panel will illuminate. Push thedynamic driver assistance switch again toturn off the LDP system. The LDP ONindicator light (green) will turn off.

The dynamic driver assistance switch isused for the LDP, Blind Spot Intervention(BSI) and Distance Control Assist (DCA)systems.

When the dynamic driver assistance switchis pushed, the BSI and DCA systems will

also turn on or off simultaneously. The LDPsystem can be individually set to on or off onthe center display and using the centermulti-function control panel .

If the system is set to off, the systemwill notturn on even if the dynamic driver assistanceswitch is pushed to on. To set the systemto on or off on the center display, see “Howto enable/disable the LDP system” (P.5-28).



JVS1081X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THELDP SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the LDP system.



3. Touch [Lane Assist].

4. Touch [Lane Departure Prevention] toturn the system ON/OFF.

LDW/LDP SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the LDWand LDP systems. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordance withthese system limitations could result inserious injury or death.

. The systemwill not operate at speedsbelow 45 MPH (70 km/h) or if itcannot detect lane markers.

. The LDP system is primarily intendedfor use on well-developed freewaysor highways. It may not detect thelane markers in certain roads, weath-er or driving conditions.

. Do not use the LDP system under thefollowing conditions as it may notfunction properly:

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.).

— When driving on slippery roads,such as on ice or snow, etc.

— When driving on winding or un-even roads.

— When there is a lane closure dueto road repairs.

— When driving in a makeshift ortemporary lane.

— When driving on roads where thelane width is too narrow.

— When driving without normal tireconditions (for example, tire wear,low tire pressure, installation ofspare tire, tire chains, non-stan-dard wheels).

— When the vehicle is equippedwithnon-original brake parts or sus-pension parts.

. The camera may not detect lanemarkers in the following situationsand the LDW and LDP systems maynot operate properly.

— On roads where there are multi-ple parallel lane markers, lanemarkers that are faded or notpainted clearly, yellow paintedlane markers, non-standard lanemarkers, or lane markers coveredwith water, dirt, snow, etc.

— On roads where the discontinuedlane markers are still detectable.

— On roads where there are sharpcurves.

— On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as sha-

dows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams or lines remaining afterroad repairs. (The LDW and LDPsystems could detect these itemsas lane markers.)

— On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

— When the vehicle’s traveling di-rection does not align with thelane marker.

— When traveling close to the ve-hicle in front of you, which ob-structs the lane camera unitdetection range.

— When rain, snow or dirt adheresto the windshield in front of thelane camera unit.

— When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lens orif the aiming is not adjustedproperly.

— When strong light enters the lanecamera unit. (For example, thelight directly shines on the frontof the vehicle at sunrise or sun-set.)

— When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example, whenthe vehicle enters or exits a tunnel

or under a bridge.)

. Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.



JVS0693X

LDP ON indicator light (green) (on theinstrument panel)



SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-VAILABLECondition A:

Under the following conditions, a beep willsound and the LDP system will be canceledautomatically. The LDP ON indicator light(green) will blink, and the LDP systemcannot be activated:

. When the VDC system (except TCSfunction) or ABS operates.

. When the VDC system is turned off.

. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOW mode.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,turn off the LDP system. Push the dynamicdriver assistance switch again to turn theLDP system back on.

Condition B:

LDW system: If the vehicle is parked in directsunlight under high temperature conditions(over approximately 104°F (40°C)) and thenthe LDW system is turned on, the LDWsystem may be deactivated automatically,and the warning systems ON indicator lighton the switch will blink.

LDP system: If the vehicle is parked in directsunlight under high temperature conditions(over approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then

the LDP system is turned on, the LDPsystem will be turned off automatically, abeep will sound and the LDP ON indicatorlight (green) will blink.

The LDW and LDP systems are not availableuntil the conditions no longer exist.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the LDW system will resume automatically.

For the LDP system, push the dynamic driverassistance switch again to turn the LDPsystem back on.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONLDW system: When the LDW system mal-functions, it will cancel automatically, andthe LDW indicator light (orange) will illumi-nate.

LDP system: When the LDP system mal-functions, it will be turned off automatically,a beep will sound, and the LDW indicatorlight (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn theengine off and restart the engine. If the LDWindicator light (orange) continues to illumi-nate, have the system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

JVS0691X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe lane camera unit for the LDW/LDPsystems is located above the inside mirror.

To keep the proper operation of the LDW/LDP systems and prevent a system mal-function, be sure to observe the following:

. Always keep the windshield clean.

. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the camera unit.

. Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instru-ment panel. The reflection of sunlightmay adversely affect the camera unit’scapability of detecting the lane markers.

. Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe camera unit. Do not touch thecamera lens or remove the screw locatedon the camera unit. It is recommendedyou contact an INFINITI retailer if thecamera unit is damaged due to anaccident.



WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the BSWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The BSW system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedure and isnot designed to prevent contact withvehicles or objects. When changinglanes, always use the side and rearmirrors and turn and look in thedirection your vehicle will move toensure it is safe to change lanes.Never rely solely on the BSW system.

. There is a limitation to the detectioncapability of the radar. Not everymoving object or vehicle will bedetected. Using the BSW systemunder some road, ground, lane mar-ker, traffic or weather conditionscould lead to improper system opera-tion. Always rely on your own opera-tion to avoid accidents.

The BSW system helps alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes when chan-ging lanes.

JVS0707X

The BSW system uses radar sensorsinstalled near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane.

SSD1030

Detection zone

The radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within the detec-tion zone shown as illustrated. This detec-tion zone starts from the outside mirror ofyour vehicle and extends approximately 10ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, andapproximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) (ifso equipped)

JVS1107X

Side indicator light

BSW system warning light



BSW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe BSW system operates above approxi-mately 20 MPH (32 km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side indicator lightilluminates.

If the turn signal is then activated, thesystem chimes (twice) and the side indicatorlight flashes. The side indicator light con-tinues to flash until the detected vehicleleaves the detection zone.

NOTE:. The side indicator light illuminates for a

few seconds when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

. The brightness of the side indicator lightis adjusted automatically depending onthe brightness of the ambient light.

. If a vehicle comes into the detection zoneafter the driver activates the turnsignal, then only the side indicator lightflashes and no chime sounds. For addi-tional information, refer to “BSW driv-ing situations” (P.5-36).



JVS0694X



TURNING THE BSWSYSTEMON/OFFThe warning systems switch is used toturn on and off the BSW system when it isactivated using the settings menu on thecenter display. See “How to enable/disablethe BSW system” (P.5-34). When the warn-ing systems switch is turned off, thewarning systems ON indicator light onthe switch is off.

The warning systems switch will turn onand off the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)and BSW systems at the same time.

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBSW SYSTEMThe BSW system can be turned off perma-nently using the center display.

JVS1081X

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the BSW system.



3. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].

4. Touch [Blind Spot Warning] to turn thesystem ON/OFF.

Setting the side indicator lightbrightnessThe brightness of the side indicator lightscan be changed using the following steps:

1. Push the SETTING button and touch[Driver Assistance].


3. Touch [+] or [-] in [Side Indicator Bright-ness] to select [Bright], [Standard] or[Dark].

When the brightness setting is changed, theside indicator lights illuminate for a fewseconds.

BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the BSW system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The BSW system cannot detect allvehicles under all conditions.

. The radar sensors may not be able todetect and activate BSW when cer-tain objects are present such as:

— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.

— Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high groundclearance vehicles.

— Oncoming vehicles.

— Vehicles remaining in the detec-tion zone when you accelerate

from a stop.

— A vehicle merging into an adja-cent lane at a speed approxi-mately the same as your vehicle.

— A vehicle approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

— A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

— A vehicle that passes through thedetection zone quickly.

. The radar sensor’s detection zone isdesigned based on a standard lanewidth. When driving in a wider lane,the radar sensors may not detectvehicles in an adjacent lane. Whendriving in a narrow lane, the radarsensors may detect vehicles drivingtwo lanes away.

. The radar sensors are designed toignore most stationary objects, how-ever objects such as guardrails, walls,foliage and parked vehicles may oc-casionally be detected. This is anormal operation condition.

. The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detectother vehicles:

— Severe weather



— Road spray

— Ice/frost/snow build-up on thevehicle

— Dirt build-up on the vehicle

. Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install acces-sories or apply additional paint nearthe radar sensors. These conditionsmay reduce the ability of the radar todetect other vehicles.

. Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume, open vehicle window)will interfere with the chime sound,and it may not be heard.

BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

JVS0737X

Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind

Another vehicle approaching frombehindIllustration 1: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom behind in an adjacent lane.

JVS0738X


Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turnsignal, then the system chimes (twice) andthe side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect vehi-

cles which are approaching rapidly frombehind.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when the othervehicle is detected.

JVS0739X

Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle

Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 3: The side indicator light illumi-nates if you overtake a vehicle and thatvehicle stays in the detection zone forapproximately 3 seconds.

The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passed quickly.

JVS0740X


Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detec-tion zone, then the system chimes (twice)and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:. When overtaking several vehicles in a

row, the vehicles after the first vehiclemay not be detected if they are travel-ing close together.

. The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passedquickly.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flash



but no chime will sound when the othervehicle is detected.

JVS0741X

Illustration 5 – Entering from the side

Entering from the sideIllustration 5: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom either side.

JVS0742X



NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect a

vehicle which is traveling at about thesame speed as your vehicle when itenters the detection zone.


JVS0710X

BSW system warning light (orange)

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-VAILABLEWhen radar blockage is detected, the systemwill be turned off automatically, a beep willsound and the BSW system warning light(orange) will blink. The system is notavailable until the conditions no longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog. The blockedcondition may also be caused by objectssuch as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radarsensors.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

If the BSW system warning light (orange)continues to blink, have the system checked.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.



SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONWhen the system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a beep will soundand the BSW system warning light (orange)will illuminate.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn theengine off and restart the engine.

If the BSW system warning light continuesto illuminate, have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service. JVS0480X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the BSWsystem are located near the rear bumper.Always keep the area near the radar sensorsclean.

The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused byobjects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructingthe radar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-

tional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around theradar sensors.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer if the area around the radar sensorsis damaged due to a collision.

Radio frequency statementThis device complies with part 15 of the FCCRules and RSS-310 of Industry Canada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference.

2. This device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz —24.25GHz

Field Strength: Not greater than 2.5V/mpeak (0.25V/m average) at a distance of 3m

The manufacturer is not responsible for anyradio or TV interference caused by un-authorized modifications to this equipment.Such modifications could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the BSIsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The BSI system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and isnot designed to prevent contact withvehicles or objects. When changinglanes, always use the side and rearmirrors and turn and look in thedirection your vehicle will move toensure it is safe to change lanes.Never rely solely on the BSI system.

. There is a limitation to the detectioncapability of the radar. Not everymoving object or vehicle will bedetected. Using the BSI system undersome road, ground, lane marker,traffic or weather conditions couldlead to improper system operation.Always rely on your own operation toavoid accidents.

The BSI system helps alert the driver of othervehicles in adjacent lanes when changinglanes, and helps assist the driver to returnthe vehicle to the center of the travelinglane.

JVS0734X

The BSI system uses radar sensorsinstalled near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane. In additionto the radar sensors, the BSI system uses acamera installed behind the windshield tomonitor the lane markers of your travelinglane.

SSD1030

Detection zone

The radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within the detec-tion zone shown as illustrated.

This detection zone starts from the outsidemirror of your vehicle and extends approxi-mately 10 ft (3 m) behind the rear bumper,and approximately 10 ft (3 m) sideways.


BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION®

(BSI) (if so equipped)


JVS1108X


BSI ON indicator light (green)/BSIsystem warning light (orange)



BSI SYSTEM OPERATIONThe BSI system operates above approxi-mately 37 MPH (60 km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side indicator lightilluminates.

If the turn signal is then activated, thesystem chimes (twice) and the side indicatorlight flashes. The side indicator light con-tinues to flash until the detected vehicleleaves the detection zone.

If the BSI system is ON and your vehicleapproaches a lane marker while anothervehicle is in the detection zone, the systemchimes (three times) and the side indicatorlight flashes. Then the BSI system slightlyapplies the brakes to help return the vehicleback to the center of the driving lane. TheBSI system operates regardless of turnsignal usage.

NOTE:. Warning and system application of the

brakes will only be activated if the sideindicator light is already illuminatedwhen your vehicle approaches a lanemarker. If another vehicle comes intothe detection zone after your vehicle hascrossed a lane marker, no warning orsystem application of the brakes will beactivated. (See “BSI driving situations”

(P.5-46).). The BSI system is typically activated

earlier than the Lane Departure Preven-tion (LDP) system when your vehicle isapproaching a lane marker.



JVS1109X

BSI ON indicator light (green)



TURNING THE BSI SYSTEM ON/OFFTo turn on the BSI system, push the dynamicdriver assistance switch on the steeringwheel after starting the engine. The BSI ONindicator light (green) on the instrumentalpanel will illuminate.

Push the dynamic driver assistance switchagain to turn off the BSI system. The BSI ONindicator light (green) will turn off.

The dynamic driver assistance switch isused for the BSI, Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) and Distance Control Assist (DCA)systems. When the dynamic driver assis-tance switch is pushed, the LDP and DCAsystems will also turn on or off simulta-neously. The BSI system can be individuallyset to on or off on the center display.

If the system is set to off, the systemwill notturn on even if the dynamic driver assistanceswitch is pushed to on. To set the systemto on or off on the center display, see “Howto enable/disable the BSI system” (P.5-45).

JVS1081X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBSI SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the BSI system.




4. Touch [Blind Spot Intervention] to turnthe system ON/OFF.

Setting the side indicator lightbrightnessThe brightness of the side indicator lightscan be changed using the following steps:

1. Push the SETTING button and touch[Driver Assistance].


3. Touch [+] or [-] in [Side Indicator Bright-ness] to select [Bright], [Standard] or[Dark].

When the brightness setting is changed, theside indicator lights illuminate for a fewseconds.

BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the BSI system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The BSI system cannot detect allvehicles under all conditions.

. The radar sensors may not be able todetect and activate BSI when certainobjects are present such as:

— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.

— Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high groundclearance vehicles.

— Vehicles remaining in the detec-tion zone when you acceleratefrom a stop.

— Oncoming vehicles.

— A vehicle merging into an adja-cent lane at a speed approxi-mately the same as your vehicle.

— A vehicle approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

— A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

— A vehicle that passes through thedetection zone quickly.

. The radar sensor’s detection zone isdesigned based on a standard lanewidth. When driving in a wider lane,the radar sensors may not detectvehicles in an adjacent lane. Whendriving in a narrow lane, the radarsensors may detect vehicles drivingtwo lanes away.

. The radar sensors are designed toignore most stationary objects, how-ever objects such as guardrails, walls,foliage and parked vehicles may oc-casionally be detected. This is anormal operation condition.

. The camera may not detect lanemarkers in the following situations



and the BSI system may not operateproperly.

— On roads where there are multi-ple parallel lane markers; lanemarkers that are faded or notpainted clearly; yellow paintedlane markers; non-standard lanemarkers; lane markers coveredwith water, dirt, snow, etc.

— On roads where discontinued lanemarkers are still detectable.

— On roads where there are sharpcurves.

— On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as sha-dows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams or lines remaining afterroad repairs.

— On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

— When the vehicle’s traveling di-rection does not align with thelane markers.

— When traveling close to the ve-hicle in front of you, which ob-structs the lane camera unitdetection range.

— When rain, snow or dirt adheresto the windshield in front of a lane

camera unit.

— When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lens orif aiming is not adjusted properly.

— When strong light enters a lanecamera unit. (For example: lightdirectly shines on the front of thevehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

— When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example: whenthe vehicle enters or exits a tunnelor under a bridge.)

. Do not use the BSI system under thefollowing conditions because the sys-tem may not function properly.

— During bad weather. (For exam-ple: rain, fog, snow, etc.)

— When driving on slippery roads,such as on ice or snow, etc.

— When driving on winding or un-even roads.

— When there is a lane closure dueto road repairs.

— When driving in a makeshift ortemporary lane.

— When driving on roads where thelane width is too narrow.

— When driving with a tire that isnot within normal tire conditions(for example, tire wear, low tirepressure, installation of spare tire,tire chains, non-standard wheels).



BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

JVS0737X


Another vehicle approaching frombehindIllustration 1: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom behind in an adjacent lane.

JVS0738X



JVS0760X


Illustration 3: If the BSI system is on and yourvehicle approaches a lane marker whileanother vehicle is in the detection zone, thesystem chimes (three times) and the sideindicator light flashes. Then the BSI systemslightly applies the brakes to help return thevehicle back to the center of the driving lane.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect vehi-

cles which are approaching rapidly frombehind.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when the other



vehicle is detected.

JVS0739X


Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 4: The side indicator light illumi-nates if you overtake a vehicle and thatvehicle stays in the detection zone forapproximately 3 seconds.

JVS0740X


Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detec-tion zone, then the system chimes (twice)and the side indicator light flashes.

JVS0761X


Illustration 6: If the BSI system is on and yourvehicle approaches a lane marker whileanother vehicle is in the detection zone, thesystem chimes (three times) and the sideindicator light flashes. Then, the BSI systemslightly applies the brakes on the appropriateside to help return the vehicle back to thecenter of the driving lane.

NOTE:. When overtaking several vehicles in a

row, the vehicles after the first vehiclemay not be detected if they are travel-ing close together.

. The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passed

quickly.. If the driver activates the turn signal

before a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when the othervehicle is detected.

JVS0741X


Entering from the sideIllustration 7: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom either side.

NOTE:

The radar sensors may not detect a vehiclewhich is traveling at about the same speedas your vehicle when it enters the detectionzone.



JVS0742X


Illustration 8: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detec-tion zone, then the side indicator lightflashes and a chime will sound twice.

NOTE:

If the driver activates the turn signal beforea vehicle enters the detection zone, the sideindicator light will flash but no chime willsound when another vehicle is detected.

JVS0761X


Illustration 9: If the BSI system is on and yourvehicle approaches the lane marker whileanother vehicle is in the detection zone, thesystem chimes (three times) and the sideindicator light flashes. Then, the BSI systemslightly applies the brakes on the appropriateside to help return the vehicle back to thecenter of the driving lane.

JVS0742X


Illustration 10: The BSI system will notoperate if your vehicle is on a lane markerwhen another vehicle enters the detectionzone. In this case only the BSW systemoperates.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect a

vehicle which is traveling at about thesame speed as your vehicle when itenters the detection zone.


. BSI braking will not operate or will stopoperating and only a warning chime willsound under the following conditions.— When the brake pedal is depressed.— When the vehicle is accelerated dur-

ing BSI system operation.— When steering quickly— When the ICC, DCA, PFCW or FEB

warnings sound.— When the hazard warning flashers

are operated.— When driving on a curve at a high

speed.



JVS0710X

BSI ON indicator light (green)/BSIsystem warning light (orange)

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-VAILABLE. Under the following conditions, a chime

will sound, the BSI ON indicator light(green) will blink and the BSI systemwill be turned off automatically. The BSIsystem will not be available until theconditions no longer exist.

— When the VDC system (except TCSfunction) or ABS operates.

— When the VDC system is turned off.

— When the INFINITI Drive Mode Se-lector is turned to the SNOW mode.

Action to take:

Turn off the BSI system and turn it on againwhen the above conditions no longer exist.

. Under the following conditions, the BSIsystemwill be turned off automatically, achime will sound and the BSI systemwarning light (orange) will blink. TheBSI system is not available until theconditions no longer exist.

— When the camera detects that theinterior temperature is high (overapproximately 104°F (40°C)).

— When radar blockage is detected.

The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog. The blockedcondition may also be caused by objects

such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radarsensors.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,turn the BSI system off and turn it on again.If the BSI system warning light (orange)continues to blink even after the BSI systemis turned on again, stop the vehicle in a safelocation, place the shift lever in the P (Park)position and turn the engine off. Check forand remove objects obscuring the radarsensors on the rear bumper, and restart theengine.

If the BSI system warning light (orange)continues to blink, have the BSI systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONWhen the BSI system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime will soundand the BSI system warning light (orange)will illuminate.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place theshift lever in the P (Park) position, turn theengine off and restart the engine.

If the warning light (orange) continues toilluminate, have the BSI system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

JVS0476X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the BSI systemare located near the rear bumper. Alwayskeep the area near the radar sensors clean.




Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-tional paint near the radar sensors.



The lane camera unit for BSI system islocated above the inside mirror. To keep theproper operation of BSI and prevent asystem malfunction, be sure to observe thefollowing:

. Always keep the windshield clean.

. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the camera unit.

. Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instru-ment panel. The reflection of sunlightmay adversely affect the camera unit’scapability of detecting the lane markers.

. Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe camera unit. Do not touch thecamera lens or remove the screw locatedon the camera unit. It is recommendedyou contact an INFINITI retailer if thecamera unit is damaged due to anaccident.










WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the BCIsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The BCI system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedure, is notdesigned to prevent contact withvehicles or objects and does notprovide full brake power.When back-ing out of parking spaces, always usethe inside and rear mirrors and turnand look in the direction you willmove. Never rely solely on the BCIsystem.

. There is a limitation to the detectioncapability of the radar or the sonar.Using the BCI system under someroad, ground, traffic or weather con-ditions could lead to improper systemoperation. Always rely on your ownoperation to avoid accidents.

The BCI system can help alert the driver ofan approaching vehicle or objects behind thevehicle when the driver is backing out of aparking space.

JVS0735X

The BCI system uses radar sensorsinstalled on both sides near the rear bumperto detect an approaching vehicle and sonarsensors to detect objects in the rear.

BACK-UP COLLISIONINTERVENTION (BCI) (if so equipped)

JVS0173X

JVS0736X

The radar sensors detect an approachingvehicle from up to approximately 49 ft (15m) away. The sonar sensors detectstationary objects behind the vehicle up toapproximately 4.9 ft (1.5 m). Refer to theillustration for approximate zone coverageareas .



JVS1110X


BCI system indicator

BCI system key (on the center display)


JVS0173X

BCI SYSTEM OPERATIONWhen the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is less thanapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the BCIsystem operates.

If the radar detects a vehicle approachingfrom the side or the sonar detects closestationary objects behind the vehicle, thesystem gives visual and audible warnings. Ifthe driver does not apply the brakes, thesystem automatically applies the brake for amoment when the vehicle is moving back-wards. After the automatic brake applica-tion, the driver must depress the brake pedalto maintain brake pressure. If the driver’sfoot is on the accelerator pedal, the system

pushes the accelerator upward before ap-plying the brake. If you continue to accel-erate, the system will not engage the brake.

JVS0304X

Center display

JVS0197X

BCI ON indicator

When the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position, the indicator on the BCIsystem key illuminates on the display andthe BCI ON indicator appears in the vehicleinformation display.



SSD1028


JVS0307X

Center display

If the radar detects an approaching vehiclefrom the side, the system chimes (once), theside indicator light on the side the vehicle isapproaching from flashes and a yellowrectangular frame appears on the centerdisplay.

JVS0172X

Illustration 1

JVS0173X

Illustration 2

NOTE:. In the case of several vehicles approach-

ing in a row (illustration 1) or from theopposite direction (illustration 2), achime may not be sounded by the BCIsystem after the first vehicle passes thesensors.

. The sonar system chime indicating thereis an object behind the vehicle has ahigher priority than the BCI chimes(once) indicating an approaching vehi-cle. If the sonar system detects an objectbehind the vehicle and the BCI systemdetects an approaching vehicle at thesame time, the following indications areprovided:— The sonar system chime sounds— The side indicator light on the side of

the approaching vehicle flashes, and— A yellow rectangular frame appears

in the display.

JVS0307X

If an approaching vehicle or object behindthe vehicle is detected when your vehicle isbacking up, a red frame will appear on thedisplay and the system will chime threetimes. Then, the brakes will be appliedmomentarily. After the automatic brakeapplication, the driver must depress thebrake pedal to maintain brake pressure.

If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system moves the acceleratorpedal upward before the braking is applied.However, if you continue to accelerate, thesystem will not engage the brakes.

The BCI system does not operate if theobject is very close to the bumper.



JVS1111X

BCI system indicator

BCI system key (on the center display)

JVS0304X

Center display

JVS0182X

BCI OFF indicator

TURNING THE BCI SYSTEM ON/OFFThe BCI system automatically turns on everytime the engine is started.

The BCI system can be turned off tempora-rily by touching the BCI system key on thedisplay. The indicator on the BCI system keyturns off and the BCI OFF indicator appearson the vehicle information display.

When the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position again, the BCI system isturned on.

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBCI SYSTEMThe BCI system can be turned off perma-nently using the center display.

JVS1081X

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the BCI system.


2. Touch [Camera/Sonar].

3. Touch [Camera].

4. Touch [Back-up Collision Intervention]to turn the system ON/OFF.

When the BCI system is disabled by touching[Back-up Collision Intervention], the BCIsystem does not turn on automatically bythe following operations:

. When the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position

. When the engine is restarted



JVS0479X

BCI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the BCI system. Failure to operate

the vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. Always check your surroundings andturn to check what is behind youbefore backing up.

. The radar sensors detect approach-ing (moving) vehicles. The radar sen-sors cannot detect every object suchas:

— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals orchild operated toy vehicles

— A vehicle that passing at speedsgreater than approximately 15MPH (24 km/h)

. The radar sensors may not detectapproaching vehicles in certain situa-tions:

— Illustration a. When a vehicleparked next to you obstructs thebeam of the radar sensor.

— Illustration b. When the vehicle isparked in an angled parking space.

— Illustration c. When the vehicle isparked on inclined ground.

— Illustration d.When an approach-ing vehicle turns into your vehi-cle’s parking lot aisle.

— Illustration e. When the angleformed by your vehicle and ap-proaching vehicle is small.

. The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar sensors todetect other vehicles:

— Severe weather

— Road spray

— Ice/frost/dirt build up on thevehicle

. Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install acces-sories or apply additional paint nearthe radar sensors. These conditionsmay reduce the ability of the radarsensors to detect other vehicles.

. The sonar sensors detect stationaryobjects behind the vehicle. The sonarsensor may not detect:

— Small or moving objects

— Wedge-shaped objects

— Object close to the bumper (lessthan approximately 1 ft (30 cm))

— Thin objects such as rope, wireand chain, etc.

. The brake engagement by the BCIsystem is not as effective on a slopeas it is on flat ground. When on asteep slope the system may notfunction properly.

. Do not use the BCI system under thefollowing conditions because the sys-tem may not function properly.

— When driving with a tire that isnot within normal tire conditions(for example, tire wear, low tirepressure, installation of spare tire,tire chains, non-standard wheels).



JVS0700X

Vehicle information display

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-VAILABLEUnder the following conditions, a chime willsound and “BCI NOT AVAILABLE” warningwill appear in the vehicle information display, and the BCI system will be turned off

automatically.

. If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F (40°C)).

. When side radar blockage is detected.

Turn off the BCI system and turn it on againwhen the above conditions no longer exist.



SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the BCI system malfunctions, it will turnoff automatically, a chime will sound and“BCI MALFUNCTION” warning will appearin the vehicle information display .

Action to take

Stop the vehicle in a safe location and placethe shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turnthe engine off and restart the engine. If thewarning message continues to appear, havethe system checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

JVS0480X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the BCI systemare located near the rear bumper. Alwayskeep the area near the radar sensors clean.




Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-tional paint near the radar sensors.










PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL. If the cruise control system malfunctions,

it will cancel automatically. The SETindicator on the vehicle information dis-play will then blink to warn the driver.

. If the engine coolant temperature be-comes excessively high, the cruise con-t r o l s y s t em w i l l b e c a n c e l e dautomatically.

. If the SET indicator blinks, turn the cruisecontrol main switch off and have thesystem checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

. The SET indicator may sometimes blinkwhen the cruise control main switch isturned ON while pushing the COAST/SET, ACCELERATE/RESUME or CAN-CEL switch. To properly set the cruisecontrol system, perform the steps belowin the order indicated.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control whendriving under the following conditions:

. when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

. in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

. on winding or hilly roads

. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

. in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

SSD0941

1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch

2. COAST/SET switch

3. CANCEL switch

4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push theMAIN switch on. The CRUISE indicator willcome on.

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (The


CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)


CRUISE SET indicator will come on in theinstrument panel.) Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintainthe set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If thishappens, drive without the cruise con-trol.

To cancel the preset speed, follow any ofthese methods:

1. Push the CANCEL button. The SETindicator will go out.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorwill go out.

3. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position. The SET indicator will go out.

4. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicator willgo out.

. If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the ACCELERATE/RESUMEor COAST/SET switch and reset at thecruising speed, the cruise control willdisengage. Turn the MAIN switch offonce and then turn it on again.

. The cruise control will automaticallycancel if the vehicle slows more than 7MPH (12 km/h) below the set speed.

. If you move the shift lever to N (Neutral)position, the cruise control will be can-celed.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the COAST/SET switch.

. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME switch. When the vehicle attainsthe speed you desire, release the switch.

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.

. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by about 1 MPH(1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the ACCELERATE/RESUMEswitch. The vehicle will resume the last setcruising speedwhen the vehicle speed is over25 MPH (40 km/h).

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the ICCsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. ICC is not a collision avoidance orwarning device. For highway use onlyand it is not intended for congestedareas or city driving. Failure to applythe brakes could result in an accident.

. Always observe posted speed limitsand do not set the speed over them.

. Always drive carefully and atten-tively when using either cruise con-trol mode. Read and understand theOwner’s Manual thoroughly beforeusing the cruise control. To avoidserious injury or death, do not relyon the system to prevent accidents orto control the vehicle’s speed inemergency situations. Do not usecruise control except in appropriateroad and traffic conditions.

. In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warning chimewill not sound to warn you if you aretoo close to the vehicle ahead. Payspecial attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicle

ahead of you or a collision couldoccur.

The ICC system maintains a selected dis-tance from the vehicle in front of you withinthe speed range of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144km/h) up to the set speed. The set speed canbe selected by the driver between 20 to 90MPH (32 to 144 km/h).

The vehicle travels at a set speed when theroad ahead is clear.

The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes.

. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode:

For maintaining a selected distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicle infront of you up to the preset speed.

. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode:

For cruising at a preset speed.


INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL(ICC) (if so equipped)


JVS0711X

Displays and indicators

ICC switches

MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

Push the MAIN switch to choose thecruise control mode between the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode and the con-ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.

Once a control mode is activated, it cannotbe changed to the other cruise control mode.To change the mode, push the MAIN switchonce to turn the system off. Then push the

MAIN switch again to turn the systemback on and select the desired cruise controlmode.

Always confirm the setting in the ICC systemdisplay.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-trol mode” (P.5-69).

For the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, see “Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode” (P.5-85).

SSD0976

HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISECONTROL MODE

Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control modeTo choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode , quickly push and release theMAIN switch .

Selecting the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control modeTo choose the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode , push and hold theMAIN switch for longer than approxi-mately 1.5 seconds. See “Conventional (fixed

speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-85).

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DIS-TANCE CONTROL MODEIn the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the ICC system automatically main-tains a selected distance from the vehicletraveling in front of you according to thatvehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or atthe set speed when the road ahead is clear.

JVS0462X

The system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane anddirection.

If the radar sensor detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the systemwill reducethe vehicle speed so that your vehiclefollows the vehicle in front at the selecteddistance.

The system automatically controls the throt-tle and applies the brakes (up to approxi-mately 40% of vehicle braking power) ifnecessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.



Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode operationThe vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance and reduce the speed to match theslower vehicle ahead; the system will de-celerate the vehicle as necessary and if thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. However, the ICCsystem can only apply up to approximately40% of the vehicle’s total braking power.This system should only be used when trafficconditions allow vehicle speeds to remainfairly constant or when vehicle speedschange gradually. If a vehicle moves intothe traveling lane ahead or if a vehicletraveling ahead rapidly decelerates, thedistance between vehicles may becomecloser because the ICC system cannotdecelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If thisoccurs, the ICC system will sound a warningchime and blink the system display to notifythe driver to take necessary action.

The system will cancel and a warning chimewill sound if the speed is below approxi-mately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and a vehicle isnot detected ahead. The system will alsodisengage when the vehicle goes above themaximum set speed.

See “Approach warning” (P.5-78).

The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

. When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed setby the driver. The set speed range isbetween approximately 20 and 90MPH(32 and 144 km/h).

. When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode adjusts the speed to maintain thedistance, selected by driver, from thevehicle ahead. The adjusting speed rangeis up to the set speed. If the vehicleahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill within thelimitations of the system. The systemwill cancel once it judges a standstill witha warning chime.

. When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeaccelerates and maintains vehicle speedup to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates or trafficcongestion.

SSD0254

When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC system will adjust the speedto maintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicleahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,the ICC system will accelerate and maintainthe speed up to the set speed. Pay attentionto the driving operation to maintain controlof the vehicle as it accelerates to the setspeed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, youwill have to manually control the vehiclespeed.

Normally when controlling the distance to a

vehicle ahead, this system automaticallyaccelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.Depress the accelerator to properly accel-erate your vehicle when acceleration isrequired for a lane change. Depress thebrake pedal when deceleration is requiredto maintain a safe distance to the vehicleahead due to its sudden braking or if avehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when usingthe ICC system.

SSD0977

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode switchesThe system is operated by a MAIN switchand four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.

1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. COAST/SET switch:

Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speedincrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. DISTANCE switch:

Changes the vehicle’s following distance:. Long. Middle. Short

5. MAIN switch:

Master switch to activate the system



SSD0978

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode display and indicatorsThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. MAIN switch indicator:

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle infront of you.

3. Set distance indicator:

Displays the selected distance betweenvehicles set with the DISTANCE switch.

4. Indicates your vehicle

5. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed is dis-played in km/h.

6. ICC system warning light (orange):

The light comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the ICC system.

SSD0979

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the indicators come on asillustrated to check for a burned-out bulb,and it turns off when the engine is started.

SSD0980

Operating vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control modeTo turn on the cruise control, quickly pushand release the MAIN switch on. TheMAIN switch indicator, set distance indica-tor and set vehicle speed indicator come onand in a standby state for setting.

SSD0981

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (Vehicleahead detection indicator, set distance in-dicator and set vehicle speed indicator comeon.) Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.

SSD0982

When the COAST/SET switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the systemcannot be set and the ICC indicators willblink for approximately 2 seconds:

. When traveling below 20 MPH (32km/h) and the vehicle ahead is notdetected

. When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)or manual shift mode

. When the parking brake is applied

. When the brakes are operated by thedriver



SSD0983

When the COAST/SET switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the systemcannot be set.

A warning chime will sound and the ICCindicators will blink.

. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOWmode (To use theICC system, turn the INFINITI DriveMode Selector to a mode other thanthe SNOWmode, push the MAIN switchto turn off the ICC and reset the ICCswitch by pressing the MAIN switchagain.)

For details about the INFINITI DriveMode Selector, see “INFINITI DriveMode Selector” (P.5-20).

. When the VDC system is off (To use theICC system, turn on the VDC system.Push the MAIN switch to turn off theICC system and reset the ICC switch bypushing the MAIN switch again.)

For details about the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”(P.5-123).

. When ABS or VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) is operating

. When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICCsystem, make sure the wheels are nolonger slipping. Push theMAIN switch toturn off the ICC system, and reset theICC system by pushing the MAIN switchagain.)

SSD0984

System set display with vehicle ahead

System set display without vehicleahead

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICCsystem maintains the set vehicle speed,similar to standard cruise control, as longas no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead.

The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:

When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,the ICC system decelerates the vehicle bycontrolling the throttle and applying thebrakes to match the speed of a slowervehicle ahead. The system then controls the

vehicle speed based on the speed of thevehicle ahead to maintain the driver selecteddistance.

NOTE:. The stop lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the ICCsystem.

. When the brake operates, a noisemay beheard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator comes on.The ICC system will also display the setspeed and selected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected:

When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead,the ICC system gradually accelerates yourvehicle to resume the previously set vehiclespeed. The ICC system then maintains theset speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accelera-tion to the set vehicle speed or any time theICC system is in operation, the systemcontrols the distance to that vehicle.

When a vehicle is no longer detected underapproximately 15 MPH (24 km/h), thesystem will be canceled.



SSD0985

When passing another vehicle, the set speedindicator will flash when the vehicle speedexceeds the set speed. The vehicle detectindicator will turn off when the area aheadof the vehicle is open. When the pedal isreleased, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set in theICC system, you can depress the acceleratorpedal when it is necessary to accelerate yourvehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeedTo cancel the preset speed, use any of thesemethods:

. Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

. Tap the brake pedal. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theMAIN switch indicator and set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the COAST/SET switch.

. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME switch. The set vehicle speed willincrease by approximately 5 MPH (5km/h for Canada).

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byapproximately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Ca-nada).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.

. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.The set vehicle speed will decrease byapproximately 5 MPH (5 km/h forCanada).

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by approximately1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).


SSD0986

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on the trafficconditions.

Each time the DISTANCE switch ispushed, the set distance will change to long,middle, short and back to long again in thatsequence.

JVS0082M

. The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed.The higher the vehicle speed, the longerthe distance.

. If the engine is stopped, the set distancebecomes “long”. (Each time the engine isstarted, the initial setting becomes“long”.)



Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chime andICC system display. Decelerate by depres-sing the brake pedal to maintain a safevehicle distance if:

. The chime sounds.

. The vehicle ahead detection and setdistance indicator blink.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distance be-tween vehicles. Some examples are:

. When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehiclesis increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The warning chime will not sound when:

. Your vehicle approaches other vehiclesthat are parked or moving slowly.

. The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-riding the system.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink when the

radar sensor detects objects on the side ofthe vehicle or on the side of the road. Thismay cause the ICC system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor maydetect these objects when the vehicle isdriven on winding roads, narrow roads, hillyroads or when entering or exiting a curve. Inthese cases you will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance ahead of yourvehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic orvehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).

Automatic cancellationA chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed.

. When the vehicle ahead is not detectedand your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 MPH (24 km/h)

. When the system judges the vehicle is atstandstill


. When the parking brake is applied

. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOW mode

. When the VDC system is turned off

. When ABS or VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) operates

. When distance measurement becomesimpaired due to adhesion of dirt orobstruction to the sensor

. When a wheel slips

. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode limitations

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the ICC system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The system is primarily intended foruse on straight, dry, open roads withlight traffic. It is not advisable to usethe system in city traffic or con-gested areas.

. This system will not adapt automati-cally to road conditions. This systemshould be used in evenly flowingtraffic. Do not use the system onroads with sharp curves, or on icy

roads, in heavy rain or in fog.

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the ICC system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentiveor absent-minded driving, or over-come poor visibility in rain, fog, orother bad weather. Decelerate thevehicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance tothe vehicle ahead and the surround-ing circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,the vehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system.The system will cancel once it judgesthat the vehicle has come to astandstill and sound a warning chime.To prevent the vehicle from moving,the driver must depress the brakepedal.

. Always pay attention to the opera-tion of the vehicle and be ready tomanually control the proper follow-ing distance. The vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode of the ICCsystem may not be able to maintainthe selected distance between vehi-cles (following distance) or selectedvehicle speed under some circum-

stances.

. The system may not detect thevehicle in front of you in certain roador weather conditions. To avoid ac-cidents, never use the ICC systemunder the following conditions:

— On roads where the traffic isheavy or there are sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.)

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor

— On steep downhill roads (thevehicle may go beyond the setvehicle speed and frequent brak-ing may result in overheating thebrakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhillroads

— When traffic conditions make itdifficult to keep a proper distancebetween vehicles because of fre-quent acceleration or deceleration

. In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zone

and cause automatic braking. Youmay need to control the distancefrom other vehicles using the accel-erator pedal. Always stay alert andavoid using the ICC system when it isnot recommended in this section.

The radar sensor will not detect the follow-ing objects:

. Stationary and slow moving vehicles

. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore,if the sensor cannot detect the reflectionfrom the vehicle ahead, the ICC system maynot maintain the selected distance.

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

. When the snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the trunk ofyour vehicle

The ICC system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s operation within thelimitation of the system. When the sensor



is covered with dirt or is obstructed, thesystem will automatically be canceled. If thesensor is covered with ice, a transparent ortranslucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICC systemmay not detect them. In these instances, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modemay not cancel and may not be able tomaintain the selected following distancefrom the vehicle ahead. Be sure to checkand clean the sensor regularly.

SSD0252

The detection zone of the ICC sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in thedetection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicledistance detection mode to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position within thesame lane of travel. Motorcycles may not bedetected in the same lane ahead if they aretraveling offset from the centerline of thelane. A vehicle that is entering the lane aheadmay not be detected until the vehicle hascompletely moved into the lane. If thisoccurs, the ICC system may warn you byblinking the system indicator and soundingthe chime. The driver may have to manually

control the proper distance away fromvehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the ICC sensormay detect vehicles in a different lane, ormay temporarily not detect a vehicle travel-ing ahead. This may cause the ICC system todecelerate or accelerate the vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steering man-euver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the ICCsystem may warn you by blinking thesystem indicator and sounding the chimeunexpectedly. You will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away from thevehicle traveling ahead.



JVS0712X

Warning light and display (example)

MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

SSD0988

System temporarily unavailable

Condition A:

Under the following conditions, the ICCsystem is automatically canceled. The chimewill sound and the system will not be able tobe set.

. When the VDC is turned off

. When the ABS or VDC operates

. When a tire slips

. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOW mode


Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off using theMAIN switch . Turn the ICC system backon to use the system.

JVS0481X

Condition B:

The chime sounds and the ICC systemwarning light (orange) will come on and the“FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION” warningwill appear.

. When the radar sensor area is coveredwith dirt or is obstructed, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead,the ICC system is automatically can-celed.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, stop thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever inthe P (Park) position and turn the engine off.When the radar signal is temporarily inter-

rupted, clean the sensor area of the frontbumper and restart the engine. If the“FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION” warningcontinues to be displayed, have the ICCsystem checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

. When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving nextto long walls), the system may illuminatethe ICC system warning light (orange)and display the “FRONT RADAR OB-STRUCTION” warning.

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the ICC system back onto use the system.



SSD0979

Condition C:

When the ICC system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and the ICCsystem warning light (orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, stop thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that theICC system is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normal con-ditions, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailer

for this service.

JVS0462X

System maintenanceThe sensor for the ICC system is locatedbehind the lower grille of the front bumper.

To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:

. Always keep the sensor area of the frontbumper clean.

. Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensor.

. Do not cover or attach stickers or similarobjects on the front bumper near thesensor area. This could cause failure ormalfunction.

. Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). This

could cause failure or malfunction.

. Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. It is recommended you contactan INFINITI retailer before customizingor restoring the front bumper.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning

Changes or modification not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference,and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODEThis mode allows driving at a speed between25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) withoutkeeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

WARNING

. In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warning chimedoes not sound to warn you if you aretoo close to the vehicle ahead, asneither the presence of the vehicleahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance is detected.

. Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision couldoccur.

. Always confirm the setting in the ICCsystem display.

. Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode whendriving under the following condi-tions:

— when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

— in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

— on winding or hilly roads

— on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

— in very windy areas

. Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.



SSD0990

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switch1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. COAST/SET switch:

Sets the desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. MAIN switch:

Master switch to activate the system.

SSD0991

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indicatorsThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. MAIN switch indicator:

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

2. Cruise set switch indicator:

Displays while the vehicle speed is con-trolled by the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode of the ICC system.

3. Cruise system warning light:

Comes on if there is a malfunction in thecruise control system.

SSD0992

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control modeTo turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theMAIN switch for longer than about 1.5seconds.

When pushing the MAIN switch on, theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode display and the MAIN switch indicatorare displayed on the vehicle informationdisplay. After you hold the MAIN switch onfor longer than about 1.5 seconds, the ICCsystem display goes out. The MAIN switchindicator stays lit. You can now set yourdesired cruising speed. Pushing the MAIN

switch again will turn the system completelyoff.

When the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF position, the system is also automati-cally turned off.

To use the ICC system again, quickly pushand release the MAIN switch (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) or push andhold it (conventional cruise control mode)again to turn it on.

When the Distance Control Assist (DCA)system is on, the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode cannot be turned oneven though the MAIN switch is pushed andheld.

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, turn off the DCAsystem. See “Distance Control Assist(DCA)” (P.5-88).

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruisecontrol, make sure to turn the MAINswitch off when not using the ICCsystem.

SSD0993

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (TheSET indicator will come on in the display.)Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steep hills.If this happens, manually maintain vehi-cle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch. The SETindicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorwill turn off.

3. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theMAIN switch indicator and SET indicatorwill turn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the COAST/SET switch.

2. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME set switch. When the vehicleattains the desired speed, release theswitch.

3. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicle



slows down to the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by about 1 MPH(1.6 km/h).


System temporarily unavailableA chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed.

. When the vehicle slows down more than8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed


. When the parking brake is applied.

. When the VDC operates (including thetraction control system)

. When a wheel slips

JVS0715X

Warning lightWhen the system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the system warninglight (orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and thenperform the setting again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the system ismalfunctioning. Although the vehicle is stilldriveable under normal conditions, have thevehicle checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the DCAsystem could result in serious personalinjury or death.

. Always drive carefully and atten-tively when using the DCA system.Read and understand the Owner’sManual thoroughly before using theDCA system. To avoid serious injuryor death, do not rely on the system toprevent accidents or to control thevehicle’s speed in emergency situa-tions. Do not use the DCA systemexcept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.

. This system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collisionwarning oravoidance device. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the DCA system. This sys-tem does not correct careless, inat-tentive or absent-minded driving, orovercome poor visibility in rain, fog,or other bad weather. Decelerate the

DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST(DCA) (if so equipped)

vehicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance tothe vehicle ahead and the surround-ing circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

. Always pay attention to the opera-tion of the vehicle and be ready tomanually decelerate to maintain theproper following distance. The DCAsystem may not be able to deceleratethe vehicle under some circum-stances.

. This system only brakes and movesthe accelerator pedal upward to helpassist the driver to maintain a follow-ing distance from the vehicle ahead.Acceleration should be operated bythe driver.

. The DCA system does not controlvehicle speed or warn you when youapproach stationary and slowmovingvehicles. You must pay attention tovehicle operation to maintain properdistance from vehicles ahead.

. The DCA system automatically de-celerates your vehicle to help assistthe driver to maintain a followingdistance from the vehicle ahead.Manually brake when deceleration isrequired to maintain a safe distanceupon sudden braking by the vehicle

ahead or when a vehicle suddenlyappears in front of you. Always stayalert when using the DCA system.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,the vehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system.The systemwill cancel with a warningchime once it judges that the vehiclehas come to a standstill. To preventthe vehicle from moving, the drivermust depress the brake pedal.

JVS0462X

The DCA system is intended to assist thedriver in keeping a following distance fromthe vehicle ahead traveling in the same laneand direction.

If the radar sensor detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the systemwill reducethe vehicle speed to help assist the driver tomaintain a following distance.

The system automatically controls the throt-tle and applies the brakes (up to approxi-mately 40% of vehicle braking power) ifnecessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.



JVS1112X

Indicators (on the vehicle informationdisplay)



DCA SYSTEM OPERATION

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the DCAsystem could result in serious personalinjury or death.

. When the vehicle ahead detectionindicator light is not illuminated,system will not control the vehicleor warn the driver.

. Never place your foot under thebrake pedal. Your foot may be caughtwhen the system controls the brake.

. Depending on the position of theaccelerator pedal, the system maynot be able to assist the driver torelease the accelerator pedal appro-priately.

The DCA system brakes and moves theaccelerator pedal upward according to thedistance from and the relative speed of thevehicle ahead to help assist the driver inmaintaining a following distance. The sys-tem will decelerate as necessary and if thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. However, theDCA system can only apply up to approxi-

mately 40% of the vehicle’s total brakingpower. If a vehicle moves into the travelinglane ahead or if a vehicle traveling aheadrapidly decelerates, the distance betweenvehicles may become closer because theDCA system cannot decelerate the vehiclequickly enough. If this occurs, the DCAsystem will sound a warning chime and blinkthe system display to notify the driver totake necessary action.

See “Approach warning” (P.5-92).

SSD0997

System set display with a vehicle ahead

System set display without a vehicleahead

The DCA system helps assist the driver tokeep a following distance to the vehicleahead by braking and moving the accelera-tor pedal upward in the normal drivingcondition.

When a vehicle ahead is detected:

The vehicle ahead detection indicator comeson.

When the vehicle approaches a vehicleahead:

. If the driver’s foot is not on the accel-erator pedal, the system activates the

brakes to decelerate smoothly as neces-sary. If the vehicle ahead comes to astop, the vehicle decelerates to a stand-still within the limitations of the system.

. If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system moves the acceleratorpedal upward to assist the driver torelease the accelerator pedal.

When brake operation by the driver isrequired:

The system alerts the driver by a warningchime and blinking the vehicle ahead detec-tion indicator. If the driver’s foot is on theaccelerator pedal after the warning, thesystem moves the accelerator pedal upwardto assist the driver to switch to the brake



pedal.

NOTE:. The stop lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the DCAsystem.

. When the brake operates, a noisemay beheard. This is not a malfunction.

Overriding the system:

The following driver’s operation overridesthe system operation.

. When the driver depresses the accelera-tor pedal even further while the system ismoving the accelerator pedal upward,the DCA system control of the accel-erator pedal is canceled.

. When the driver’s foot is on the accel-erator pedal, the brake control by thesystem is not operated.

. When the driver’s foot is on the brakepedal, neither the brake control nor thealert by the system operates.

. When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system is set, the DCA system will becancelled.

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chime and

DCA system display. Decelerate by depres-sing the brake pedal to maintain a safevehicle distance if:

. The chime sounds.

. The vehicle ahead detection indicatorblinks.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distance be-tween vehicles. Some examples are:

. When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehiclesis increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The warning chime will not sound when yourvehicle approaches vehicles that are parkedor moving slowly.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink when theradar sensor detects objects on the side ofthe vehicle or on the side of the road. Thismay cause the DCA system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor maydetect these objects when the vehicle isdriven on winding roads, narrow roads, hillyroads or when entering or exiting a curve. Inthese cases you will have to manually

control the proper distance ahead of yourvehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic orvehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).

JVS1113X

DCA system switch indicator (on thevehicle information display)



TURNING THE DCA SYSTEM ON/OFFTo turn on the DCA system, push thedynamic driver assistance switch on thesteering wheel after starting the engine. TheDCA system switch indicator in the vehicleinformation display will appear. Push thedynamic driver assistance switch again toturn off the DCA system. The DCA systemswitch indicator will turn off.

The system will start to operate after thevehicle speed is above approximately 3MPH(5 km/h).

The dynamic driver assistance switch isused for the Lane Departure Prevention(LDP), Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) andDCA systems. When the dynamic driverassistance switch is pushed, the LDP andBSI systems will also turn on or off simulta-neously. The DCA system can be individuallyset to on or off on the center display andusing the center multi-function control panel. If the system is set to off, the system will

not turn on even if the dynamic driverassistance switch is pushed to on. To setthe system to on or off on the display, see“How to enable/disable the DCA system”(P.5-94).

When the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode is operating, the DCA systemwill not operate. (To use the DCA system,



turn the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode off, then push the dynamicdriver assistance switch .)

For details about the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode, see “IntelligentCruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-67).

When the engine is turned off, the system isautomatically turned off.

JVS1081X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEDCA SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the DCA system.



3. Touch [Forward Assist].

4. Touch [Distance Control Assist] to turnthe system ON/OFF.

SSD0994

DCA SYSTEM DISPLAY AND IN-DICATORSThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. DCA system switch indicator:

Indicates that the dynamic driver assis-tance switch is ON.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle infront of you.

3. DCA system warning light (orange):

The light comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the DCA system.

DCA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsof the DCA system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. This system will not adapt automati-cally to road conditions. Do not usethe system on roads with sharpcurves, or on icy roads, in heavy rainor in fog.

. The DCA system will not apply brakecontrol while the driver’s foot is onthe accelerator pedal.

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the DCA system. This sys-tem does not correct careless, inat-tentive or absent-minded driving, orovercome poor visibility in rain, fog,or other bad weather. Decelerate thevehicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance tothe vehicle ahead and the surround-ing circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

. The system may not detect thevehicle in front of you in certain roador weather conditions. To avoid ac-cidents, never use the DCA systemunder the following conditions:

— On roads with sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

— On off-road surfaces such as onsand or rock, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.)

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor

— On steep downhill roads (fre-quent braking may result in over-heating the brakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhillroads

. In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Youmay need to control the distancefrom other vehicles using the accel-erator pedal. Always stay alert andavoid using the DCA system when itis not recommended in this section.

The radar sensor will not detect the follow-ing objects:

. Stationary and slow moving vehicles

. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

. When the snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the trunk ofyour vehicle



SSD0252

The detection zone of the sensor is limited. Avehicle ahead must be in the detection zonefor the system to operate.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position within thesame lane of travel. Motorcycles may not bedetected in the same lane ahead if they aretraveling offset from the centerline of thelane. A vehicle that is entering the lane aheadmay not be detected until the vehicle hascompletely moved into the lane. If thisoccurs, the system may warn you by blink-ing the system indicator and sounding thechime. The driver may have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away fromvehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the sensormay detect vehicles in a different lane, ormay temporarily not detect a vehicle travel-ing ahead. This may cause the system towork inappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steering man-euver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the systemmay warn you by blinking the systemindicator and sounding the chime unexpect-edly. You will have to manually control theproper distance away from the vehicletraveling ahead.



JVS0716X

Warning light and indicators


SSD0996

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-VAILABLECondition A:

Under the following conditions, the DCAsystem is automatically canceled. The chimewill sound and the DCA system switchindicator will blink. The system will not beable to be set.

. When the VDC system is off (To use theDCA system, turn on the VDC, then pushthe dynamic driver assistance switch.)

For details about the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”(P.5-123).

. When the VDC or ABS (including thetraction control system) operates

. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOWmode (To use theDCA system, turn the INFINITI DriveMode Selector to a mode other than theSNOW mode, then turn on the dynamicdriver assistance switch .)

For details about the INFINITI DriveMode Selector, see “INFINITI DriveMode Selector” (P.5-20).


Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off with thedynamic driver assistance switch . Turn theDCA system back on to use the system.

JVS0482X

Condition B:

The chime sounds and the DCA systemwarning light (orange) will come on and the“FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION” warningwill appear.

. When the radar sensor area is coveredwith dirt or is obstructed, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead,the DCA system is automatically can-celed.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever inthe P (Park) position and turn the engine off.When the radar signal is temporarily inter-rupted, clean the sensor area and restart the

engine. If the “FRONT RADAR OBSTRUC-TION” warning continues to be displayed,have the DCA system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

. When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving nextto long walls), the system may illuminatethe DCA system warning light (orange)and display the “FRONT RADAR OB-STRUCTION” warning.

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the DCA system back onto use the system.



SSD0999

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONCondition:

When the DCA system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and the systemwarning light (“CRUISE” orange) will comeon.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, and turn on the DCAsystem again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normal con-

ditions, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

JVS0462X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor for the DCA system is locatedbehind the lower grille of the front bumper.

The DCA system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation. When thesensor is covered with dirt or is obstructed,the system will automatically be canceled. Ifthe sensor is covered with ice, a transparentor translucent vinyl bag, etc., the DCAsystem may not detect them. In theseinstances, the DCA system may not be ableto decelerate the vehicle properly. Be sure tocheck and clean the sensor regularly.

To keep the DCA system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:




. Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.


FCC Notice:

For USA:




FCC Warning


For Canada:




WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the FEBsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The FEB system is a supplemental aidto the driver. It is not a replacementfor the driver’s attention to trafficconditions or responsibility to drivesafely. It cannot prevent accidentsdue to carelessness or dangerousdriving techniques.

. The FEB system does not function inall driving, traffic, weather and roadconditions.

The FEB system can assist the driver whenthere is a risk of a forward collision with thevehicle ahead in the traveling lane.


FORWARD EMERGENCYBRAKING (FEB) (if so equipped)


JVS0462X

The FEB system uses a radar sensorlocated behind the lower grille of the frontbumper to measure the distance to thevehicle ahead in the traveling lane.

JVS1114X

Indicators and warnings (on the vehicleinformation display)

FEB system warning light (on theinstrument panel)


FEB SYSTEM OPERATIONThe FEB system operates at speeds aboveapproximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).

If a risk of a forward collision is detected, theFEB system will provide the first warning tothe driver by blinking the vehicle aheaddetection indicator in the vehicle informationdisplay and providing an audible warning. Inaddition, the FEB system pushes the accel-erator pedal up. If the driver releases theaccelerator pedal, then the system appliespartial braking.

If the driver applies the brakes quickly andforcefully after the warning, and the FEBsystem detects that there is still the possi-bility of a forward collision, the system willautomatically increase the braking force.

If a forward collision is imminent and thedriver does not take action, the FEB systemissues the second visual (flashing) andaudible warning and automatically appliesharder braking.

NOTE:

The vehicle’s stop lights come on whenbraking is performed by the FEB system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distance tothe vehicle ahead, as well as driving androadway conditions, the system may helpthe driver avoid a forward collision or mayhelp mitigate the consequences of a collision

should one be unavoidable.

If the driver is handling the steering wheel,accelerating or braking, the FEB system willfunction later or will not function.

The automatic braking will cease under thefollowing conditions:

. When the steering wheel is turned as faras necessary to avoid a collision.

. When the accelerator pedal is depressed.

. When there is no longer a vehicle de-tected ahead.

If the FEB system has stopped the vehicle,the vehicle will remain at a standstill forapproximately 2 seconds before the brakesare released.



JVS1115X



SETTING button

TURNING THE FEB SYSTEM ON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn the FEBsystem on or off.



3. Touch [Emergency Assist].

4. Touch [Forward emergency braking] toturn the system ON/OFF.

When the FEB system is turned off, the FEBsystem warning light (orange) illuminates.

NOTE:

The FEB system will be automaticallyturned ON when the engine is restarted.The PFCW system is integrated into theFEB system. There is not a separate selec-tion in the display for the PFCW system.When the FEB system is turned off, thePFCW system is also turned off.

FEB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the FEB system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The FEB system cannot detect allvehicles under all conditions.

. The radar sensor does not detect thefollowing objects:

— Pedestrians, animals or obstaclesin the roadway

— Oncoming vehicles

— Crossing vehicles

. The radar sensor has some perfor-mance limitations. If a stationaryvehicle is in the vehicle’s path, theFEB system will not function whenthe vehicle is driven at speeds overapproximately 45 MPH (70 km/h).

. The radar sensor may not detect avehicle ahead in the following condi-tions:

— Dirt, ice, snow or other materialcovering the radar sensor.

— Interference by other radarsources.

— Snow or road spray from travel-ing vehicles.

— If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g.motorcycle)

— When driving on a steep downhillslope or roads with sharp curves.

. In some road or traffic conditions, theFEB system may unexpectedly pushthe accelerator pedal up or applypartial braking. When acceleration isnecessary, continue to depress theaccelerator pedal to override thesystem.

. Braking distances increase on slip-pery surfaces.

. The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s functionality,within certain limitations. The systemmay not detect some forms of ob-struction of the sensor area such asice, snow, stickers, for example. Inthese cases, the system may not beable to warn the driver properly. Besure that you check, clean and clearthe sensor area regularly.

. Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chime

may not be heard.



SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the sensormay detect vehicles in a different lane, ormay temporarily not detect a vehicle travel-ing ahead. This may cause the system towork inappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steering man-euver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the systemmay warn you by blinking the vehicle aheaddetection indicator and sounding the chimeunexpectedly. You will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away from thevehicle traveling ahead.

JVS0719X

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-VAILABLE

Condition AWhen the radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source, making it im-possible to detect a vehicle ahead, the FEBsystem is automatically turned off. The FEBsystem warning light (orange) will illumi-nate.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the FEB system will resume automatically.

Condition BIn the following conditions, the FEB systemis automatically turned off. The FEB systemwarning light (orange) will illuminate andthe “FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

. The sensor area on the front of thevehicle is covered with dirt or is ob-structed.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) comes on,stop the vehicle in a safe place, place theshift lever in the P (Park) position and turnthe engine off. Clean the radar cover onlower grille with a soft cloth, and restart theengine. If the warning light continues toilluminate, have the FEB system checked. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

. When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving nextto long walls).

Action to take:


Condition CWhen the accelerator pedal actuator detectsthat the internal motor temperature is high,the FEB system is automatically turned off.The FEB system warning light (orange)will illuminate.

Action to take:


Condition DWhen VDC system is OFF, the FEB brakewill not operate. In this case only visible andaudible warning operates. The FEB systemwarning light (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:


SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the FEB system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime will sound,the FEB systemwarning light (orange) willilluminate.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) illuminates,stop the vehicle in a safe location and placethe shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turnthe engine off and restart the engine. If thewarning light continues to illuminate, have

the FEB system checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.



JVS0462X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor is located behind the lowergrille of the front bumper.

To keep the system operating properly, besure to observe the following:







FCC Notice:

For USA:




FCC Warning


For Canada:




WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the PFCWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The PFCW system helps warn thedriver before a collision but will notavoid a collision. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

The PFCW system can help alert the driverwhen there is a sudden braking of a secondvehicle traveling in front of the vehicle aheadin the same lane.

PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISIONWARNING (PFCW) (if so equipped)

JVS0462X

The PFCW system uses a radar sensorlocated behind the lower grille of the frontbumper to measure the distance to a secondvehicle ahead in the same lane.

JVS1116X

Vehicle ahead detection indicator (onthe vehicle information display)





JVS0294X

PFCW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe PFCW system operates at speeds aboveapproximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).

If there is a potential risk of a forwardcollision, the PFCW system will warn thedriver by blinking the vehicle ahead detectionindicator, and sounding an audible alert.

JVS1115X



SETTING button

TURNING THE PFCW SYSTEMON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn thePFCW system on or off.



3. Touch [Emergency Assist].

4. Touch [Forward emergency braking] toturn the system ON/OFF.

When the PFCW system is turned off, theFEB system warning light (orange) illumi-nates.

NOTE:

The PFCW system is integrated into theFEB system. There is not a separate selec-tion in the display for the PFCW system.When the FEB is turned off, the PFCWsystem is also turned off.



JVS0295X

Illustration AJVS0296X

Illustration B

JVS0297X

Illustration C

JVS0298X

Illustration D

PFCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the PFCW system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The PFCW system cannot detect allvehicles under all conditions.

. The radar sensor does not detect thefollowing objects:

— Pedestrians, animals or obstaclesin the roadway

— Oncoming vehicles

— Crossing vehicles

. (Illustration A) The PFCW systemdoes not function when a vehicleahead is a narrow vehicle, such as amotorcycle.

. The radar sensor may not detect avehicle ahead in the following condi-tions:

— Snow or heavy rain

— Dirt, ice, snow or other materialcovering the radar sensor

— Interference by other radarsources

— Snow or road spray from travel-ling vehicles.

— Driving in a tunnel

. (Illustration B) When the vehicleahead is being towed.

. (Illustration C) When the distance tothe vehicle ahead is too close, thebeam of the radar sensor is ob-structed.

. (Illustration D) When driving on asteep downhill slope or roads withsharp curves.

. The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s functionality,within certain limitations. The systemmay not detect some forms of ob-struction of the sensor area such asice, snow, stickers, for example. Inthese cases, the system may not beable to warn the driver properly. Besure that you check, clean and clearthe sensor area regularly.

. Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.



SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the radarsensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicletraveling ahead. This may cause the PFCWsystem to work inappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steering man-euver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the systemmay warn you by blinking the systemindicator and sounding the chime unexpect-edly. You will have to manually control theproper distance away from the vehicletraveling ahead.

JVS0719X

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-VAILABLE

Condition AWhen the radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source, making it im-possible to detect a vehicle ahead, thePFCW system is automatically turned off.The FEB system warning light (orange)will illuminate.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the PFCW systemwill resume automatically.

Condition BIn the following conditions, the PFCWsystem is automatically turned off. TheFEB system warning light (orange) willilluminate and the “FRONT RADAR OB-STRUCTION” warning message will appearin the vehicle information display.

. The sensor area on the front of thevehicle is covered with dirt or is ob-structed.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) comes on,stop the vehicle in a safe place, place theshift lever in the P (Park) position and turnthe engine off. Clean the radar cover onlower grille with a soft cloth, and restart theengine. If the warning light continues toilluminate, have the PFCW system checked.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

. When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving nextto long walls).

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the PFCW systemwill resume automatically.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the PFCW system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime will sound,the FEB systemwarning light (orange) willilluminate.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) illuminates,stop the vehicle in a safe location and placethe shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turnthe engine off and restart the engine. If thewarning light continues to illuminate, havethe PFCW system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. JVS0462X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor is located behind the lowergrille of the front bumper.

To keep the system operating properly, besure to observe the following:









FCC Notice:

For USA:




FCC Warning


For Canada:




CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and en-sure the future reliability and economyof your new vehicle.

Failure to follow these recommendationsmay result in shortened engine life andreduced engine performance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow. Do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.

1. Use smooth accelerator and brake pedalapplication.. Avoid rapid starts and stops.. Use smooth, gentle accelerator and

brake application whenever possible.. Maintain constant speed while com-

muting and coast whenever possible.

2. Maintain constant speed.. Look ahead to try and anticipate and

minimize stops.. Synchronizing your speed with traffic

lights allows you to reduce yournumber of stops.

. Maintaining a steady speed can mini-mize red light stops and improve fuelefficiency.

3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at highervehicle speeds.. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool thevehicle due to increased aerodynamicdrag.

. Recirculating the cool air in the cabinwhen the A/C is on reduces coolingload.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

4. Drive at economical speeds and dis-tances.. Observing the speed limit and not

exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (wherelegally allowed) can improve fuelefficiency due to reduced aerody-namic drag.

. Maintaining a safe following distancebehind other vehicles reduces unne-cessary braking.

. Safely monitoring traffic to anticipatechanges in speed permits reducedbraking and smooth accelerationchanges.

. Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use cruise control.. Using cruise control during highway

driving helps maintain a steady speed.. Cruise control is particularly effective

in providing fuel savings when drivingon flat terrains.

6. Plan for the shortest route.. Utilize a map or navigation system to

determine the best route to save time.

7. Avoid idling.. Shutting off your engine when safe

for stops exceeding 30-60 secondssaves fuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.. Automated passes permit drivers to

use special lanes to maintain cruisingspeed through the toll and avoidstopping and starting.

9. Winter warm up.. Limit idling time to minimize impact to

fuel economy.. Vehicles typically need no more than

30 seconds of idling at start-up toeffectively circulate the engine oilbefore driving.

. Your vehicle will reach its ideal oper-ating temperature more quickly whiledriving versus idling.

10.Keeping your vehicle cool.. Park your vehicle in a covered parking

area or in the shade whenever possi-ble.

. When entering a hot vehicle, openingthe windows will help to reduce theinside temperature faster, resulting inreduced demand on your A/C system.

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

. Use the recommended viscosity engineoil. (See “Engine oil and oil filter recom-mendation” (P.10-9).)


INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


SSD0336

The AWD warning light is located in themeter.

The AWD warning light comes on when theignition switch is pushed to the ON position.It turns off soon after the engine is started.

If any malfunction occurs in the IntelligentAWD systemwhile the engine is running, the

warning light will come on.

The warning light may blink rapidly (abouttwice per second) while trying to free a stuckvehicle due to high power train oil tempera-ture. The driving mode may change to two-wheel drive. If the warning light blinksrapidly during operation, stop the vehiclewith the engine idling in a safe placeimmediately. Then if the light goes off aftera while, you can continue driving.

A large difference between the diameters offront and rear wheels will make the warninglight blink slowly (about once per twoseconds). Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. Check that all tire sizesare the same, tire pressure is correct andtires are not worn.

If the warning light is blinking after theabove operation, have your vehicle checkedas soon as possible. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position with theengine running. Doing so may resultin drivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could result

in serious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing) or similar equip-ment even if the other twowheels areraised off the ground. Make sure thatyou inform the test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on a dynam-ometer. Using the wrong test equip-ment may result in drivetrain damageor unexpected vehicle movementwhich could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the engine on a freeroller when any of the wheels areraised.

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunction inthe AWD system. Reduce the vehiclespeed and have your vehicle checkedas soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEELDRIVE (AWD) (if so equipped)

. If the warning light remains on afterthe above operation, have your ve-hicle checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

. The power train may be damaged ifyou continue driving with the warn-ing light blinking.

SD1006MA

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

. Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious accidents.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do notleave children, people who require theassistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

. Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be appliedand the transmission placed into P(Park). Failure to do so could cause


PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


the vehicle to move unexpectedly orroll away and result in an accident.

. Make sure the automatic transmis-sion shift lever has been pushed as farforward as it can go and cannot bemoved without depressing the footbrake pedal.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.


3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto the street when parked on a slopingdrive way, it is a good practice to turn thewheels as illustrated.. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:

Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB:

Turn the wheels away from the curband move the vehicle back until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL,NO CURB:

Turn the wheels toward the side ofthe road so the vehicle will move awayfrom the center of the road if it

moves.

4. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe harder to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hydraulicpump, driven by the engine, to assist steer-ing.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks,you will still have control of the vehicle.However, much greater steering effort isneeded, especially in sharp turns and at lowspeeds.

POWER STEERING

BRAKING PRECAUTIONSThe brake system has two separate hydrau-lic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, youwill still have braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, you canstop the vehicle by depressing the brakepedal. However, greater foot pressure onthe brake pedal will be required to stop thevehicle and the stopping distance will belonger.

When the brake pedal is depressed slowlyand firmly, you may hear a clicking noise andfeel a slight pulsation. This is normal andindicates that the Brake Assist System isoperating.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet. Asa result, your braking distance will be longerand the vehicle may pull to one side duringbraking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly tapping the brake pedalto heat-up the brakes. Do this until thebrakes return to normal. Avoid driving thevehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-INBreak in the parking brake shoes wheneverthe stopping effect of the parking brake isweakened or whenever the parking brakeshoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced, inorder to assure the best braking perfor-mance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will cause overheating ofthe brakes, wearing out the brake and padsfaster and reduce gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before goingdown a slope or long grade. Overheatedbrakes may reduce braking performance andcould result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

. While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, acceleratingor downshifting. Abrupt braking oraccelerating could cause the wheelsto skid and result in an accident.

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.


BRAKE SYSTEM


BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking forcethan a conventional brake booster even withlight pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS)

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)is a sophisticated device, but itcannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintain ve-hicle control during braking on slip-pery surfaces. Remember thatstopping distances on slippery sur-

faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stoppingdistances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow covered roads,or if you are using tire chains. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from thevehicle in front of you. Ultimately,the driver is responsible for safety.

. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

— When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size andtype as specified on the Tire andLoading Information label. See“Tire and loading information la-bel” (P.10-16).

— For detailed information, see“Wheels and tires” (P.8-30).

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controlsthe brakes so the wheels do not lock duringhard braking or when braking on slipperysurfaces. The system detects the rotationspeed at each wheel and varies the brakefluid pressure to prevent each wheel fromlocking and sliding. By preventing eachwheel from locking, the system helps the

driver maintain steering control and helps tominimize swerving and spinning on slipperysurfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheABS will operate to prevent the wheels fromlocking up. Steer the vehicle to avoidobstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Self-test featureThe ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer.The computer has a built-in diagnosticfeature that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicle at alow speed in forward or reverse. When theself-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk”noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and does not indicate amalfunction. If the computer senses a mal-function, it switches the ABS off and

BRAKE ASSIST

illuminates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lockassistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have thevehicle checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

Normal operationThe ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6MPH (5 to 10 km/h).

When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuatorrapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres-sure. This action is similar to pumping thebrakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsationin the brake pedal and hear a noise fromunder the hood or feel a vibration from theactuator when it is operating. This is normaland indicates that the ABS is operatingproperly. However, the pulsation may indi-cate that road conditions are hazardous andextra care is required while driving.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemuses various sensors to monitor driver inputsand vehicle motion. Under certain drivingconditions, the VDC system helps to performthe following functions.

. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheelslip on one slipping drive wheel so poweris transferred to a non slipping drivewheel on the same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engine out-put to reduce drive wheel slip based onvehicle speed (traction control function).

. Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehicle inthe following conditions:

— understeer (vehicle tends to not followthe steered path despite increasedsteering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but it cannotprevent loss of vehicle control in all drivingsituations.

When the VDC system operates, the VDCwarning light in the instrument panelflashes so note the following:

. The road may be slippery or the systemmay determine some action is required tohelp keep the vehicle on the steered path.

. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibration fromunder the hood. This is normal andindicates that the VDC system is workingproperly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light” (P.2-16).

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theVDC warning light illuminates in theinstrument panel. The VDC system automa-tically turns off.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system. The VDC off indicator lightilluminates to indicate the VDC system is off.When the VDC switch is used to turn off thesystem, the VDC system still operates toprevent one drive wheel from slipping bytransferring power to a non slipping drivewheel. The VDC warning light flashes ifthis occurs. All other VDC functions are off,except for rise-up and build-up and brakeforce distribution, and the VDC warninglight will not flash. The VDC system isautomatically reset to on when the ignitionswitch is placed in the off position then backto the on position.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light” (P.2-16) and “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-19).


VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(VDC) SYSTEM


The computer has a built-in diagnosticfeature that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicleforward or in reverse at a slow speed. Whenthe self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk”noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and is not an indicationof a malfunction.

ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL (if soequipped)This system senses driving based on thedriver’s steering and acceleration/brakingpatterns, and controls brake pressure atindividual wheels to help smooth vehicleresponse.

When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector isset to the “SPORT” mode, the amount ofbrake control provided by active trace con-trol is reduced.

When the VDC OFF switch is used to turnoff the VDC system, the active trace controlsystem is also turned off.

If the active trace control is not functioningproperly, the Forward Emergency Braking(FEB) system warning light illuminates in theinstrument panel.

RISE-UP AND BUILD-UPThe system gradually adjusts braking powerduring normal braking to help provide anenhanced brake feel.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTIONDuring braking while driving through turns,the system optimizes the distribution offorce to each of the four wheels dependingon the radius of the turn.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to helpthe driver maintain stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speedand be especially careful when drivingand cornering on slippery surfacesand always drive carefully.

. The active trace control (if soequipped), rise-up and build-up andbrake force distribution systems maynot be effective depending on thedriving condition. Always drive care-fully and attentively.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such as

shock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-bilizer bars, bushings and wheels arenot INFINITI recommended for yourvehicle or are extremely deteriorated,the VDC system may not operateproperly. This could adversely affectvehicle handling performance, andthe VDC warning light mayilluminate.

. If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notINFINITI recommended or are extre-mely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and theVDC warning light may illumi-nate.

. If engine control related parts are notINFINITI recommended or are extre-mely deteriorated, the VDC warninglight may illuminate.

. When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly and the VDC warninglight may illuminate. Do not driveon these types of roads.

. When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the VDCwarning light mayilluminate. This is not a malfunction.Restart the engine after driving onto

a stable surface.

. If wheels or tires other than theINFINITI recommended ones areused, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly and the VDC warninglight may illuminate.

. The VDC system is not a substitutefor winter tires or tire chains on asnow covered road.

WARNING

. Never rely solely on the hill startassist system to prevent the vehiclefrom moving backward on a hill.Always drive carefully and atten-tively. Depress the brake pedal whenthe vehicle is stopped on a steep hill.Be especially careful when stoppedon a hill on frozen or muddy roads.Failure to prevent the vehicle fromrolling backwards may result in a lossof control of the vehicle and possibleserious injury or death.

. The hill start assist system is notdesigned to hold the vehicle at astandstill on a hill. Depress the brakepedal when the vehicle is stopped ona steep hill. Failure to do so maycause the vehicle to roll backwardsand may result in a collision or seriouspersonal injury.

. The hill start assist system may notprevent the vehicle from rolling back-wards on a hill under all load or roadconditions. Always be prepared todepress the brake pedal to preventthe vehicle from rolling backwards.Failure to do so may result in acollision or serious personal injury.

The hill start assist system automaticallykeeps the brakes applied to help prevent thevehicle from rolling backwards in the time ittakes the driver to release the brake pedaland apply the accelerator when the vehicle isstopped on a hill.

The hill start assist system will operateautomatically under the following condi-tions:

. The transmission is shifted to a forwardor reverse gear.

. The vehicle is stopped completely on a hillby applying the brake.

The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to rollback and the hill start assist system will stopoperating completely.

The hill start assist system will not operatewhen the transmission is shifted to the N(Neutral) or P (Park) position or on a flat andlevel road.


HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM


FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKTo prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer through the key hole. If the lockbecomes frozen, heat the key before insert-ing it into the key hole or use the IntelligentKey system.

ANTIFREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated that theoutside temperature will drop below 32°F(0°C), check antifreeze to assure properwinter protection. For additional informa-tion, see “Engine cooling system” (P.8-8).

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the bat-tery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly. Foradditional information, see “Battery” (P.8-16).

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, includ-ing the engine block. Refill before operatingthe vehicle. For details, see “Engine coolingsystem” (P.8-8).

TIRE EQUIPMENTSUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate yourvehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITIrecommends the use of MUD & SNOW orALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. It isrecommended you consult an INFINITI re-tailer for the tire type, size, speed rating andavailability information.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S.states and Canadian provinces prohibit theiruse. Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

Tire chains may be used. For details, see“Tire chains” (P.8-36).

For all-wheel driveIf you install snow tires, they must also bethe same size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush toremove ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out ofsnowdrifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

. Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip”under these conditions. Try to avoiddriving on wet ice until the road issalted or sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheels willlose even more traction.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

. Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pave-ment.

. Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake while onthe ice, and avoid any sudden steer-ing maneuvers.

. Do not use the cruise control onslippery roads.

. Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)Engine block heaters are used to assist incold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be usedwhen the outside temperature is 20°F(−7°C) or lower.

To use the engine block heater1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extensioncord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must be pluggedin for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending onoutside temperatures, to properly warmthe engine coolant. Use an appropriatetimer to turn the engine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it awayfrom moving parts.

WARNING

. Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical systemor a 2-pronged adapter. You can beseriously injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungroundedconnection.

. Disconnect and properly store theengine block heater cord before

starting the engine. Damage to thecord could result in an electrical shockand can cause serious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least 10A.Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-VAC outlet. Failureto use the proper extension cord ora grounded outlet can result in a fireor electrical shock and cause seriouspersonal injury.



JVS1082X

This system uses microphones locatedinside the vehicle to detect engine boomingsound. The system then automatically pro-duces a muted engine booming soundthrough the speakers and woofer (ifso equipped) to reduce engine boomingsound.

NOTE:

To operate the active noise cancellationsystem properly:

. Do not cover the speakers or woofer.

. Do not cover the microphones.

. Do not change or modify speakers in-cluding the woofer and any audio relatedparts such as the amplifier.

. Do not make any modification includingsound deadening or modificationsaround the microphones or speakers.

ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ..................................... 6-2

Roadside assistance program ....................................... 6-2

Emergency engine shut off ............................................ 6-3

Flat tire ................................................................................ 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........... 6-3

Changing a flat tire ..................................................... 6-4

Jump starting .................................................................... 6-9

Push starting ................................................................... 6-11

If your vehicle overheats .............................................. 6-12

Towing your vehicle ...................................................... 6-13

Towing recommended by INFINITI ................... 6-14

Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ........ 6-15

6-2 In case of emergency

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights willflash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, be sureto move the vehicle well off the road.

. Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on the highwayunless unusual circumstances forceyou to drive so slowly that yourvehicle might become a hazard toother traffic.

. Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch in any position.

When an impact that could activate thesupplemental air bags is detected, thehazard warning flasher lights blink automa-tically. If the hazardwarning flasher switch ispushed, the hazardwarning flashers will turnoff.

WARNING

Do not turn the hazard warning flasherswitch to off until you can make surethat it is safe to do so. Also, the hazardflasher warning may not blink automa-tically depending on the force of impact.

Some state laws may prohibit the use of thehazardwarning flasher switchwhile driving.

In the event of a roadside emergency,Roadside Assistance Service is available toyou. Please refer to your Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & RoadsideAssistance Information Booklet (Canada) fordetails.

HAZARDWARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch 3 consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires except thespare. When the low tire pressure warninglight is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSUREwarning appears in the vehicle informationdisplay, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated. If the vehicle isbeing driven with low tire pressure, theTPMS will activate and warn you of it bythe low tire pressure warning light. Thissystem will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).For more details, see “Warning lights, in-dicator lights and audible reminders” (P.2-10) and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” (P.5-5).

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates or LOW PRESSURE in-formation is displayed on the monitorscreen while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt brak-ing, reduce vehicle speed, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop thevehicle as soon as possible. Drivingwith under-inflated tires may perma-

nently damage the tires and increasethe likelihood of tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur and maylead to an accident and could result inserious personal injury. Check the tirepressure for all four tires. Adjust thetire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label toturn the low tire pressure warninglight OFF. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a sparetire as soon as possible.



. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this may

In case of emergency 6-3

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE


cause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake.Move the shift lever to theP (Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, andto signal professional road assistancepersonnel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake issecurely applied and the automatictransmission into P (Park).

. Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

. Never change tires if oncoming traf-fic is close to your vehicle. Wait forprofessional road assistance.

MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite theflat tire to prevent the vehicle from movingwhen it is jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

JVE0356X

SCE0882

Getting the spare tire and toolsRaise the trunk floor cover using the tab.

Remove jacking tools located inside thetrunk as illustrated.

Remove the cap holding the spare tire.

Jacking up the vehicle and removingthe damaged tire

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack providedwith your vehicle onother vehicles. The jack is designedfor lifting only your vehicle during atire change.

. Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle forjack support.

. Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

. Never use blocks on or under the jack.

. Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it may causethe vehicle to move. This is especiallytrue for vehicles with limited slipdifferentials.

. Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.



Carefully read the caution label attached tothe jack body and the following instruc-tions.

CE1089-A

Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack headbetween the notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

SCE0504

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turnsby turning counterclockwise with thewheel nut wrench. Do not remove thewheel nuts until the tire is off theground.

3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle,securely hold the jack lever and rod withboth hands as shown above. Remove thewheel nuts, and then remove the tire.

SCE0661

Installing the spare tireThe T-type spare tire is designed foremergency use. (See specific instructionsunder the heading “Wheels and tires” (P.8-30).)

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on andtighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly in thesequence illustrated ( , , , , ) untilthey are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the



wheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence illustrated.Lower the vehicle completely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

. Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to specification at all times. Itis recommended that wheel nuts betightened to specifications at eachlubrication interval.

. Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parked forthree hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel affixed to the driver side centerpillar.

SCE0883

5. Securely store the flat tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

6. Place the spare tire cover and the trunkfloor carpeting over the damaged tire.

7. Close the trunk.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

. The T-type spare tire and small sizespare tire are designed for emergency

use. See specific instructions underthe heading “Wheels and tires” (P.8-30).

To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions below mustbe followed.

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resultingin severe injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames away fromthe battery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothingor painted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulphuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. If thefluid should come into contact withanything, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

. The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eyeprotectors (for example, goggles or

industrial safety spectacles) and re-move rings, metal bands, or any otherjewelry. Do not lean over the batterywhen jump starting.

. Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explode andcause serious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.


JUMP STARTING


SCE0886

VK56VD engine

SCE0884

VQ37VHR engine

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damage tothe charging system and cause personalinjury.

1. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle , position the two vehicles (and ) to bring their batteries into closeproximity to each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the shift leverto the P (Park) position. Switch off allunnecessary electrical systems (light,heater, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with afirmly wrung out moist cloth to reduceexplosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequenceas illustrated ( ? ? ? ).

For models with a steering wheel lockmechanism: If the battery is discon-nected or discharged, the steering wheelwill lock and cannot be turned. Supplypower using jumper cables before push-ing the ignition switch and disengagingthe steering lock.

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (as illustrated) − not to thebattery.

. Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that clamps donot contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle at about 2,000 rpm, and startthe engine of the vehicle being jumpstarted .

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, push theignition switch to the OFF position andwait 10 seconds before trying again.

7. After starting your engine, carefullydisconnect the negative cable and thenthe positive cable ( ? ? ? ).

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may becontaminated with corrosive acid.

9. Put the battery cover on.

Do not attempt to start the engine bypushing.

CAUTION

. Automatic transmission models can-not be push-started or tow-started.Attempting to do so may causetransmission damage.

. Three way catalyst equipped modelsshould not be started by pushingsince the three way catalyst may bedamaged.

. Never try to start the vehicle bytowing it; when the engine starts,the forward surge could cause thevehicle to collide with the tow vehi-cle.


PUSH STARTING


CAUTION

. Do not continue to drive if yourvehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause engine damage or a vehicle fire.

. To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap whilethe engine is still hot. When theradiator cap is removed, pressurizedhot water will spurt out, possiblycausing serious injury.

. Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading),or if you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc., take the followingsteps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,apply the parking brake and move theshift lever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the climate control. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air condi-tioner temperature control to maximumhot and fan control to high speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused by climb-ing a long hill on a hot day, run the engine

at a fast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm)until the temperature gauge indicationreturns to normal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from theradiator before opening the hood. (Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn off theengine.) Do not open the hood furtheruntil no steam or coolant can be seen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

6. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant isleaking or the cooling fan does not run,stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or theengine cooling fan. The engine cooling

fan can start at any time.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank withthe engine running. Add coolant to thereservoir tank if necessary. Have yourvehicle repaired. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

When towing your vehicle, all State (Pro-vincial in Canada) and local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towingequipment could damage your vehicle. Tow-ing instructions are available from anINFINITI retailer. Local service operatorsare familiar with the applicable laws andprocedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage toyour vehicle, INFINITI recommends that youhave a service operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operator care-fully read the following precautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

. Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working con-dition. If any unit is damaged, dolliesmust be used.

. Always attach safety chains before

towing.

For information about towing your vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle (RV), see “Flattowing” (P.10-22).


TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


SCE0788

Two-wheel drive models

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITI

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsINFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bedtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION

. Never tow automatic transmissionmodels with the rear wheels on theground or four wheels on the ground

(forward or backward), as this maycause serious and expensive damageto the transmission. If it is necessaryto tow the vehicle with the frontwheels raised, always use towingdollies under the rear wheels.

. When towing rear wheel drive modelswith the front wheels on the groundor on towing dollies: Push the ignitionswitch to the ACC or ON position,and secure the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with a ropeor similar device. For models with asteering wheel lock mechanism:Never secure the steering wheel by

selecting the LOCK position. Thismay damage the steering lock me-chanism.

SCE0488

All-wheel drive models

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)modelsINFINITI recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or the vehiclebe placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow Intelligent AWD models withany of the wheels on the ground as thismay cause serious and expensive da-mage to the powertrain.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing astuck vehicle)

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, serious perso-nal injury or death when recovering astuck vehicle:

. Contact a professional towing ser-vice to recover the vehicle if you haveany questions regarding the recoveryprocedure.

. Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to main structural mem-bers of the vehicle.

. Do not use the vehicle tie-downs totow or free a stuck vehicle.

. Only use devices specifically designedfor vehicle recovery and follow themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Always pull the recovery devicestraight out from the front of thevehicle. Never pull at an angle.

. Route recovery devices so they donot touch any part of the vehicleexcept the attachment point.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other device



designed specifically for vehicle recovery.Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the recovery device.

Rocking a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behindthe vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.. Shift back and forth between R (Re-

verse) and D (Drive).. Apply the accelerator as little as

possible to maintain the rocking mo-tion.

. Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D.

. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towingservice to remove the vehicle.

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior ................................................................ 7-2

Washing .......................................................................... 7-2

Waxing ............................................................................ 7-2

Removing spots ............................................................ 7-3

Underbody ...................................................................... 7-3

Glass ................................................................................ 7-3

Wheels ............................................................................. 7-3

Chrome parts ................................................................ 7-4

Tire dressing ................................................................. 7-4

Cleaning interior ............................................................... 7-4

Air fresheners .............................................................. 7-5

Moonroof sunshade .................................................. 7-5

Floor mats .................................................................... 7-5

Seat belts ...................................................................... 7-6

Corrosion protection ........................................................ 7-7

Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion ......................................................... 7-7

Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion .................................................................. 7-7

To protect your vehicle from corrosion ............... 7-7

7-2 Appearance and care

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care ofit.

To protect the paint surface, wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:

. after a rainfall to prevent possible da-mage from acid rain

. after driving on coastal roads

. when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on thesurface

Whenever possible, store or park yourvehicle inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park ina shady area or protect the vehicle with abody cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGWash dirt off the vehicle with a wet spongeand plenty of water. Clean the vehiclethoroughly using a mild soap, a specialvehicle soap or general purpose dishwashingliquid mixedwith clean, lukewarm (never hot)water.

CAUTION

. Do not use car washes that use acid inthe detergent. Some car washes,especially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to functionproperly. Always check with your carwash to confirm that acid is not used.

. Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical de-tergents, gasoline or solvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removing caked-

on dirt or other foreign substances sothe paint surface is not scratched ordamaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerableto the effects of road salt. Therefore, theseareas must be regularly cleaned. Make surethat the drain holes in the lower edge of thedoor are open. Spray water under the bodyand in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt andwash away road salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paintsurface by using a damp chamois to dry thevehicle.

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to remove built-up wax residue and to avoid a weatheredappearance before reapplying wax.

An INFINITI retailer can assist you in choos-ing the proper product.

. Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

. Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleanersthat may damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polishingon a base coat/clear coat paint finish maydull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lastingdamage or staining. Special cleaning pro-ducts are available at an INFINITI retailer orany automotive accessory stores.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. Thiswill prevent dirt and salt from building upand causing the acceleration of corrosion onthe underbody and suspension. Before thewinter period and again in the spring, theunderseal must be checked and, if necessary,re-treated.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal forglass to become coated with a film after thevehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleanerand a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based dis-infectant cleaners. They could damagethe electrical conductors, radio antennaelements or rear window defroster ele-ments.

WHEELSWash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

. Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the underside ofthe vehicle is washed.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause lossof pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

. INFINITI recommends that the roadwheels be waxed to protect against roadsalt in areas where it is used during

winter.

CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

Aluminum alloy wheelsWash regularly with a sponge dampened in amild soap solution, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheels if not removed.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that uses strongacid or alkali contents to clean thewheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same asambient temperature.

. Rinse the wheel to completely re-move the cleaner within 15 minutesafter the cleaner is applied.

Appearance and care 7-3


CHROME PARTSClean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain thefinish.

TIRE DRESSINGINFINITI does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coat-ing to the tires to help reduce discolorationof the rubber. If a tire dressing is applied tothe tires, it may react with the coating andform a compound. This compoundmay comeoff the tire while driving and stain the vehiclepaint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

. Use a water-based tire dressing. Thecoating on the tire dissolves more easilywith an oil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by tire dressing manufacturer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipethe vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean,soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution,then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in orderto maintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Somefabric protectors contain chemicals thatmay stain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifica-tion sensors. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

CAUTION

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dam-pened with water. Never use a roughcloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or anykind of solvent or paper towel with achemical cleaning agent. They willscratch or cause discoloration to thelens.

. Do not spray any liquid such as wateron the meter lens. Spraying liquidmay cause the system tomalfunction.

. Small dirt particles can be abrasiveand damaging to the leather surfacesand should be removed promptly. Donot use saddle soap, car waxes,polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, sol-vents, detergents or ammonia-basedcleaners as they may damage theleather’s natural finish.

. Only use fabric protectors approvedby INFINITI.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

CLEANING INTERIOR

AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent that couldaffect the vehicle interior. If you use an airfreshener, take the following precautions:

. Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when they con-tact vehicle interior surfaces. Place theair freshener in a location that allows itto hang free and not contact an interiorsurface.

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clipon the vents. These products can causeimmediate damage and discolorationwhen spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufac-turer’s instructions before using air fresh-eners.

MOONROOF SUNSHADEThe moonroof sunshade is made from asuede material.

Clean the suede material as follows:

CAUTION

To help prevent damaging the sunshadewhile cleaning:

. Do not rub the material with a cloth.Doing so can damage the surface of

the material or cause a stain tospread.

. Never use benzine, thinner or anysimilar chemical to clean the suede.This may discolor the sunshade anddamage the surface.

. Clean water based stains by pattingthe surface with a clean soft clothdampened in warm water. Press aclean dry cloth onto the surface toremove as much dampness as possi-ble and then let air dry.

. Clean oil based stains by patting thesurface with a clean soft cloth dam-pened in warm water. Press a cleandry cloth onto the surface to removeas much dampness as possible andthen let air dry.

FLOOR MATS

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision, injury ordeath:

. NEVER place a floor mat on top ofanother floor mat in the driver frontposition or install them upside down

or backwards.

. Use only genuine INFINITI floor matsor equivalent floor mats, specificallydesigned for use in your vehicle modeland model year.

. Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat posi-tioning hook. See “Floor mat installa-tion” (P.7-6).

. Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with pedal operation.

. Periodically check the floor mats tomake sure they are properly installed.

. After cleaning the vehicle interior,check the floor mats to make surethey are properly installed.

The use of genuine INFINITI floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular cleaningand replaced if they become excessivelyworn.



SAI0050

Floor mat installationYour vehicle is equipped with floor matpositioning hook(s). The number and shapeof the floor mat positioning hook(s) for eachseating position varies depending on thevehicle.

When installing genuine INFINITI floor mats,follow the installation instructions providedwith the floor mat and the following:

1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell sothat the mat grommet holes are alignedwith the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into the hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat isproperly positioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with pedal operation. With theignition in the OFF position and the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, fully applyand release all pedals. The floor matmust not interfere with pedal operationor prevent the pedal from returning to itsnormal position. It is recommended yousee an INFINITI retailer for details aboutinstalling the floor mats in your vehicle.

SAI0051

Positioning hooks

The illustration shows the location of thefloor mat positioning hooks.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthemwith a sponge dampened in a mild soapsolution. Allow the belts to dry completelybefore using them.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-10).

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents to clean the seat belts,

since these materials may severelyweaken the seat belt webbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION. The accumulation of moisture-retaining

dirt and debris in body panel sections,cavities, and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS IN-FLUENCE THE RATE OF COR-ROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not drycompletely inside the vehicle, and should beremoved for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areaswhere the temperatures stay above freezingwhere atmospheric pollution exists, or whereroad salt is used.

TemperatureA temperature increase will accelerate therate of corrosion to those parts which arenot well ventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse will accelerate the corrosion process.Road salt will also accelerate the disintegra-tion of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLEFROM CORROSION. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep

the vehicle clean.

. Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

. Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumulation.

. Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash withwater as soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.


CORROSION PROTECTION


. Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic com-ponents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corro-sion and deterioration of underbody compo-nents such as the exhaust system, fuel andbrake lines, brake cables, floor pan andfenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, it is recommended you consult anINFINITI retailer.

8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions ............................................... 8-2

Engine compartment check locations ......................... 8-3

VK56VD engine ........................................................... 8-3

VQ37VHR engine ........................................................ 8-5

Engine cooling system ..................................................... 8-8

Checking engine coolant level ................................. 8-9

Changing engine coolant ....................................... 8-10

Engine oil .......................................................................... 8-10

Checking engine oil level ......................................... 8-11

Changing engine oil and filter ................................ 8-11

Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ........................ 8-13

Power steering fluid ....................................................... 8-14

Brake fluid ......................................................................... 8-14

Brake fluid ................................................................... 8-15

Window washer fluid .................................................... 8-15

Battery ............................................................................... 8-16

Jump starting ............................................................. 8-17

Variable voltage control system ................................. 8-18

Drive belts ......................................................................... 8-18

Spark plugs ....................................................................... 8-19

Replacing spark plugs .............................................. 8-19

Air cleaner ........................................................................ 8-19

Windshield wiper blades .............................................. 8-21

Cleaning ..................................................................... 8-21

Replacing ................................................................... 8-21

Brakes ................................................................................ 8-22

Self-adjusting brakes ............................................. 8-22

Brake pad wear warning ....................................... 8-22

Fuses .................................................................................. 8-23

Engine compartment .............................................. 8-23

Passenger compartment ...................................... 8-24

Intelligent Key battery replacement ......................... 8-25

Lights ................................................................................. 8-27

Headlights ................................................................ 8-28

Exterior and interior lights ................................... 8-28

Wheels and tires ............................................................ 8-30

Tire pressure ............................................................ 8-30

Tire labeling ............................................................. 8-34

Types of tires ........................................................... 8-36

Tire chains ................................................................. 8-36

Changing wheels and tires ................................... 8-37

8-2 Do-it-yourself

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injury toyourself or damage to the vehicle. Thefollowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent thevehicle from moving. Move the shiftlever to P (Park).

. Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position when per-forming any parts replacement orrepairs.

. Never connect or disconnect thebattery or any transistorized compo-nent while the ignition switch is in theON position.

. Never leave the engine or automatictransmission related component har-nesses disconnected while the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other moving

parts.

. It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and remove anyjewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.before working on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

. If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel tank and thebattery.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warn-ing, even if the ignition key is in theOFF position and the engine is notrunning. To avoid injury, always dis-connect the negative battery cablebefore working near the fan.

. Because the fuel lines are under highpressure even when the engine is off,it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for service of the

fuel filter or fuel lines.

CAUTION

. Do notwork under the hoodwhile theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with used en-gine oil and coolant. Improperly dis-posed engine oil, coolant, and/orother vehicle fluids can damage theenvironment. Always conform to lo-cal regulations for disposal of vehiclefluid.

This “8. Do-it yourself” section gives instruc-tions regarding only those items which arerelatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” (P.10-26).)

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, and couldaffect your warranty coverage. If in doubtabout any servicing, it is recommended youhave it done by an INFINITI retailer.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

SDI2569

VK56VD ENGINETo remove the engine compartment cover,unhook the clips located as illustrated.Loosen the bolts and then pull the coverupward.

Do-it-yourself 8-3

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

8-4 Do-it-yourself

SDI2538

1. Battery

2. Fuse/fusible link holder

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Window washer fluid reservoir

6. Power steering fluid reservoir

7. Air cleaner

8. Radiator filler cap

9. Engine coolant reservoir

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Drive belts

12. Fuse/fusible link holder

SDI2551

VQ37VHR ENGINETo remove the engine compartment cover,unhook the clips located as illustrated.

Do-it-yourself 8-5

8-6 Do-it-yourself

JVC0538X

Type A1. Fuse/fusible link holder

2. Battery





7. Air cleaner




11. Drive belts

JVC0539X

Type B1. Fuse/fusible link holder

2. Battery





7. Air cleaner




11. Drive belts

Do-it-yourself 8-7

8-8 Do-it-yourself

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provideyear-round anti-freeze and coolant protec-tion. The anti-freeze solution contains rustand corrosion inhibitors. Additional enginecooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Wait until theengine and radiator cool down. Ser-ious burns could be caused by highpressure fluid escaping from theradiator. See precautions in “If yourvehicle overheats” (P.6-12).

. The radiator is equipped with apressure type radiator cap. To pre-vent engine damage, use only agenuine NISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION

. Never use any cooling system addi-tives such as radiator sealer. Addi-tives may clog the cooling system andcause damage to the engine, trans-mission and/or cooling system.

. When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to provide antifreeze protec-tion to −34°F(−37°C). If additionalfreeze protection is needed due toweather where you operate yourvehicle, add Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) con-centrate following the directions onthe container. If an equivalent cool-ant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) isused, follow the coolant manufac-ture’s instructions to maintain mini-mum antifreeze protection to −34°F(−37°C). The use of other types ofcoolant solutions other than GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) or equivalent may damagethe engine cooling system.

. The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000km) or 7 years. Mixing any other typeof coolant other than GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) , including Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/ Coolant(green), or the use of non-distilledwater will reduce the life expectancy

of the factory-fill coolant. Refer tothe “9. Maintenance and schedules”section of this manual for more de-tails.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

JVM0651X

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL

Models with non-pressurized ra-diator reservoir tankCheck the coolant level in the reservoirwhen the engine is cold. If the coolant levelis below MIN , open the reservoir tank capand add coolant up to theMAX level. If thereservoir tank is empty, check the coolantlevel in the radiator when the engine is cold.If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator,fill the radiator with coolant up to the filleropening and also add it to the reservoir tankup to the MAX level .

Tighten the cap securely after adding enginecoolant.

If the cooling system requires coolant fre-quently, have it checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

SDI2624

Models with pressurized radiatorreservoir tankCheck the coolant level in the reservoir tankwhen the engine is running and after itreaches normal operating temperature. Ifthe coolant level is below MIN level , addcoolant up to the MAX level . If thereservoir tank is empty, check the coolantlevel in the radiator when the engine is cold.If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator,fill the radiator with coolant up to the fillercap above the radiator upper hose openingand also add it to the reservoir tank up to theMAX level . Put on the filler cap above theradiator upper hose and with the reservoircap open, start the engine. Run the engine

Do-it-yourself 8-9

8-10 Do-it-yourself

until it reaches normal operating tempera-ture. Add coolant up to the MAX level .Tighten the cap securely after adding enginecoolant.

If the cooling system requires coolant fre-quently, have it checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTIt is recommended that major cooling systemrepairs be performed by an INFINITI retailer.The service procedures can be found in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

. To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when theengine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burns couldbe caused by high pressure fluidescaping from the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaner

as soon as possible.

. Keep coolant out of reach of childrenand pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of prop-erly. Check your local regulations.

SDI2541

VK56VD engine

SDI2045

VQ37VHR engine

ENGINE OIL

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check theoil level. It should be within the range .If the oil level is below , remove the oilfiller cap and pour recommended oilthrough the opening. Do not overfill .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity ofoperating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage theengine, and such damage is not coveredby warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL ANDFILTER

Vehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than15 minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jack stands.. Place the safety jack stands under the

vehicle jack-up points.. A suitable adapter should be attached

to the jack stand saddle.

5. Remove the plastic engine undercover.. Remove the small plastic clip at the

center point of the undercover.. Then remove the other bolts that hold

the undercover in place.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and sup-port points are used to avoid vehicledamage.

SDI2543

VK56VD engine — 2WD models

SDI2335

VQ37VHR engine — 2WD models

Do-it-yourself 8-11

8-12 Do-it-yourself

SDI2320

VK56VD engine — AWD models

SDI2047

VQ37VHR engine — AWD models

Engine oil and filter1. Place a large drain pan under the drain

plug.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrenchand completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed of prop-erly.

. Check your local regulations.

4. (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when theengine oil filter change is needed.)

Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench. Remove the oil filter by turning itby hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting sur-face with a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface ofthe engine. Failure to do so could lead to

engine damage.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tightenadditionally more than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.5 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drainplug with a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.

9. Refill engine with recommended oil andinstall the oil filler cap securely.

CAUTION

The dipstick must be inserted in place toprevent oil spillage from the dipstickhole while filling the engine with oil.

See “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for drain and

refill capacity. The drain and refill capa-city depends on the oil temperature anddrain time. Use these specifications forreference only. Always use the dipstickto determine the proper amount of oil inthe engine.

10.Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required.

11. Turn the engine off and wait more than15 minutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operation1. Install the engine undercover into posi-

tion as the following steps.

a. Pull the center of the small plastic clipout.

b. Hold the engine undercover into posi-tion.

c. Insert the clip through the undercoverinto the hole in the frame, then pushthe center of the clip in to lock the clipin place.

d. Install the other bolts that hold theundercover in place. Be careful not tostrip the bolts or over-tighten them.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to theground.

3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

When checking or replacement is required,we recommend an INFINITI retailer forservicing.

CAUTION

. It is recommended that you use onlyGenuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. Donot mix with other fluids.

. Using automatic transmission fluid(ATF) other than Genuine NISSANMatic S ATF may cause deteriorationin driveability and automatic trans-mission durability, and may damagethe automatic transmission. Damagecaused by use of fluids other than asrecommended is not covered by theINFINITI new vehicle limited war-ranty.

Do-it-yourself 8-13

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONFLUID (ATF)

8-14 Do-it-yourself

SDI1765A

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range ( : HOT MAX., : HOTMIN.) atfluid temperatures of 122 to 176°F (50 to80°C) or using the COLD range ( : COLDMAX., : COLD MIN.) at fluid temperaturesof 32 to 86°F (0 to 30°C).

If the fluid is below the MIN line, addGenuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent. Removethe cap and fill through the opening.

CAUTION

. Do not overfill.

. Recommended fluid is GenuineNISSAN PSF or equivalent.

For further brake fluid information, see“Capacities and recommended fluids/lubri-cants” (P.10-2).

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealedcontainer. Old, inferior or contami-nated fluid may damage the brakesystem. The use of improper fluidscan damage the brake system andaffect the vehicle’s stopping ability.

. Clean the filler cap before removing.

. Brake fluid is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked con-tainers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces.This will damage the paint. If fluid isspilled, wash the surface with water.

POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE FLUID

SDI2025

BRAKE FLUIDCheck the fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid is below the MIN line or the brakewarning light comes on, add GenuineNISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid orequivalentDOT 3 fluid up to theMAX line .If fluid must be added frequently, the systemshould be checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

SDI2544

WARNING

Antifreeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir per-iodically. Add windowwasher fluid when thelow window washer fluid warning appearson the vehicle information display.

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, liftthe cap off the reservoir tank and pour thewindow washer fluid into the tank opening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer for

better cleaning. In the winter season, add awindshield washer antifreeze. Follow themanufacturer’s instructions for the mixtureratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of window washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to thepaint.

. Do not fill the window washer re-servoir tank with washer fluid con-centrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use the win-dow washer reservoir tank to mix the

Do-it-yourself 8-15

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

8-16 Do-it-yourself

washer fluid concentrate and water.. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.

Clean the battery with a solution ofbaking soda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 daysor longer, disconnect the negative (−)battery terminal cable to prevent dis-charging it.

NOTE:





WARNING

. Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by the battery is explosive.Do not allow battery fluid to contactyour skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted

surfaces. After touching a battery orbattery cap, do not touch or rub youreyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. Ifthe acid contacts your eyes, skin orclothing, immediately flush withwater for at least 15 minutes andseek medical attention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if the fluidin the battery is low. Low batteryfluid can cause a higher load on thebattery which can generate heat,reduce battery life, and in some caseslead to an explosion.

. When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

. Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands after hand-ling.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

BATTERY

DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell (Remove thebattery cover if it is necessary). It should bebetween the UPPER LEVEL and LOWERLEVEL lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to theindicator in each filler opening. Do notoverfill.

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPERLEVEL line.

If the side of the battery is not clear,check the distilled water level by lookingdirectly above the cell; the conditionindicates OK and the conditions needsmore to be added.

3. Tighten cell plugs .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” (P.6-9). If the engine does not startby jump starting, the battery may have to bereplaced. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Do-it-yourself 8-17

8-18 Do-it-yourself

CAUTION

. Do not ground accessories directly tothe battery terminal. Doing so willbypass the variable voltage controlsystem and the vehicle battery maynot charge completely.

. Use electrical accessories with theengine running to avoid dischargingthe vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system mea-sures the amount of electrical dischargefrom the battery and controls voltage gen-erated by the generator.

SDI2545

VK56VD engine

SDI2119

VQ37VHR engine

1. Power steering fluid pump

2. Alternator

3. Crankshaft pulley

4. Air conditioner compressor

5. Drive belt auto-tensioner

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position before servicing drivebelts. The engine could rotate unexpect-edly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness.If the belt is in poor condition or loose,have it replaced or adjusted. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

2. Have the belts checked regularly forcondition and tension in accordance withthe maintenance schedule shown in the“9. Maintenance and schedules” section.

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELTS

WARNING

Be sure the engine and the ignitionswitch are off and that the parkingbrake is engaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

SDI2020

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIf replacement is required, it is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Iridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace the iridium-tipped spark plugs as frequently as theconventional type spark plugs since they willlast much longer. Follow the maintenanceschedule shown in the “9. Maintenance andschedules” section, but do not reuse them bycleaning or regapping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

SDI2549

VK56VD engine

Do-it-yourself 8-19

SPARK PLUGS AIR CLEANER

8-20 Do-it-yourself

SDI2546

VQ37VHR engine

Remove the retainers as illustrated andpull out the filter element .

The filter element should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the main-tenance schedule shown in the “9. Main-tenance and schedules” section. Whenreplacing the filter, wipe the inside of the

air cleaner housing and the cover with adamp cloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stops flameif the engine backfires. If it isn’tthere, and the engine backfires, youcould be burned. Do not drive withthe air cleaner removed, and be care-ful when working on the engine withthe air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine withthe air cleaner removed. Doing socould result in serious injury.

CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or other materi-al may be on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a milddetergent. Then rinse the blade with clearwater. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.

Worn windshield wiper blades can damagethe windshield and impair driver vision.

SDI2048

REPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.

Before replacing the wiper blades, the wipershould be in the fully up position to avoidscratching the engine hood or damaging thewiper arm. To pull up the wiper arm, see“Wiper and washer switch” (P.2-32).

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the release tab , and then movethe wiper blade down the wiper armwhile pushing the release tab to remove.

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is inthe groove.

CAUTION

. After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its originalposition;

otherwise it may be damaged whenthe hood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

Do-it-yourself 8-21

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

8-22 Do-it-yourself

SDI2362

Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle .This may cause improper windshield washeroperation. If the nozzle is clogged, removeany objects with a needle or small pin . Becareful not to damage the nozzle.

If the brakes do not operate properly, it isrecommended you have the brakes checkedby an INFINITI retailer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKESYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every timethe brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

Have your brake system checked if thebrake pedal height does not return tonormal. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requires repla-cement, it will make a high pitched scrapingsound when the vehicle is in motion. Thisscraping sound will first occur only when thebrake pedal is depressed. After more wear ofthe brake pad, the sound will always beheard even if the brake pedal is notdepressed. Have the brakes checked as soonas possible if the wear warning sound isheard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brake noiseduring light to moderate stops is normal anddoes not affect the function or performanceof the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals should befollowed. For additional information, see themaintenance schedule shown in the “9.Maintenance and schedules” section.

BRAKES

SDI2584

SDI2566

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or electronic con-trol units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed tothe OFF or LOCK position and theheadlight switch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the engine hood and remove thecover on the battery and the fuse/fusiblelink holder.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holdercover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

SDI1754

5. If the fuse is open , replace it with anew fuse . Spare fuses are stored in thepassenger compartment fuse box.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and repaired.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

The holder also contains the fuses. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor checking and/or replacing.

Do-it-yourself 8-23

FUSES

8-24 Do-it-yourself

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does not operateand fuses are in good condition, check thefusible links. If any of these fusible links aremelted, replace only with genuine INFINITIparts.

SDI2034

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed tothe OFF or LOCK position and theheadlight switch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the fuse box lid.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller .

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and repaired.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. Spare fuses arestored in the fuse box.

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children toswallow the battery and removed parts.

SDI2451

To replace the battery:

1. Release the lock knob at the back of theIntelligent Key and remove the mechan-ical key.

2. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver wrappedwith a cloth into the slit of the corner andtwist it to separate the upper part from

the lower part.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR2025 or equivalent. Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as it could cause amalfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges. Hold-ing the battery across the contactpoints will seriously deplete the sto-rage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the case.

Do-it-yourself 8-25

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYREPLACEMENT

8-26 Do-it-yourself

SDI2452

4. Align the tips of the upper and lowerparts, and then push them together untilit is securely closed.

5. Operate the buttons to check its opera-tion.

If you need any assistance for replacement,it is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interference

received, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

NOTE:


For Canada:


JVM0645X

1. Headlight (high-beam)

2. Headlight (low-beam)

3. Parking light/daytime running light

4. Map light

5. Rear spot light (if so equipped)

6. Rear personal light (if so equipped)

7. Side turn signal light

8. Fog light

9. Front turn signal light

10. Front side marker light

11. Illuminated kick plate (if so equipped)

12. Step light

13. Courtesy light

14. High-mounted stop light

15. Trunk light

16. License plate light

17. Back-up light

18. Rear turn signal light

19. Stop light

20. Tail light

21. Rear side marker light

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens ofthe exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash.A temperature difference between the insideand the outside of the lens causes the fog.This is not a malfunction. If large drops ofwater collect inside the lens, it is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for

Do-it-yourself 8-27

LIGHTS

8-28 Do-it-yourself

servicing.

HEADLIGHTSIf replacement is required, it is recommendedyou visit your INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight*

High beams LED —

Low beams LED —

Front turn signal light* LED —

Front fog light* LED —

Parking light* LED —

Side turn signal light* LED —

Side marker light* LED —

Rear combination light*

back-up LED —

turn signal 21 W21W

stop/tail/side marker LED —

License plate light* 5 W5W

Map light 8 —

Rear personal light (if so equipped) 8 —

Rear spot light (if so equipped) 10 —

Vanity mirror light* 2 —

Illuminated kick plate (if so equipped)* LED —

Step light* 5 —

Trunk light* 3.4 —

Courtesy light* LED —

High-mounted stop light* LED —

*: It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for replacement.

NOTE: It is recommended that you check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailerfor the latest information about parts.

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C, D, E orF. When replacing a bulb, first remove thelens and/or cover.

SDI1679

SDI2550

Map light

SDI2031

Rear personal light (if so equipped)

Do-it-yourself 8-29

8-30 Do-it-yourself

JVM0120X

Rear spot light (if so equipped)

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires except thespare. When the low tire pressure warninglight is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSUREwarning appears in the vehicle informationdisplay, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detecta sudden drop in tire pressure (for example aflat tire while driving).

For more details, see “Low tire pressurewarning light” (P.2-14), “Tire Pressure Mon-itoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-3).

Tire inflation pressure

Check the pressure of the tires (in-cluding the spare) often and alwaysprior to long distance trips. Therecommended tire pressure specifica-tions are shown on the Tire and

Loading Information label under the“Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tireand Loading Information label isaffixed to the driver side center pillar.Tire pressures should be checkedregularly because:

. Most tires naturally lose air overtime.

. Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other ob-jects or if the vehicle strikes a curbwhile parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehiclehas been parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) atmoderate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affecttire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

WHEELS AND TIRES

. The Gross Vehicle Weight rat-ing (GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. Thevehicle weight capacity is indi-cated on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. Do not loadyour vehicle beyond this capa-city. Overloading your vehiclemay result in reduced tire life,unsafe operating conditionsdue to premature tire failure,or unfavorable handling char-acteristics and could also leadto a serious accident. Loadingbeyond the specified capacitymay also result in failure ofother vehicle components.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressuregauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specifiedlevel.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “Impor-tant Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-

tion” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

Do-it-yourself 8-31

8-32 Do-it-yourself

SDI2567

Tire and Loading Information labelSeating capacity: The maximumnumber of occupants that can beseated in the vehicle.Vehicle load limit: See “Vehicleloading information” (P.10-18).

Original size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicleat the factory.Cold tire pressure: Inflate thetires to this pressure when thetires are cold. Tires are consid-ered COLD after the vehicle has

been parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km)at moderate speeds. The recom-mended cold tire inflation is setby the manufacturer to providethe best balance of tire wear,vehicle handling, driveability, tirenoise, etc., up to the vehicle’sGVWR.Tire size — see “Tire labeling”(P.8-34).Spare tire size or compact sparetire size (if so equipped)

SDI1949

Checking the tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarelyonto the valve stem. Do not presstoo hard or force the valve stemsideways, or air will escape. If thehissing sound of air escaping fromthe tire is heard while checking thepressure, reposition the gauge toeliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge stem and compare it to thespecification shown on the Tireand Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core ofthe valve stem briefly with the tipof the gauge stem to releasepressure. Recheck the pressureand add or release air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all othertires, including the spare.

SIZE

COLDTIRE IN-FLA-TIONPRES-SURE

FRONTORIGI-NALTIRE

P245/50R1899V

230 kPa,33 PSI

245/40R2095W

230 kPa,33 PSI

245/40R2095V

230 kPa,33 PSI

REARORIGI-NALTIRE

P245/50R1899V

230 kPa,33 PSI

245/40R2095W

230 kPa,33 PSI

245/40R2095V

230 kPa,33 PSI

SPARETIRE

T165/80D17420 kPa,60 PSI

T155/80D18420 kPa,60 PSI

Do-it-yourself 8-33

8-34 Do-it-yourself

SDI1575

Example

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufac-turers to place standardized informa-tion on the sidewall of all tires. Thisinformation identifies and describesthe fundamental characteristics ofthe tire and also provides the tireidentification number (TIN) for safetystandard certification. The TIN can beused to identify the tire in case of arecall.

SDI1606

Example

Tire size (example: P215/60R1694H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire isdesigned for passenger vehicles.(Not all tires have this informa-tion.)

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in milli-meters of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This num-ber, known as the aspect ratio,gives the tire’s ratio of height to

width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This num-ber is the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94):This number is the tire’s load index.It is a measurement of how muchweight each tire can support. Youmay not find this information on alltires because it is not required bylaw.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.

JVM0694X

Example

TIN (Tire Identification Number) fora new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De-partment of Transportation”. Thesymbol can be placed above, be-low or to the left or right of theTire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code(Optional)

5. Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. Forexample, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing, thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.

Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.

Tire manufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.

Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amount ofair pressure that should be put in thetire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure.

Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds that canbe carried by the tire. When replacingthe tires on the vehicle, always use atire that has the same load rating asthe factory installed tire.

Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requires aninner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tube-less”).

The word “radial”

The word “radial” is shown, if the tirehas radial structure.

Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, In-tended Outboard Sidewall is (1) thesidewall that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering or bears manu-facturer, brand and/or model namemolding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other side-wall of the tire, or (2) the outwardfacing sidewall of an asymmetricaltire that has a particular side thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

Do-it-yourself 8-35

8-36 Do-it-yourself

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(Example: Summer, All Season orSnow) and construction. An INFINITIretailer may be able to help you withinformation about tire type, size,speed rating and availability.

. Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehicle speed.Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.


. For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

All season tiresINFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance all

year, including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All Season tires are identified by ALLSEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have bettersnow traction than All Season tires and maybe more appropriate in some areas.

Summer tiresINFINITI specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance ondry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice. Sum-mer tires do not have the tire traction ratingM&S on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowyor icy conditions, INFINITI recommends theuse of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires onall four wheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load ratingto the original equipment tires. If you do not,it can adversely affect the safety andhandling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the

same size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S.states and Canadian provinces prohibit theiruse. Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires. Skid andtraction capabilities of studded snow tires,on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer thanthat of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are the proper sizefor the tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer’s sug-gestions. Use only SAE Class S chains. Class“S” chains are used on vehicles with re-stricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehiclesthat can use Class “S” chains are designed tomeet the SAE standard minimum clearancesbetween the tire and the closest vehiclesuspension or body component required toaccommodate the use of a winter tractiondevice (tire chains or cables). The minimumclearances are determined using the factoryequipped tire size. Other types may damageyour vehicle. Use chain tensioners whenrecommended by the tire chain manufac-turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of

the tire chain must be secured or removed toprevent the possibility of whipping actiondamage to the fenders or underbody. Ifpossible, avoid fully loading your vehiclewhen using tire chains. In addition, drive ata reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehiclemay be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely affected.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Drivingwith tire chains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.

SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

INFINITI recommends rotating thetires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).(See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for tire repla-cing procedures.)

As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to the specification at all times.It is recommended that wheel nuts betightened to the specification at eachtire rotation interval.

WARNING

. After rotating the tires, checkand adjust the tire pressure.

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

. Do not include the T-type sparetire or any other small sizespare tire in the tire rotation.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “Impor-tant Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

Do-it-yourself 8-37

8-38 Do-it-yourself

SDI1663

Tire wear and damage1. Wear indicator2. Wear indicator location mark.

The locations are shown by“ ”, “TWI”, etc. depending ontire types.

WARNING

. Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bul-ging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,

the tire(s) should be replaced.

. The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. Whenwear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician, becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

. Improper service of the sparetire may result in serious perso-nal injury. If it is necessary torepair the spare tire, it is re-commended you vis it anINFINITI retailer for this ser-vice.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “Impor-tant Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carryingcapacity as originally equipped. (See “Speci-fications” (P.10-11) for recommended typesand sizes of tires and wheels.)

WARNING

. The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construc-tion (bias, bias-belted or radial), ortread patterns can adversely affectthe ride, braking, handling, groundclearance, body-to-tire clearance,tire chain clearance, speedometercalibration, headlight aim and bum-per height. Some of these effects maylead to accidents and could result inserious personal injury.

. For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models,if your vehicle was originallyequipped with 4 tires that were thesame size and you are only replacing2 of the 4 tires, install the new tireson the rear axle. Placing new tires onthe front axle may cause loss ofvehicle control in some driving condi-tions and cause an accident andpersonal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear,degrade vehicle handling character-istics and/or interference with thebrake discs/drums. Such interferencecan lead to decreased braking effi-ciency and/or early brake pad/shoewear. See “Wheels and tires” (P.10-12) for wheel off-set dimensions.



. The TPMS sensor may be damaged ifit is not handled correctly. Be carefulwhen handling the TPMS sensor.

. When replacing the TPMS sensor, theID registration may be required. It is

recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for ID registration.

. Do not use a valve stem cap that isnot specified by INFINITI. The valvestem cap may become stuck.

. Be sure that the valve stem caps arecorrectly fitted. Otherwise the valvemay be clogged up with dirt andcause a malfunction or loss of pres-sure.

. Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has beenrepaired. Such wheels or tires couldhave structural damage and could failwithout warning.

. The use of retread tire is not recom-mended.

. For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)models

CAUTION

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Failure to do somay result in a circumference differ-ence between tires on the front andrear axles which will cause excessivetire wear and may damage the trans-mission, transfer case and differentialgears.

. ONLY use spare tires specified forthe Intelligent AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced withtires of the same size, brand, constructionand tread pattern. The tire pressure andwheel alignment should also be checked andcorrected as necessary. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Wheel balanceUnbalancedwheels may affect vehicle hand-ling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,

Do-it-yourself 8-39

8-40 Do-it-yourself

they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be performedwith the wheels off the vehicle. Spinbalancing the wheels on the vehicle couldlead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheelsSee “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for detailsabout care of the wheels.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USEONLY (T-type) spare tire)Since the spare tire is not equipped with theTPMS, when a spare tire is mounted (TEM-PORARY USE ONLY or conventional), theTPMS will not function.

Observe the following precautions if the T-type spare tire must be used, otherwise yourvehicle could be damaged or involved in anaccident.

WARNING

. The T-type spare tire should be usedfor emergency use. It should bereplaced with the standard tire at

the first opportunity to avoid possi-ble tire or differential damage.

. Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-ARYUSEONLY spare tire is installed.Avoid sharp turns and abrupt brakingwhile driving.

. Periodically check spare tire inflationpressure. Always keep the pressureof the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2bar). Always keep the pressure of thefull size spare tire (if so equipped) atthe recommended pressure for stan-dard tires, as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label. ForTire and Loading Information labellocation, see “Tire and loading infor-mation label” (P.10-16).

. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire installed do not drive yourvehicle at speeds faster than 50MPH(80 km/h).

. When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used onthe front wheels and original tireused on the rear wheels (drivewheels). Use tire chains only on thetwo rear original tires.

. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a faster

rate than the standard tire. Replacethe spare tire as soon as the treadwear indicators appear.

. Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

. Do not use more than one spare tireat the same time.

CAUTION

. Do not use tire chains on a TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tirechains will not fit properly and maycause damage to the vehicle.

. Because the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire is smaller than theoriginal tire, ground clearance is re-duced. To avoid damage to thevehicle, do not drive over obstacles.Also do not drive the vehicle throughan automatic car wash since it mayget caught.

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirement .............................................. 9-2

General maintenance ................................................. 9-2

Scheduled maintenance ............................................. 9-2

Where to go for service ............................................ 9-2

General maintenance ....................................................... 9-2

Explanation of general maintenance items ......... 9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items .......... 9-5

Emission control system maintenance .................. 9-5

Chassis and body maintenance ............................... 9-5

Maintenance schedules .................................................. 9-6

Additional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions ................................................ 9-6

Standard maintenance .................................................... 9-7

Emission control system maintenance ................ 9-8

Chassis and body maintenance ........................... 9-10

Maintenance under severe driving conditions ....... 9-13

Maintenance log ............................................................. 9-14

9-2 Maintenance and schedules

Some day-to-day and regular maintenanceis essential to maintain your vehicle’s goodmechanical condition, as well as its emissionand engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the scheduled maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesthe proper maintenance. You are a vital linkin the maintenance chain.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential forproper vehicle operation. It is your respon-sibility to perform these procedures regularlyas prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only afew general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, an INFINITI retailer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe maintenance items listed in this sectionare required to be serviced at regular inter-vals. However, under severe driving condi-t ions, addit ional or more frequentmaintenance will be required.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEIf maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips and training programs.They are completely qualified to work onINFINITI vehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that an INFINITIretailer’s service department can performthe service needed to meet the maintenancerequirements on your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance should beperformed regularly as prescribed in thissection. If you detect any unusual sounds,vibrations or smells, be sure to check for thecause or have it checked promptly. In addi-tion, it is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer if you think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, see “Maintenance precautions”(P.8-2).

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMSAdditional information on the followingitems with “*” is found in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless other-wise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood, operate properly. Alsoensure that all latches lock securely. Lubri-cate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers andlinks if necessary. Make sure that thesecondary latch keeps the hood from open-ing when the primary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubrication

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

frequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and installedsecurely. Also check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*:When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts aremissing, and check for any loose wheel nuts.Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every5,000 miles (8,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distance trips.If necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,including the spare, to the pressure speci-fied. Check carefully for damage, cuts orexcessive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core andcap when the tires are replaced due to wearor age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detectuneven or abnormal tire wear, there may bea need for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancing

may be needed.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield at leastevery six months for cracks or other damage.Have a damaged windshield repaired by aqualified repair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming periodic maintenance, cleaningthe vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort.Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) mechan-ism: On a fairly steep hill, check that yourvehicle is held securely with the shift lever inthe P (Park) position without applying anybrakes.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to

stop, have your vehicle checked immediately.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. Keep the floor mataway from the pedal.

Brakes:Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with onlythe parking brake applied. If the parkingbrake needs adjusted, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. toensure they operate smoothly and that alllatches lock securely in every position. Checkthat the head restraints move up and downsmoothly and that the locks (if so equipped)hold securely in all latched positions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, anchors,adjuster and retractors) operate properlyand smoothly, and are installed securely.Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying,wear or damage.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3


Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operatingthe heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly andthat the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each timeyou check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe condition require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

NOTE:





Brake fluid level*:Make sure that the brakefluid level is between theMAX andMIN lineson the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*:Make sure that no belt isfrayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level spot andturning off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back into the oilpan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If the soundof the exhaust seems unusual or there is asmell of exhaust fumes, immediately havethe exhaust system inspected. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. (See “Precautions when starting anddriving” (P.5-4) for exhaust gas (Carbonmonoxide).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after use isnormal. If you should notice any leaks or ifgasoline fumes are evident, check for thecause and have it corrected immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines: Checkthe level when the fluid is cold, with theengine off. Check the lines for proper

attachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks, defor-mation, rot or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to control dust. Itis very important to remove these sub-stances, otherwise rust will form on thefloor pan, frame, fuel lines and around theexhaust system. At the end of winter, theunderbody should be thoroughly flushedwith plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accu-mulate. For additional information, see“Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2).

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that thereis adequate fluid in the reservoir.

The following descriptions are provided togive you a better understanding of thescheduled maintenance items that shouldbe regularly checked or replaced. The main-tenance schedule indicates at which mile-age/time intervals each item requiresservice.

In addition to scheduled maintenance, yourvehicle requires that some items be checkedduring normal day-to-day operation. Referto “General maintenance” (P.9-2).

Items marked with “*” are recommended byINFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. Youare not required to perform maintenance onthese items in order to maintain the warran-ties which come with your vehicle. Othermaintenance items and intervals are re-quired.

When applicable, additional information canbe found in the “8. Do-it yourself” section ofthis manual.

NOTE:

INFINITI does not advocate the use of non-OEM approved aftermarket flushing sys-tems and strongly advises against perform-ing these services on an INFINITI product.Many of the aftermarket flushing systemsuse non-OEM approved chemicals or sol-vents, the use of which has not beenvalidated by INFINITI.

For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids,

grease, and refrigerant, refer to “Capacitiesand recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) of this manual.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMMAINTENANCEDrive belts*:

Check engine drive belts for wear, fraying orcracking and for proper tension. Replace anydamaged drive belts.

Engine air filter:

Replace at specified intervals. When drivingfor prolonged periods in dusty conditions,check/replace the filter more frequently.

Engine coolant*:

Replace coolant at the specified interval.When adding or replacing coolant, be sure touse only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with theproper mixture. (Refer to “Engine coolingsystem” (P.8-8) to determine the propermixture for your area.)

NOTE:

Mixing any other type of coolant or the useof non-distilled water may reduce therecommended service interval of the cool-ant.

Engine oil and oil filter:

Replace engine oil and oil filter at thespecified intervals. For recommended oilgrade and viscosity refer to “Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2).

Engine valve clearance*:

Inspect only if valve noise increases. Adjustvalve clearance if necessary.

Evaporative emissions control vapor lines*:

Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

Fuel lines*:

Check the fuel hoses, piping and connectionsfor leaks, looseness, or deterioration. Tight-en connections or replace parts as necessary.

Spark plugs:

Replace at specified intervals. Install newplugs of the type as originally equipped.

CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTE-NANCEBrake lines and cables:

Visually inspect for proper installation.Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration,and signs of leaking. Replace any deterio-rated or damaged parts immediately.


EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS


Brake pads, rotors, drums and linings:

Check for wear, deterioration and fluidleaks. Replace any deteriorated or damagedparts immediately.

Exhaust system:

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, mufflerand hangers for leaks, cracks, deterioration,and damage. Tighten connections or replaceparts as necessary.

In-cabin microfilter:

Replace at specified intervals. When drivingfor prolonged periods in dusty conditions,replace the filter more frequently.

Propeller shaft(s):

Check for damage, looseness, and greaseleakage. (4WD/AWD/RWD)

Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspen-sion parts, drive shaft boots:

Check for damage, looseness, and leakageof oil or grease. Under severe driving condi-tions, inspect more frequently.

Tire rotation:

Tires should be rotated every 5,000 miles(8,000 km) according to the instructionsunder “Explanation of general maintenanceitems” (P.9-2).When rotating tires, check fordamage and uneven wear. Replace if neces-sary.

Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil andtransfer case oil:

Visually inspect for signs of leakage atspecified intervals.

To help ensure smooth, safe and economicaldriving, INFINITI provides two maintenanceschedules that may be used, depending uponthe conditions in which you usually drive.These schedules contain both distance andtime intervals, up to 120,000 miles(192,000 km)/144 months. For most peo-ple, the odometer reading will indicate whenservice is needed. However, if you drive verylittle, your vehicle should be serviced at theregular time intervals shown in the schedule.

After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at the samemileage/time intervals.

ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCEITEMS FOR SEVERE OPERATINGCONDITIONSAdditional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions; should be performedon vehicles that are driven under especiallydemanding conditions. Additional mainte-nance items should be performed if youprimarily operate your vehicle under thefollowing conditions:

. Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles(8 km).

. Repeated short trips of less than 10miles(16 km) with outside temperatures re-maining below freezing.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES

. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go“rush hour” traffic.

. Extensive idling and/or low speed drivingfor long distances, such as police, taxi ordoor-to-door delivery use.

. Driving in dusty conditions.

. Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

. Using a car-top carrier.

NOTE:

For vehicles operated in Canada, bothstandard and severe maintenance itemsshould be performed at every interval.

The following tables show the standardmaintenance schedule. Depending uponweather and atmospheric conditions, vary-ing road surfaces, individual driving habitsand vehicle usage, additional or more fre-quent maintenance may be required.

After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at the samemileage/time intervals.


STANDARD MAINTENANCE


EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCEAbbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OP-ERATIONPerform at number ofmiles, kilometers ormonths, whichevercomes first.

Miles × 1,000(km × 1,000)Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

5(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Drive belts See NOTE (1) I* I* I*

Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R

EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*

Fuel lines I* I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (3)

Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

Spark plugs Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)

Intake and exhaust valveclearance*

See NOTE (6)

MAINTENANCE OP-ERATIONPerform at number ofmiles, kilometers ormonths, whichevercomes first.



65(104)78

70(112)84

75(120)90

80(128)96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Drive belts See NOTE (1) I* I* I* I* I* I*

Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R

EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*

Fuel lines I* I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (3)

Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

Spark plugs Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)

Intake and exhaust valveclearance*

See NOTE (6)

NOTE:

(1) After 40,000 miles (64,000 km) or 48months, inspect every 10,000 miles(16,000 km) or 12 months. Replace thedrive belts if found damaged.

(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions,more frequent maintenance may be re-quired.

(3) Periodic maintenance is not required.

(4) First replacement interval is 105,000miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After

first replacement, replace every 75,000miles (120,000 km) or 60 months.

(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentwith proper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50% demineralized or distilledwater. Mixing any other type of coolant orthe use of non-distilled water may reducethe life expectancy of the factory fill cool-ant.

(6) Periodic maintenance is not required.However, if valve noise increases, inspect

valve clearance.

*: Maintenance items and intervals with “*”are recommended by INFINITI for reliablevehicle operation. The owner need not toperform such maintenance in order tomaintain the emission warranty or manu-facturer recall liability. Other maintenanceitems and intervals are required.



CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCEAbbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OP-ERATIONPerform at of miles,kilometers or months,whichever comes first.



5(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Brake lines and cables I I I I I I

Brake pads and rotors$ I I I I I I

Brake fluid$ R R R

Automatic transmissionfluid

See NOTE (1)

Transfer fluid and dif-ferential gear oil

See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Steering gear and link-age, axle and suspensionparts$

I I I

Tire rotation See NOTE (3)

Propeller shaft and driveshaft boots (AWD mod-els)$

I I I I I I

Exhaust system$ I I I

In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery R R R R

MAINTENANCE OP-ERATIONPerform at of miles, kilo-meters or months,whichever comes first.



65(104)78

70(112)84

75(120)90

80(128)96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Brake lines & cables I I I I I I

Brake pads & rotors$ I I I I I I

Brake fluid$ R R R

Automatic transmissionfluid

See NOTE (1)

Transfer fluid & differen-tial gear oil

See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Steering gear & linkage,axle & suspension parts$

I I I

Tire rotation See NOTE (3)

Propeller shaft & driveshaft boots (AWD mod-els)$

I I I I I I

Exhaust system$ I I I

In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery R R R R



NOTE:

Maintenance items with “$” should beperformed more frequently according to“Maintenance under severe driving condi-tions” (P.9-13).

(1) Periodic maintenance is not required.

(2) If using a car-top carrier, or driving onrough or muddy roads, change (not justinspect) oil at every 20,000 miles (32,000km) or 24 months.

(3) Refer to “Tire rotation” under “Generalmaintenance” (P.9-2).

The maintenance intervals shown on thepreceding pages are for normal operatingconditions. If the vehicle is mainly operatedunder severe driving conditions as shownbelow, more frequent maintenance must beperformed on the following items as shownin the table.

Severe driving conditions

. Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles(8 km).

. Repeated short trips of less than 10miles(16 km) with outside temperatures re-maining below freezing.

. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go“rush hour” traffic.

. Extensive idling and/or low speed drivingfor long distances, such as police, taxi ordoor-to-door delivery use.

. Driving in dusty conditions.

. Driving on rough, muddy, or salt spreadroads.

. Using a car-top carrier.

Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspectand correct or replace as necessary.

Maintenance item Maintenance operation Maintenance interval

Brake fluid Replace Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12months

Brake pads & rotors Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Steering gear & linkage, axle &suspension parts

Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Propeller shaft & drive shaftboots (AWD models)

Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Exhaust system Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months


MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVEREDRIVING CONDITIONS


5,000 Miles (8,000 km) or 6 Months

Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:

MAINTENANCE LOG


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:




Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:

10 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ..... 10-2

Fuel information (for VQ37VHRengine model) ............................................................ 10-4

Fuel information (for VK56VDengine model) ............................................................. 10-6

Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ........... 10-9

Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations ................................. 10-10

Specifications ................................................................. 10-11

Engine ......................................................................... 10-11

Wheels and tires ..................................................... 10-12

Dimensions ............................................................... 10-13

When traveling or registering inanother country ............................................................ 10-14

Vehicle identification .................................................. 10-14

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ...... 10-14

Vehicle identification number(chassis number) ..................................................... 10-14

Engine serial number ............................................. 10-15

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ........ 10-15

Emission control information label ................... 10-16

Tire and loading information label .................. 10-16

Air conditioner specification label ................... 10-16

Installing front license plate ...................................... 10-17

Vehicle loading information ..................................... 10-18

Terms ....................................................................... 10-18

Vehicle load capacity .......................................... 10-20

Loading tips ........................................................... 10-21

Measurement of weights ................................... 10-21

Towing a trailer ........................................................... 10-22

Flat towing ............................................................. 10-22

Uniform tire quality grading .................................... 10-22

Treadwear .............................................................. 10-22

Traction AA, A, B and C ..................................... 10-23

Temperature A, B and C .................................... 10-23

Emission control system warranty ......................... 10-23

Reporting safety defects .......................................... 10-24

Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test (US only) ................................................................ 10-25

Event Data Recorders (EDR) ................................... 10-25

Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information ........................................................ 10-26

10-2 Technical and consumer information

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Do-it yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid typeCapacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Fuel 76 L 20-1/8 gal 16-3/4 gal See “Fuel information (for VK56VD engine model)” (P.10-6).

Engine oil*1 VQ37VHR With oil filterchange

4.9 L 5-1/8 qt 4-3/8 qt Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil Ester 5W-30 SN” is recommended.If the above motor oil is not available, use an equivalent motor oil that matchesthe above grade and viscosity. For additional information, see “Engine oil andoil filter recommendation” (P.10-9).

Drain and refill*1: For additional in-formation, see “En-gine oil” (P.8-10) forchanging engine oil.

Without oil filterchange

4.6 L 4-7/8 qt 4.0 qt

VK56VD 2WD With oil filterchange

6.0 L 6-3/8 qt 5-1/4 qt


5.7 L 6.0 qt 5.0 qt

AWD With oil filterchange

6.1 L 6-1/2 qt 5-3/8 qt


5.8 L 6-1/8 qt 5-1/8 qt

Engine coolant VQ37VHR Reservoir 0.8 L 7/8 qt 3/4 qt Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent

VK56VD

VQ37VHR Non-pressur-ized radiatorreservoir tank

With reservoir 8.7 L 9-1/4 qt 7-5/8 qt

Pressurized ra-diator reservoirtank

9.3 L 9-7/8 qt 8-1/8 qt

VK56VD 10.9 L 11-1/2 qt 9-5/8 qt

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATFINFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF ONLY in INFINITIautomatic transmissions. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are notequivalent to Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF may damage the automatictransmission. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommendedis not covered under the INFINITI’s new vehicle limited warranty.

Differential gear oil Front — — — Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W- 90 or equivalentconventional (non-synthetic) oil

Rear — — — Genuine NISSAN HYPOID FLUID·S1 GL-5 75W-80 or equivalent

CAPACITIES ANDRECOMMENDEDFLUIDS/LUBRICANTS

Fluid typeCapacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Transfer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATFINFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF ONLY in INFINITItransfers. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent toGenuine NISSAN Matic J ATF may damage the transfer. Damage caused bythe use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under theINFINITI’s new vehicle limited warranty.

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level accordingto the instructions in the “8. Do-ityourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalentDEXRONTM VI type ATF may also be used.

Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent DOT 3*2: Available in mainland USA through an INFINITI retailer.

Multi-purpose grease Without limited slip differential — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

With limited slip differential — — —

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” (P.10-14) for airconditioner specification label.

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze orequivalent

Technical and consumer information 10-3


FUEL INFORMATION (forVQ37VHR engine model)Use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91) may be tem-porarily used, but only under the followingprecautions:

. Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, and fillup with unleaded premium gasoline assoon as possible.

. Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.

Use unleaded premium gasoline for max-imum vehicle performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

. Do not use a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol in your vehicle.Your vehicle is not designed to run ona fuel containing more than 15%ethanol. Using a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol in a vehicle notspecifically designed for a fuel con-taining more than 15% ethanol canadversely affect the emission controldevices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel is notcovered by the INFINITI new vehiclelimited warranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains theoctane booster methylcyclopentadie-nyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).Using fuel containing MMT mayadversely affect vehicle performanceand vehicle emissions. Not all fueldispensers are labeled to indicateMMT content, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer formore details. Note that Federal andCalifornia laws prohibit the use ofMMT in reformulated gasoline.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percen-tage for that region.

Gasoline specificationsINFINITI recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter(WWFC) specifications where it is available.Many of the automobile manufacturersdeveloped this specification to improveemission system and vehicle performance.Ask your service station manager if thegasoline meets the World-Wide Fuel Char-ter (WWFC) specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producingreformulated gasolines. These gasolines arespecially designed to reduce vehicle emis-sions. INFINITI supports efforts towardscleaner air and suggests that you usereformulated gasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising theirpresence. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your INFINITIcannot be readily determined. If in doubt, askyour service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usageof such fuels may cause vehicle performance

problems and/or fuel system damage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and have anoctane rating no lower than that re-commended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it should con-tain no more than 15% oxygenate.

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It shouldalso contain a suitable amount of ap-propriate cosolvents and corrosion in-hibitors. If not properly formulated withappropriate cosolvents and corrosioninhibitors, such methanol blends maycause fuel system damage and/or vehi-cle performance problems. At this time,sufficient data is not available to ensurethat all methanol blends are suitable foruse in INFINITI vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problems suchas engine stalling or hard hot starting areexperienced after using oxygenate-blendfuels, immediately change to a non-oxyge-nate fuel or a fuel with a low blend ofMTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E-15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15%fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 can only be used in vehicles designed torun on E-15 fuel. U.S. government regula-tions require fuel ethanol dispensing pumpsto be identified with small, square, orangeand black label with the common abbrevia-tion or the appropriate percentage for thatregion.

E-85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85%fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle(FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.U.S. government regulations require fuelethanol dispensing pumps to be identifiedby a small, square, orange and black labelwith the common abbreviation or the appro-priate percentage for that region.

Fuel containing MMTMMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boostingadditive. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel mayadversely affect vehicle performance, in-cluding the emissions control system. Notethat while some fuel pumps label MMTcontent, not all do, so you may have to

consult your gasoline retailer for more de-tails.

Aftermarket fuel additivesINFINITI does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (Example: fuelinjector cleaner, octane booster, intake valvedeposit removers, etc.) which are sold com-mercially. Many of these additives intendedfor gum, varnish or deposit removal maycontain active solvent or similar ingredientsthat can be harmful to the fuel system andengine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended above cancause persistent, heavy spark knock. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) If severe,this can lead to engine damage. If youdetect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on level roads,it is recommended you have an INFINITIretailer correct the condition. Failure tocorrect the condition is misuse of thevehicle, for which INFINITI is not respon-sible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in knock-ing, after-run or overheating. This in turnmay cause excessive fuel consumption or



damage to the engine. If any of the abovesymptoms are encountered, have your ve-hicle checked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service or othercompetent service facility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

FUEL INFORMATION (forVK56VD engine model)Use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number 96).





CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designedto run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle notspecifically designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affect theemission control devices and systemsof the vehicle. Damage caused bysuch fuel is not covered by theINFINITI new vehicle limited war-ranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains theoctane booster methylcyclopentadie-nyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).Using fuel containing MMT mayadversely affect vehicle performanceand vehicle emissions. Not all fueldispensers are labeled to indicateMMT content, so you may have to

consult your gasoline retailer formore details. Note that Federal andCalifornia laws prohibit the use ofMMT in reformulated gasoline.


Gasoline specificationsINFINITI recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter(WWFC) specifications where it is available.Many of the automobile manufacturersdeveloped this specification to improveemission system and vehicle performance.Ask your service station manager if thegasoline meets the World-Wide Fuel Char-ter (WWFC) specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producingreformulated gasolines. These gasolines arespecially designed to reduce vehicle emis-sions. INFINITI supports efforts towardscleaner air and suggests that you usereformulated gasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising theirpresence. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your INFINITIcannot be readily determined. If in doubt, askyour service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usageof such fuels may cause vehicle performanceproblems and/or fuel system damage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and have anoctane rating no lower than that re-commended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it should con-tain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

. E-15 fuel contains more than 10%oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adverselyaffect the emission control devices andsystems of the vehicle and should not beused. Damage caused by such fuel is notcovered by the INFINITI New VehicleLimited Warranty.

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It should

also contain a suitable amount of ap-propriate cosolvents and corrosion in-hibitors. If not properly formulated withappropriate cosolvents and corrosioninhibitors, such methanol blends maycause fuel system damage and/or vehi-cle performance problems. At this time,sufficient data is not available to ensurethat all methanol blends are suitable foruse in INFINITI vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problems suchas engine stalling or hard hot starting areexperienced after using oxygenate-blendfuels, immediately change to a non-oxyge-nate fuel or a fuel with a low blend ofMTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E-15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15%fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 can only be used in vehicles designed torun on E-15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in yourvehicle. U.S. government regulations requirefuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied with small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation or theappropriate percentage for that region.

E-85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85%fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle(FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.U.S. government regulations require fuelethanol dispensing pumps to be identifiedby a small, square, orange and black labelwith the common abbreviation or the appro-priate percentage for that region.

Fuel containing MMTMMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boostingadditive. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel mayadversely affect vehicle performance, in-cluding the emissions control system. Notethat while some fuel pumps label MMTcontent, not all do, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer for more de-tails.

Aftermarket fuel additivesINFINITI does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (Example: fuelinjector cleaner, octane booster, intake valvedeposit removers, etc.) which are sold com-mercially. Many of these additives intendedfor gum, varnish or deposit removal maycontain active solvent or similar ingredients



that can be harmful to the fuel system andengine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended above cancause persistent, heavy spark knock. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) If severe,this can lead to engine damage. If youdetect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on level roads,it is recommended you have an INFINITIretailer correct the condition. Failure tocorrect the condition is misuse of thevehicle, for which INFINITI is not respon-sible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in knock-ing, after-run or overheating. This in turnmay cause excessive fuel consumption ordamage to the engine. If any of the abovesymptoms are encountered, have your ve-hicle checked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service or othercompetent service facility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavy

engine load.

JVT0159X

API certification mark

API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance,see “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2). INFINITI recommendsthe use of an energy conserving oil in orderto improve fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the Amer-ican Petroleum Institute (API) certification

or International Lubricant Standardizationand Approval Committee (ILSAC) certifica-tion and SAE viscosity standard. These oilshave the API certification mark on the frontof the container. Oils which do not have thespecified quality label should not be used asthey could cause engine damage.

Oil additivesINFINITI does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it isimportant that the engine oil viscosity beselected based on the temperatures at whichthe vehicle will be operated before the nextoil change. Choosing an oil viscosity otherthan that recommended could cause seriousengine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use the genuine oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described inchange intervals.

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter otherthan the specified quality, or oil and filterchange intervals longer than recommendedcould reduce engine life. Damage to enginescaused by improper maintenance or use ofincorrect oil and filter quality and/or vis-cosity is not covered by the new INFINITIvehicle limited warranties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recom-



mended change interval.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONSThe air conditioning system in your INFINITIvehicle must be charged with the refriger-ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubricant,NISSAN A/C system oil Type S or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant orlubricant may cause severe damage tothe air conditioning system and mayrequire the replacement of all air condi-tioner system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant doesnot affect the earth’s atmosphere, certaingovernmental regulations require the recov-ery and recycling of any refrigerant duringautomotive air conditioning system service.Your INFINITI retailer has the trained tech-nicians and equipment needed to recoverand recycle your air conditioning systemrefrigerant.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer when servicing your air conditioningsystem.

ENGINE

Model VK56VD VQ37VHR

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 8-cylinder, V-slanted at 90° 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 60°

Bore × Stroke in (mm)3.858 × 3.622(98.0 × 92.0)

3.760 × 3.385(95.5 × 86.0)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 338.78 (5,552) 225.54 (3,696)

Firing order 1-8-7-3-6-5-4-2 1-2-3-4-5-6

Idle speed rpm

No adjustment is necessary.Ignition timing(B.T.D.C.)

degree/rpm

Spark plug DILKAR7B11 FXE24HR11

Spark plug gap(Normal)

in (mm) 0.043 (1.1) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

STI0397B

VK56VD engine

STI0425

VQ37VHR engine


SPECIFICATIONS


WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Conventional18 × 8J 1.69 (43)

20 × 9J 1.69 (43)

Spare17 × 4T18 × 4T

1.18 (30)0 (0)

Tire

Type Size Pressure PSI (kPa) [Cold]

ConventionalP245/50R18

33 (230)245/40R20

Spare (T-type)T165/80D17T155/80D18

60 (420)

DIMENSIONSin (mm)

Overall length (with front license plate) 196.1 (4,980)*1202.0 (5,130)*2

Overall length (without front license plate) 195.7 (4,970)*1201.6 (5,120)*2

Overall width 72.6 (1,845)

Overall height59.1 (1,500)*359.6 (1,515)*4

Front tread 62.0 (1,575)

Rear tread61.8 (1,570)*361.6 (1,565)*4

Wheelbase 114.2 (2,900)*1120.1 (3,050)*2

*1: Except for long wheelbase models

*2: Long wheelbase models

*3: Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models

*4: Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models



If you plan to travel in another country, youshould first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane ratingmaycause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline.Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areaswhere appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsi-bility of the user. INFINITI is not responsiblefor any inconvenience that may result.

STI0716

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUM-BER (VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is used inthe vehicle registration.

STI0717

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUM-BER (chassis number)The number is stamped as shown in theengine compartment.

WHENTRAVELINGORREGISTERINGIN ANOTHER COUNTRY VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

STI0584

VK56VD engine

STI0509

VQ37VHR engine

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine asshown.

STI0718

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICA-TION LABELThe Federal/CanadianMotor Vehicle SafetyStandards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certifica-tion label is affixed as shown. This labelcontains valuable vehicle information, suchas: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR),Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), monthand year of manufacture, Vehicle Identifica-tion Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.



STI0719

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMA-TION LABELThe emission control information label isattached as shown.

STI0720

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMA-TION LABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on the Tireand Loading Information label affixed to thedriver’s side center pillar.

STI0721

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICA-TION LABELThe air conditioner specification label isattached as shown.

JVT0338X

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirmthat the following parts are enclosed in theplastic bag.

Only use the recommended mounting posi-tion, otherwise the radar sensor (IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system) (if so equipped)obstruction may result.

. License plate bracket

. J-nut × 2

. Screw × 2

. Screw grommet × 2

1. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground.

2. Locate the center position as illu-strated. Position the license plate brack-et at a distance of approximately 0.74 in(18.8 mm) (Standard models) or 0.84 in(21.3 mm) (Sports models) from thebottom of the bumper. Hold the licenseplate bracket in place.

3. Mark the center of the hole with a felt-tip pen.

4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a0.39 in (10 mm) drill bit at the markedlocations. (Be sure that the drill onlygoes through the bumper fascia.)

5. Insert grommets into the hole on thefascia.


INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into thegrommet hole to add 90° turn onto thepart .

JVT0339X

Mark the center of the hole on bothsides with a felt-tip pen, and thenremove the bracket from the bumper.Next, drill a 0.39 in (10 mm) diameterhole on the bumper, approximately 0.20in (5 mm) below each mark .

7. Insert a J-nut into the license platebracket before placing the license platebracket on the fascia.

8. Install the license plate bracket withscrews.

9. Install the license plate with bolts thatare no longer than 0.55 in (14 mm).

WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous toride in a cargo area inside thevehicle. In a collision, peopleriding in these areas are morelikely to be seriously injured orkilled.

. Do not allow people to ride inany area of vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms before load-ing your vehicle:. Curb Weight (actual weight of

your vehicle) - vehicle weight in-cluding: standard and optionalequipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly. Thisweight does not include passen-

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

gers and cargo.. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) -

curb weight plus the combinedweight of passengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other op-tional equipment. This informationis located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)- maximum weight (load) limitspecified for the front or rear axle.This information is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle, pas-sengers, cargo, and trailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Loadlimit, Total load capacity - max-imum total weight limit specifiedof the load (passengers and cargo)for the vehicle. This is the max-imum combined weight of occu-

pants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer,the trailer tongue weight must beincluded as part of the cargo load.This information is located on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

. Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the weight oftotal occupants weight subtractedfrom the load limit.



STI0365

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Capa-city” on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label.

To get “the combined weight ofoccupants and cargo”, add the weightof all occupants, then add the totalluggage weight. Examples are shownin the illustration.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement “The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For exam-ple, if the XXX amount equals1400 lbs. and there will be five150 lb. passengers in your vehicle,the amount of available cargo andluggage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs or640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the availablecargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, con-firm that you do not exceed the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or theGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)

for your vehicle. (See “Measurementof weights” (P.10-21).)

Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. See the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

LOADING TIPS. The GVW must not exceed GVWR

or GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel.

. Do not load the front and rear axleto the GAWR. Doing so will exceedthe GVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shift-ing. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a suddenstop or collision, unsecured car-go could cause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts of

your vehicle can break, tiredamage could occur, or it canchange the way your vehiclehandles. This could result in lossof control and cause personalinjury.

. Overloading could not onlyshorten the life of your vehicleand the tires, but also couldlead to hazardous vehicle hand-ling and long braking distance.This may cause a premature tiremalfunction, which could resultin a serious accident and perso-nal injury. Failures caused byoverloading are not covered bythe vehicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance ofyour vehicle. When the vehicle isloaded, drive to a scale and weighthe front and the rear wheels sepa-rately to determine axle loads. Indivi-dual axle loads should not exceedeither of the gross axle weight ratings

(GAWR). The total of the axle loadsshould not exceed the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR). These ratingsare given on the vehicle certificationlabel. If weight ratings are exceeded,move or remove items to bring allweights below the ratings.



Do not tow a trailer with yourvehicle.

FLAT TOWINGTowing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes usedwhen towinga vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, suchas a motor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission damage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehicle,always tow forward, never back-ward.

. DO NOT tow any automatic trans-mission vehicle with all four wheelson the ground (flat towing). Doing soWILL DAMAGE internal transmis-sion parts due to lack of transmissionlubrication.

. For emergency towing proceduresrefer to “Towing recommended byINFINITI” (P.6-14).

Automatic transmissionTo tow a vehicle equippedwith an automatictransmission, an appropriate vehicle dollyMUST be placed under the towed vehicle’sdrive wheels. Always follow the dolly man-ufacturer’s recommendations when usingtheir product.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Qual-ity Grades: All passenger car tires mustconform to federal safety requirements inaddition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where applic-able on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEARThe treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire whentested under controlled conditions on aspecified government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wear oneand one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road character-istics and climate.

TOWING A TRAILER UNIFORMTIREQUALITY GRADING

TRACTION AA, A, B AND CThe traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B and C. Those grades representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of as-phalt and concrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking trac-tion tests, and does not include accel-eration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND CThe temperature grades A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resistance tothe generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, and excessive tempera-ture can lead to sudden tire failure. Thegrade C corresponds to a level of perfor-mance which all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Vehicle

Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of performance onthe laboratory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combina-tion, can cause heat build-up and possi-ble tire failure.

Your INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For USA:

. Emission Defects Warranty

. Emissions Performance Warranty (SeeWarranty Information Booklet for de-tails.)

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty Information Booklet (Warranty andRoadside Assistance Information (Canadaonly)) that comes with your INFINITI. If youdid not receive a Warranty InformationBooklet (Warranty and Roadside AssistanceInformation (Canada only)), or it has becomelost, you may obtain a replacement bywriting to:

. INFINITI Division

Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs Department

P.O. Box 685003

Franklin, TN 37068-5003

. Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor Drive

Mississauga, Ontario,

L4W 4Z5


EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY


For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin-istration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying INFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you,your retailer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator,NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW.,Washington DC 20590. You can alsoobtain other information about motorvehicle safety from http://www.safercar. gov.

You may notify INFINITI by contact-

ing our Consumer Affairs Depart-ment, toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform TransportCanada in addition to notifyingINFINITI.

If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayrequest that INFINITI conduct a recallcampaign. However, Transport Cana-da cannot become involved in indivi-dual problems between you, yourretailer, or INFINITI.

You may contact Transport Canada’sDefect Investigations and Recalls Di-vision toll free at 1-800-333-0510.You may also report safety defectsonline at:

https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lan-g=eng (English speakers) or https://

wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra(French speakers).

Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be obtainedfrom Transport Canada’s RoadSafety Information Centre at 1-800- 333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety (English speak-ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere(French speakers).

To notify INFINITI of any safetyconcerns please contact our Consu-mer Information Centre toll free at 1-800- 361-4792.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

A vehicle equipped with Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) should never be testedusing a twowheel dynamometer (such as thedynamometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equipment.Make sure you inform test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment may result intransmission damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas, your vehicle may be required to be inwhat is called the “ready condition” for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of theemission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the “ready condition” canbe obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is re-paired or the battery is disconnected, thevehicle may be reset to a “not ready condi-tion”. Before taking the I/M test, check thevehicle’s inspection/maintenance test readi-ness condition. Place the ignition switch inthe ON position without starting the engine.If the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)comes on steady for 20 seconds and thenblinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test conditionis “not ready”. If the MIL does not blink after

20 seconds, the I/M test condition is“ready”.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer to set the “ready condition” or toprepare the vehicle for testing.

This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of anEDR is to record, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle, datathat will assist in understanding how avehicle’s systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related to vehicledynamics and safety systems for a shortperiod of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:

. How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

. Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver was depres-sing the accelerator and/or brake pedal;and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur.

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a nontrivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by the EDRunder normal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g. name, gender, age andcrash location) are recorded. However, otherparties, such as law enforcement, couldcombine the EDR data with the type of


READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (US only) EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)


personally identifying data routinely ac-quired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer and INFINITI re-tailer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment, canread the information if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only beaccessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. Agenuine INFINITI Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. This manual is the same oneused by the factory-trained techniciansworking at an INFINITI retailer. GenuineINFINITI Owner’s Manuals can also bepurchased.

For USA:

For current pricing and availability of genu-ine INFINITI Service Manuals, contact:

www.infiniti-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genu-ine INFINITI Owner’s Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual for thismodel year and prior, contact an INFINITIretailer. For the phone number and locationof an INFINITI retailer in your area call theINFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representativewill assist you.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

MEMO



MEMO

11 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ................... 5-122

Active noise cancellation ................................. 5-128

Air bag system

Front-seat mounted side-impact

supplemental air bag system ..................... 1-49

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag system ...... 1-49

Air bag warning labels ........................................ 1-51

Air bag warning light ............................... 1-52, 2-16

Air cleaner housing filter ................................... 8-19

Air conditioner

Air conditioner specification label ......... 10-16

Air conditioning system refrigerant and

lubricant recommendations ..................... 10-10

Automatic climate control .......................... 4-32

Alarm

How to stop alarm (see vehicle

security system) ............................................ 2-30

Alcohol, drugs and driving ................................... 5-9

Antenna .................................................................. 4-38

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ................... 5-122

Appearance care

Exterior appearance care ............................... 7-2

Interior appearance care ............................... 7-4

Armrest ...................................................................... 1-4

Around View® Monitor ...................................... 4-10

Ashtrays ................................................................. 2-45

Audible reminders ................................................ 2-19

Auto closure .......................................................... 3-20

Autolight system.................................................. 2-35

Automatic

Automatic climate control ......................... 4-34

Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ....... 8-13

Climate control ............................................... 4-32

Driving with automatic transmission ....... 5-15

Automatic door locks ............................................ 3-6

Automatic drive positioner ............................... 3-28

Automatic seat positioner ................................ 3-28

Average fuel consumption and speed ........... 2-27

Avoiding collision and rollover ............................ 5-7

B

Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI).............. 5-54

Battery .................................................................... 8-16

Battery replacement, Intelligent Key ......... 3-2

Battery saver system.................................... 2-36

Intelligent Key ................................................. 8-25

Variable voltage control system ............... 8-18

Before starting the engine ................................ 5-13

Belts (See drive belts) ......................................... 8-18

Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) ......................... 5-41

Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) ON

indicator light ......................................................... 2-17

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ............................... 5-32

Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............. 5-122

Brake fluid ....................................................... 8-14

Brake force distribution ............................ 5-124

Brake system ................................................ 5-121

Parking brake operation .............................. 5-19

Brake warning light............................................. 2-12

Break-in schedule .............................................. 5-116

Bulb check/instrument panel ............................ 2-11

Bulb replacement ................................................. 8-27

C

Camera aiding sonar function ......................... 4-23

Capacities and

recommended fluids/lubricants ....................... 10-2

Car phone or CB radio ....................................... 4-38

Card holder ............................................................ 2-49

Catalytic converter

Three way catalyst .......................................... 5-5

Chassis and body maintenance ....................... 9-10

Check tire pressure warning............................. 2-23

Child restraints ...................................................... 1-19

LATCH system ............................................... 1-21

Precautions on child restraints .................. 1-19

Child safety ............................................................ 1-17

Child safety rear door lock .................................. 3-6

Chimes

Audible reminders .......................................... 2-19

Seat belt warning light and chime ............ 2-15

Circuit breaker

Fusible link ...................................................... 8-24

Cleaning exterior and interior ................... 7-2, 7-4

11-2

Climate control


Clock........................................................................ 2-45

Coat hooks ............................................................ 2-50

Cockpit ...................................................................... 2-3

Cold weather driving ........................................ 5-126

Compact spare tire ............................................ 8-40

Console box........................................................... 2-49

Coolant

Capacities and

recommended fluids/lubricants ................. 10-2

Changing engine coolant ............................ 8-10

Checking engine coolant level ...................... 8-9

Corrosion protection ............................................. 7-7

Cruise control ....................................................... 5-65

Fixed speed cruise control (on

ICC system) ..................................................... 5-85

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ................. 5-67

Cruise indicator .................................................... 2-24

Cup holders ........................................................... 2-47

Current fuel consumption ................................. 2-27

D

Daytime running light system .......................... 2-36

Defroster switch

Rear window and outside mirror

defroster switch ............................................. 2-34

Dimensions .......................................................... 10-13

Distance Control Assist (DCA) ........................ 5-88

Distance Control Assist (DCA) system

switch indicator .................................................... 2-24

Distance Control Assist (DCA) system

warning light ......................................................... 2-13

Distance to empty ............................................... 2-27

Drive belts .............................................................. 8-18

Drive positioner .................................................... 3-28

Driving

Cold weather driving .................................. 5-126


Precautions when starting and driving ..... 5-4

E

ECO drive indicator light .................................... 2-17

ECO mode ............................................................. 5-21

ECO pedal system ............................................... 5-21

Economy

Fuel .................................................................. 5-117

Elapsed time ......................................................... 2-27

Elapsed time and trip odometer ..................... 2-27

Emission control information label ............... 10-16

Emission control system maintenance ............ 9-8

Emission control system warranty .............. 10-23

Engine

Before starting the engine .......................... 5-13

Break-in schedule ........................................ 5-116

Capacities and


Changing engine coolant ............................ 8-10

Changing engine oil and filter .................... 8-11

Checking engine coolant level ...................... 8-9

Checking engine oil level ............................. 8-11

Coolant temperature gauge ......................... 2-8

Emergency engine shut off......................... 5-12

Engine block heater .................................... 5-127

Engine compartment check locations ........ 8-3

Engine cooling system ................................... 8-8

Engine oil ........................................................ 8-10

Engine oil and oil

filter recommendation .................................. 10-9

Engine oil replacement indicator ............... 2-25

Engine oil viscosity ........................................ 10-9

Engine serial number ................................. 10-15

Engine specifications .................................. 10-11

Engine start operation indicator ............... 2-22

If your vehicle overheats ............................. 6-12

Starting the engine ....................................... 5-14

Engine coolant temperature gauge.................. 2-8

Entry/exit function

Automatic drive positioner ......................... 3-28

Event Data Recorders (EDR) ........................ 10-25

Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ........................ 5-4

Explanation of scheduled

maintenance items ................................................. 9-5

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .... 10-15

Filter

Air cleaner housing filter ............................. 8-19


Flashers (See hazard warning

flasher switch) ......................................................... 6-2

Flat tire ...................................................................... 6-3

Flat towing ......................................................... 10-22

Floor mat cleaning ................................................. 7-5

Floor mat installation ............................................ 7-6

Fluid


Brake fluid ........................................... 8-14, 8-15

Capacities and


Engine coolant.................................................. 8-8

Engine oil ........................................................ 8-10

Power steering fluid ..................................... 8-14

Window washer fluid ................................... 8-15

Fog light switch ................................................... 2-39

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) ............. 5-101

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system

warning light ......................................................... 2-13

Front passenger air bag and status light ..... 1-46

Front power seat adjustment ............................. 1-3

Front seat

Front seat adjustment .................................... 1-3

Front-seat active head restraints ...................... 1-9

Fuel

Capacities and


Fuel economy ............................................... 5-117

Fuel Information ............................... 10-4, 10-6

Fuel octane rating ............................ 10-4, 10-6

Fuel-filler cap .................................................. 3-22

Fuel-filler door ............................................... 3-22

Gauge.................................................................. 2-9

Fuel efficient driving tips................................. 5-116

Fuses ....................................................................... 8-23

Fusible links ........................................................... 8-24

G

Garage door opener

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 2-60

Gas cap ................................................................... 3-22

Gauge......................................................................... 2-6

Engine coolant temperature gauge............ 2-8

Fuel gauge ......................................................... 2-9

Odometer ............................................................ 2-7

Speedometer ...................................................... 2-7

Tachometer ....................................................... 2-8

Trip computer ................................................. 2-27

General maintenance ............................................. 9-2

Glove box ............................................................... 2-48

H

Hazard warning flasher switch........................... 6-2

Head restraints/headrests .................................. 1-5

Headlights

Aiming control (See Adaptive Front

lighting System (AFS)) ................................. 2-36

Bulb replacement .......................................... 8-28

Headlight switch ............................................ 2-34

Heated seats ......................................................... 2-41

Heated steering wheel ....................................... 2-40

Heater


Engine block heater .................................... 5-127

Hill start assist system ..................................... 5-125

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver .................. 2-60

Hood release ......................................................... 3-17

Hook

Coat hooks ..................................................... 2-50

Horn......................................................................... 2-40

I

Ignition switch

(Push-button) ................................................. 5-10

Automatic transmission models ................ 5-15

Immobilizer system.............................................. 2-30

Indicator

Lights ................................................................ 2-16

Vehicle information display ........................ 2-20

Indicator lights ...................................................... 2-16

INFINITI Drive Mode Selector ......................... 5-20

INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual ............... 4-2

INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ............ 2-30

Engine start .................................................... 2-30

Inside mirror .......................................................... 3-25

Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ............. 10-25

Instrument brightness control ......................... 2-38

Instrument panel ..................................................... 2-5

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) ............... 5-118

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ....................... 5-67

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system

MAIN switch indicator ....................................... 2-24

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system

warning light ......................................................... 2-13

Intelligent Key .......................................................... 3-2

11-3

11-4

Intelligent Key system ........................................... 3-7

Battery replacement ..................................... 8-25

Key operating range ....................................... 3-8

Key operation ................................................. 3-10

Warning signals.............................................. 3-12

Interior light control switch .............................. 2-58

Interior light replacement .................................. 8-28

Interior lights ......................................................... 2-57

Interior trunk lid release .................................... 3-21

ISOFIX child restraint .......................................... 1-21

J

Jump starting........................................................... 6-9

K

Keyless entry (See remote keyless

entry system) ........................................................ 3-14

Keys ............................................................................ 3-2

For Intelligent Key system ............................. 3-7

L

Labels

Air bag warning labels ................................. 1-51

Air conditioner specification label ......... 10-16

Emission control information label ........ 10-16

Engine serial number ................................. 10-15

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.

certification label ........................................ 10-15

Tire and Loading

information label ............................. 8-32, 10-16

Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 10-14

Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) ON

indicator light (green) .......................................... 2-17

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) /Lane

Departure Prevention (LDP) ............................ 5-22

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator

light (orange) ......................................................... 2-14

LATCH system ...................................................... 1-21

License plate

Installing front license plate ..................... 10-17

Light

Air bag warning light .................................... 1-52

Bulb replacement ........................................... 8-27

Fog light switch ............................................. 2-39


Headlights bulb replacement .................... 8-28

Indicator lights ................................................ 2-16

Interior light control switch ........................ 2-58

Interior lights ................................................... 2-57

Map lights ........................................................ 2-57

Personal lights ................................................ 2-57

Rear spot lights .............................................. 2-58

Replacement ................................................... 8-27

Trunk light ....................................................... 2-59

Vanity mirror lights ....................................... 2-59

Warning/indicator lights and

audible reminders .......................................... 2-11

Lights

Exterior and interior light replacement ... 8-28

Linking Intelligent Key........................................ 4-37

Loading information (See vehicle

loading information) ........................................ 10-18

Lock

Automatic door locks ..................................... 3-6

Door locks .......................................................... 3-4

Power door lock............................................... 3-4

Trunk lid ........................................................... 3-18

Locking with mechanical key ............................. 3-4

Loose fuel cap warning ......................... 2-23, 3-23

Low outside temperature warning................. 2-23

Low tire pressure warning light ...................... 2-14

Low tire pressure warning system (See Tire

Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS)) ................................ 5-5, 6-3, 8-30

M

Maintenance

Battery .............................................................. 8-16

General maintenance ...................................... 9-2

Indicators for maintenance (vehicle

information display) ...................................... 2-25

Inside the vehicle ............................................. 9-3

Maintenance log ............................................ 9-14

Maintenance precautions .............................. 8-2

Maintenance requirements ........................... 9-2

Maintenance schedules ................................. 9-6

Maintenance under severe

driving conditions .......................................... 9-13

Outside the vehicle ......................................... 9-2

Seat belt maintenance ................................. 1-16

Standard maintenance .................................... 9-7

Under the hood and vehicle ......................... 9-4

Malfunction indicator light (MIL) .................... 2-18

Map lights .............................................................. 2-57

Master warning light .......................................... 2-15

Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) .......... 3-3

Memory function ................................................. 3-30

Memory storage

Automatic drive positioner ......................... 3-29

Meter

Trip computer ................................................. 2-27

Meters and gauges ................................................ 2-6

Instrument brightness control ................... 2-38

Mirror

Inside mirror .................................................... 3-25

Outside mirrors .............................................. 3-26

Vanity mirror ................................................... 3-28

Monitor

Around View® Monitor ............................... 4-10

RearView monitor ........................................... 4-3

Moonroof ............................................................... 2-54

Moving Object Detection (MOD) ................... 4-27

N

New vehicle break-in ........................................ 5-116

O

Odometer .................................................................. 2-7

Off-road recovery ................................................. 5-8

Oil

Capacities and



Checking engine oil level ............................. 8-11

Engine oil ........................................................ 8-10

Engine oil viscosity ........................................ 10-9

Oil filter replacement indicator .................. 2-25

Operation

Indicators for operation............................... 2-22

Outside mirrors .................................................... 3-26

Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ............... 6-12

Owner’s Manual/Service Manual

order information ............................................. 10-26

P

Panic alarm............................................................ 3-15

Parking

Parking brake operation .............................. 5-19

Parking on hills ............................................. 5-119

Parking brake break-in .................................... 5-121

Personal lights ...................................................... 2-57

Phone

Car phone or CB radio ................................ 4-38

Power

Power door lock............................................... 3-4

Power outlet ................................................... 2-46


Power steering system ............................. 5-120

Power windows ............................................. 2-51

Power moonroof ................................................. 2-54

Precautions

Braking precautions .................................... 5-121

Child restraints ............................................... 1-19

Cruise control ................................................. 5-65

Maintenance ..................................................... 8-2

Seat belt usage .............................................. 1-10

Supplemental restraint system .................. 1-38

When starting and driving ............................ 5-4

Pre-crash seat belts with

comfort function ................................................... 1-12

Predictive Forward Collision

Warning (PFCW) .............................................. 5-108

Push starting.......................................................... 6-11

Push-button ignition switch .................. 5-10, 5-11

R

Radio

Car phone or CB radio ................................ 4-38

Rain-sensing auto wiper system ..................... 2-33

Rapid air pressure loss ......................................... 5-8

Readiness for inspection/maintenance

(I/M) test (US only) .......................................... 10-25

Rear door auto closure ......................................... 3-5

Rear door lock

Child safety rear door lock ........................... 3-6

Rear pocket ........................................................... 2-50

Rear spot lights .................................................... 2-58

Rear sunshade ...................................................... 2-55


defroster switch ................................................... 2-34

RearView monitor ................................................. 4-3

11-5

11-6

Recorders

Event data .................................................... 10-25

Registering in another country ..................... 10-14

Remote keyless entry system .......................... 3-14

Reporting safety defects ................................ 10-24

Rise-up and build-up ........................................ 5-124

Roadside assistance program ............................. 6-2

Rollover ..................................................................... 5-7

Roof

Moonroof ......................................................... 2-54

S

Safety

Child seat belts ............................................... 1-17

Reporting safety defects .......................... 10-24

Seat adjustment

Front power seat adjustment ....................... 1-3

Front seats ......................................................... 1-3

Seat belt(s)

Child safety ..................................................... 1-17

Infants ............................................................... 1-17

Injured persons ............................................... 1-12

Larger children ............................................... 1-18

Precautions on seat belt usage ................. 1-10

Pre-crash seat belts with

comfort function ............................................ 1-12

Pregnant women ........................................... 1-12

Seat belt cleaning ............................................. 7-6

Seat belt extenders ....................................... 1-16

Seat belt maintenance ................................. 1-16


Seat belts ......................................................... 1-10

Seat belts with pretensioners .................... 1-50

Shoulder belt height adjustment ............... 1-15

Small children.................................................. 1-18

Three-point type ............................................ 1-13

Seat(s)

Climate controlled seats .............................. 2-43

Driver-side memory ...................................... 3-28

Heated seats ................................................... 2-41

Seats .................................................................... 1-2

Security system

Vehicle security system................................ 2-29

Security system (INFINITI Vehicle

Immobilizer System)

Engine start .................................................... 2-30

Servicing air conditioner (See automatic

climate control) .................................................... 4-32

Servicing climate control ................................... 4-37

Shift lever

Shift lock release ........................................... 5-18

Shift lock release, Transmission ...................... 5-18

Shifting

Automatic transmission ............................... 5-15

Shoulder belt height adjustment ...................... 1-15

SNOW mode......................................................... 5-20

Spare tire ............................................................. 10-12

Spark plugs ............................................................ 8-19

Speedometer ............................................................ 2-7

SPORT mode ........................................................ 5-20

Standard maintenance .......................................... 9-7

STANDARD mode ............................................... 5-20

Starting

Before starting the engine .......................... 5-13

Jump starting.................................................. 8-17

Precautions when starting and driving ..... 5-4

Push starting................................................... 6-11

Starting the engine ....................................... 5-14

Status light, Front passenger air bag ............ 1-46

Steering

Heated steering wheel ................................ 2-40


Power steering system ............................. 5-120

Steering lock release malfunction

indicator (if so equipped) ............................. 2-22

Tilt/telescopic steering ................................ 3-24

Steering lock (if so equipped) ............................ 5-11

Storage ................................................................... 2-47

Storage box ........................................................... 2-50

Sun visors ............................................................... 3-25

Sunglasses holder ................................................ 2-48

Sunshade (rear) .................................................... 2-55

Supplemental air bag warning labels .............. 1-51

Supplemental air bag warning light .... 1-52, 2-16

Supplemental restraint system ........................ 1-38

Precautions on supplemental

restraint system ............................................. 1-38

Switch

Autolight switch............................................. 2-35

Fog light switch ............................................. 2-39

Hazard warning flasher switch.................... 6-2


Ignition switch ................................................ 5-15

Power door lock switch ................................. 3-5


defroster switch ............................................. 2-34

Turn signal switch ......................................... 2-39

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)

off switch ........................................................ 2-44

Warning systems switch ............................ 2-44

T

Tachometer ............................................................. 2-8

Temperature gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge............ 2-8

Theft (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System)

Engine start .................................................... 2-30

Three-way catalyst ................................................ 5-5

Tilt/telescopic steering ...................................... 3-24

“TIMER” indicator ............................................... 2-23

Tire

Tire replacement indicator .......................... 2-25

Tire rotation .................................................... 8-37

Tire pressure

Low tire pressure warning light ................ 2-14

Tires

Flat tire ............................................................... 6-3

Low tire pressure

warning system ........................... 5-5, 6-3, 8-30

Spare tire ........................................................ 8-40

Tire and Loading

information label ............................. 8-32, 10-16

Tire chains........................................................ 8-36

Tire dressing ...................................................... 7-4

Tire pressure .................................................. 8-30

Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS) ........................... 5-5, 6-3, 8-30

Types of tires .................................................. 8-36

Uniform tire quality grading .................... 10-22

Wheel/tire size ............................................ 10-12

Wheels and tires ........................................... 8-30

Towing

Flat towing ................................................... 10-22

Tow truck towing .......................................... 6-13

Towing a trailer ........................................... 10-22

TPMS

Tire Pressure

Monitoring System .................... 5-5, 6-3, 8-30

Trailer towing .................................................... 10-22

Transceiver

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 2-60

Transmission



Transmission shift lever lock release ....... 5-18

Transmitter (See remote keyless

entry system) ........................................................ 3-14

Traveling or registering in

another country ................................................ 10-14

Trip computer ....................................................... 2-27

Trip odometer ....................................................... 2-27

Trunk

Interior trunk lid release .............................. 3-21

Light .................................................................. 2-59

Pass-through ..................................................... 1-5

Trunk hooks .................................................... 2-51

Trunk lid ........................................................... 3-18

Trunk lid release switch ............................... 3-18

Trunk open request switch ......................... 3-19

Trunk release power cancel switch ......... 3-20

Turn signal switch ............................................... 2-39

U

Underbody cleaning ............................................... 7-3

Uniform tire quality grading .......................... 10-22

V

Vanity mirror ......................................................... 3-28

Vanity mirror lights ............................................. 2-59

Variable voltage control system ..................... 8-18

Vehicle

Dimensions ................................................... 10-13

Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ............ 6-15

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)

off switch ........................................................ 2-44

Vehicle dynamic control

(VDC) system ................................................ 5-123

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)

warning light ................................................... 2-16

Vehicle identification number (VIN) ............ 10-14

Vehicle information display .............................. 2-20

Vehicle loading information........................... 10-18

Vehicle security system...................................... 2-29

Ventilators ............................................................. 4-32

11-7

11-8

W

Warning

Hazard warning flasher switch.................... 6-2

Lights ................................................................ 2-11

Predictive Forward Collision

Warning (PFCW) ........................................ 5-108

Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS) ........................... 5-5, 6-3, 8-30

Vehicle information display ........................ 2-20

Warning lights, indicator lights and

audible reminders .......................................... 2-10

Warning labels

Air bag warning labels ................................. 1-51

Warning light

Air bag warning light ........................ 1-52, 2-16

Anti-lock braking system (ABS)

warning light ................................................... 2-11

Brake warning light....................................... 2-12

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)

system warning light .................................... 2-13

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator

light (orange) ................................................... 2-14

Low tire pressure warning light ................ 2-14


Warranty

Emission control system warranty ........ 10-23

Washer switch

Wiper and washer switch ........................... 2-32

Washing .................................................................... 7-2

Waxing....................................................................... 7-2

Welcome light ....................................................... 2-56

Welcome light and farewell light function .... 3-10

Wheel/tire size ................................................... 10-12

Wheels and tires .................................................. 8-30

Care of wheels .................................................. 7-3

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels .................. 7-3

Window washer fluid ......................................... 8-15

Window(s)

Cleaning............................................................... 7-3

Power windows ............................................. 2-51

Wiper

Rain-sensing auto wiper system ............... 2-33

Wiper and washer switch ........................... 2-32

Wiper blades ................................................... 8-21

Wiper and washer switch ................................. 2-32

MEMO

MEMO

MEMO

MEMO

FUEL INFORMATION (forVQ37VHR engine model)Use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number 96).





CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol systems, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since this

will damage the three way catalyst.

. Do not use a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol in your vehicle.Your vehicle is not designed to run ona fuel containing more than 15%ethanol. Using a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol in a vehicle notspecifically designed for a fuel con-taining more than 15% ethanol canadversely affect the emission controldevices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel is notcovered by the INFINITI new vehiclelimited warranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains theoctane booster methylcyclopentadie-nyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).Using fuel containing MMT mayadversely affect vehicle performanceand vehicle emissions. Not all fueldispensers are labeled to indicateMMT content, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer formore details. Note that Federal andCalifornia laws prohibit the use ofMMT in reformulated gasoline.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbre-

viation or the appropriate percen-tage for that region.

For additional information, see “Capacitiesand recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2).

FUEL INFORMATION (forVK56VD engine model)Use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number 96).





GAS STATION INFORMATION

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol systems, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since thiswill damage the three way catalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designedto run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle notspecifically designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affect theemission control devices and systemsof the vehicle. Damage caused bysuch fuel is not covered by theINFINITI new vehicle limited war-ranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains theoctane booster methylcyclopentadie-nyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).Using fuel containing MMT mayadversely affect vehicle performanceand vehicle emissions. Not all fueldispensers are labeled to indicateMMT content, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer formore details. Note that Federal and

California laws prohibit the use ofMMT in reformulated gasoline.


For additional information, see “Capacitiesand recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2).

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDA-TION:. Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil Ester 5W-

30 SN”

See “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for engine oil and oilfilter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:The label is typically located on the driver’sside center pillar. For additional information,see “Wheels and tires” (P.8-30).

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PRO-CEDURES RECOMMENDATION:During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendationsoutlined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5-116). Follow these recommendations forthe future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle.

Y51-D

Printing : February 2018Publication No.:

Printed in the U.S.A.OM19E0 0Y51U0

Date post:	29-Jul-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	0 times
Download:	0 times

2019 OWNER’S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION · Your INFINITI retailer’s name. Your comments...

Documents